IOWA ADMINISTRATIVEBULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIII NUMBER 16 February
7, 2001 Pages 1141 to 1264
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 1152 to 1255 include ARC 0424B to ARC
0483B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND
STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Notice, Iowa farmers market/women infants
children program,
50.3 to 50.14 ARC 0464B 1152
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 1144
Publication procedures 1145
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 1145
Agency identification numbers 1150
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
Opinions summarized 1256
Notice, Petitions for rule making, ch 4
ARC
0483B 1155
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 1149
COLLEGE STUDENT AID COMMISSION[283]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, Accelerated career education grant
program, 19.1
ARC 0453B 1157
Filed, Uniform rules for waivers, ch 7
ARC
0454B 1220
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia—
equipment
and use; CPR, 29.6 ARC 0456B 1157
Filed, Dental hygienists—administration of
nitrous
oxide inhalation analgesia, 1.1,
10.3(1), 29.6 ARC
0457B 1220
Filed, Waivers, 7.4, 7.5, 15.5, 27.12, 30.4
ARC
0458B 1220
Filed, Special licenses, 13.1, 13.2 ARC
0459B 1221
Filed, Prescribing, administering and
dispensing drugs,
16.1 to 16.7 ARC 0460B 1221
Filed, Advertising, 26.1 ARC 0463B 1222
Filed, Oral and maxillofacial pathology;
accreditation,
28.1, 28.2(2), 28.3(2), 28.4,
28.5(2), 28.6(2), 28.7(2), 28.8(2),
28.9(2)
ARC 0462B 1222
Filed, Renewal dates for deep sedation/general
anesthesia
and conscious sedation permits,
29.5(5), 29.10(2) ARC
0461B 1223
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA
DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice, Emergency shelter grants program,
24.12(4) ARC
0466B 1158
Notice, Homeless shelter operation
grants
program—transfer of funds, 29.11(4)
ARC
0467B 1158
Filed, New jobs and income program, 58.2,
58.4(3) ARC
0468B 1223
Filed, Enterprise zones, 59.2, 59.3, 59.6(3),
59.7(2)
ARC 0469B 1224
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, Licenses and endorsements—
nonrefundable
fees, 14.1, 14.32, 14.121
ARC 0479B 1159
Notice, Coaching authorization—
nonrefundable fees,
19.2, 19.5 ARC 0482B 1159
Notice, Behind–the–wheel driving
instructor
authorization—nonrefundable fees, 21.2,
21.5 ARC
0481B 1160
Notice, Paraeducator certificate
application—
nonrefundable fee, 22.5 ARC
0480B 1160
Filed, Waivers or variances from administrative
rules, ch 6
ARC 0478B 1224
Filed, Adding endorsements to licenses, 14.6
ARC
0476B 1224
Filed, Professional administrator’s license,
14.14
ARC 0477B 1225
Filed Emergency, Recency of units for renewal,
17.4 ARC
0474B 1215
Filed, Behind–the–wheel driving
instructor
authorization, 21.1 to 21.6 ARC 0475B 1225
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Filed, Local policy—health services, media
services
programs and guidance programs,
12.3(11) ARC 0433B 1225
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
Filed, Iowa empowerment board, 1.2, 1.4 to 1.7,
1.10, 1.12,
1.13(2), 1.16, 1.19, 1.23, 1.25,
1.26(1), 1.28, 1.29, 1.31 ARC
0434B 1226
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING
EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed Emergency After Notice, Licensure
by comity, 1.4
ARC 0437B 1215
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Water quality standards, 61.2(2),
61.3 ARC
0470B 1161
Filed, Emissions, 22.1, 22.3, 22.4(1),
22.100, 22.106,
23.1, 23.3(2), 25.1(9)
ARC 0472B 1226
Filed, MTBE sampling, 135.19(3)
ARC
0471B 1230
HISTORICAL DIVISION[223]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS
DEPARTMENT[221]“umbrella”
Notice, State income tax credit for
rehabilitation, ch 48
ARC 0432B 1164
Filed Emergency, State income tax
credit for
rehabilitation, ch 48 ARC 0431B 1216
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Notice, Waiver rules, ch 7 ARC 0449B 1165
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, Medicaid—price–based
case–mix
system, 78.1, 78.3, 78.6(1), 78.9(10), 78.10(4),
78.11,
78.19(1), 78.24, 78.28(9), 79.1, 81.1,
81.3(2), 81.6, 81.10, 81.20(1),
81.31
ARC 0441B 1167
Filed Emergency After Notice, HCBS physical
disability
waivers, 83.102, 83.109(1)
ARC 0425B 1218
Filed, Rates for emergency foster care and
trainers in
approved preservice training
programs, 156.11(2), 156.18(3) ARC
0426B 1231
INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Filed, Organization and operation, ch 1
ARC
0446B 1231
Filed, Fair information practices, ch 2
ARC
0448B 1231
Filed, Petitions for rule making, ch 3
ARC
0447B 1232
Filed, Agency procedure for rule making, ch 4
ARC
0442B 1232
Filed, Declaratory orders, ch 5 ARC
0443B 1233
Filed, Contested cases, ch 6 ARC 0445B 1233
Filed, Waivers, ch 7 ARC 0444B 1234
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice, Birth centers, 52.3, 52.4(4), 52.5(1),
52.9, 52.10
ARC 0473B 1177
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Notice, General industry safety and health,
10.20 ARC
0455B 1178
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Standards of practice—surgery, 13.4
ARC
0465B 1179
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Physician assistants, 325.1 to 325.7,
325.11(1)
ARC 0450B 1179
Filed, Waivers or variances from administrative
rules, ch
18 ARC 0452B 1234
Filed, Physician assistants—continuing
education,
325.4(1), 325.5, 325.19, ch 328 ARC 0451B 1234
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice, Radiation, amendments to chs 38 to 42,
45, 46
ARC 0440B 1183
Filed, EMS—service program authorization,
132.1,
132.2 ARC 0439B 1235
Filed, Update of references—trauma care
facility
categorization and verification; trauma,
triage and transfer protocols,
134.2, 135.2(1)
ARC 0438B 1235
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 1146
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]“umbrella”
Notice, General, amendments to chs 4 to 7,
10 to 12 ARC
0428B 1190
Notice, Harness racing, ch 9 ARC 0427B 1195
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice, Iowa scenic byway program, 132.1,
132.5 ARC
0424B 1213
Filed, Consent for sale of goods and services,
26.1,
26.4(2) ARC 0430B 1236
Filed, Special permits for operation and
movement of
vehicles and loads of excess
size and weight, 511.1 to 511.16
ARC
0429B 1236
USURY
Notice 1214
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Restoration of agricultural lands
during and after
pipeline construction,
ch 9 ARC 0436B 1237
Filed, Foreign acquisitions, 32.2(4)
ARC
0435B 1254
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2000, to June 30, 2001 $264.00 plus
$15.84 sales tax
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,210.31 plus $72.62 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $425.61 plus
$25.54 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2001)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2001
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Dec. 22 ’00
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Jan. 30 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
Feb. 16 ’01
|
Mar. 7 ’01
|
Apr. 11 ’01
|
July 9 ’01
|
Jan. 5
|
Jan. 24
|
Feb. 13
|
Feb. 28
|
Mar. 2
|
Mar. 21
|
Apr. 25
|
July 23
|
Jan. 19
|
Feb. 7
|
Feb. 27
|
Mar. 14
|
Mar. 16
|
Apr. 4
|
May 9
|
Aug. 6
|
Feb. 2
|
Feb. 21
|
Mar. 13
|
Mar. 28
|
Mar. 30
|
Apr. 18
|
May 23
|
Aug. 20
|
Feb. 16
|
Mar. 7
|
Mar. 27
|
Apr. 11
|
Apr. 13
|
May 2
|
June 6
|
Sept. 3
|
Mar. 2
|
Mar. 21
|
Apr. 10
|
Apr. 25
|
Apr. 27
|
May 16
|
June 20
|
Sept. 17
|
Mar. 16
|
Apr. 4
|
Apr. 24
|
May 9
|
May 11
|
May 30
|
July 4
|
Oct. 1
|
Mar. 30
|
Apr. 18
|
May 8
|
May 23
|
May 25
|
June 13
|
July 18
|
Oct. 15
|
Apr. 13
|
May 2
|
May 22
|
June 6
|
June 8
|
June 27
|
Aug. 1
|
Oct. 29
|
Apr. 27
|
May 16
|
June 5
|
June 20
|
June 22
|
July 11
|
Aug. 15
|
Nov. 12
|
May 11
|
May 30
|
June 19
|
July 4
|
July 6
|
July 25
|
Aug. 29
|
Nov. 26
|
May 25
|
June 13
|
July 3
|
July 18
|
July 20
|
Aug. 8
|
Sept. 12
|
Dec. 10
|
June 8
|
June 27
|
July 17
|
Aug. 1
|
Aug. 3
|
Aug. 22
|
Sept. 26
|
Dec. 24
|
June 22
|
July 11
|
July 31
|
Aug. 15
|
Aug. 17
|
Sept. 5
|
Oct. 10
|
Jan. 7 ’02
|
July 6
|
July 25
|
Aug. 14
|
Aug. 29
|
Aug. 31
|
Sept. 19
|
Oct. 24
|
Jan. 21 ’02
|
July 20
|
Aug. 8
|
Aug. 28
|
Sept. 12
|
Sept. 14
|
Oct. 3
|
Nov. 7
|
Feb. 4 ’02
|
Aug. 3
|
Aug. 22
|
Sept. 11
|
Sept. 26
|
Sept. 28
|
Oct. 17
|
Nov. 21
|
Feb. 18 ’02
|
Aug. 17
|
Sept. 5
|
Sept. 25
|
Oct. 10
|
Oct. 12
|
Oct. 31
|
Dec. 5
|
Mar. 4 ’02
|
Aug. 31
|
Sept. 19
|
Oct. 9
|
Oct. 24
|
Oct. 26
|
Nov. 14
|
Dec. 19
|
Mar. 18 ’02
|
Sept. 14
|
Oct. 3
|
Oct. 23
|
Nov. 7
|
Nov. 9
|
Nov. 28
|
Jan. 2 ’02
|
Apr. 1 ’02
|
Sept. 28
|
Oct. 17
|
Nov. 6
|
Nov. 21
|
Nov. 23
|
Dec. 12
|
Jan. 16 ’02
|
Apr. 15 ’02
|
Oct. 12
|
Oct. 31
|
Nov. 20
|
Dec. 5
|
Dec. 7
|
Dec. 26
|
Jan. 30 ’02
|
Apr. 29 ’02
|
Oct. 26
|
Nov. 14
|
Dec. 4
|
Dec. 19
|
Dec. 21
|
Jan. 9 ’02
|
Feb. 13 ’02
|
May 13 ’02
|
Nov. 9
|
Nov. 28
|
Dec. 18
|
Jan. 2 ’02
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
May 27 ’02
|
Nov. 23
|
Dec. 12
|
Jan. 1 ’02
|
Jan. 16 ’02
|
Jan. 18 ’02
|
Feb. 6 ’02
|
Mar. 13 ’02
|
June 10 ’02
|
Dec. 7
|
Dec. 26
|
Jan. 15 ’02
|
Jan. 30 ’02
|
Feb. 1 ’02
|
Feb. 20 ’02
|
Mar. 27 ’02
|
June 24 ’02
|
Dec. 21
|
Jan. 9 ’02
|
Jan. 29 ’02
|
Feb. 13 ’02
|
Feb. 15 ’02
|
Mar. 6 ’02
|
Apr. 10 ’02
|
July 8 ’02
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 12 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
Mar. 1 ’02
|
Mar. 20 ’02
|
Apr. 24 ’02
|
July 22 ’02
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
18
|
Friday, February 16, 2001
|
March 7, 2001
|
19
|
Friday, March 2, 2001
|
March 21, 2001
|
20
|
Friday, March 16, 2001
|
April 4, 2001
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule–making
documents, we request a 3.5” High Density (not Double Density) IBM
PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each
diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for
exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the
Administrative Code Division, First Floor South, Grimes State Office Building or
included with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative
Rules Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E–mail access,
you may send your document as an attachment to an E–mail message,
addressed to both of the following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
2000 WINTER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
December 2000)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 2000 through
December 2000)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through December
2000)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
|
|
Routine maintenance of nitrous oxide equipment; CPR
certification for dentists who administer nitrous oxide inhalation
analgesia, 29.6(1), 29.6(2) IAB 2/7/01 ARC 0456B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
February 27, 2001 3 to 4 p.m.
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
|
|
Emergency shelter grants program— amendments to
contracts, 24.12(4) IAB 2/7/01 ARC 0466B
|
Northwest Conference Room Second Floor 200 East Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 27, 2001 1:30 p.m.
|
Homeless shelter operation grants program—amendments
to contracts, 29.11(4) IAB 2/7/01 ARC 0467B
|
Northwest Conference Room Second Floor 200 East Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 27, 2001 2 p.m.
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
|
|
Nonrefundable fees for licensure and authorization,
14.1(1), 14.1(2), 14.32, 14.121 IAB 2/7/01 ARC 0479B
|
Conference Room 3 South Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
March 8, 2001 1 p.m.
|
Nonrefundable fees for coaching authorization, 19.2,
19.5 IAB 2/7/01 ARC 0482B
|
Conference Room 3 South Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
March 8, 2001 1 p.m.
|
Nonrefundable fees for behind–the–wheel driving
instructor authorization, 21.2, 21.5 IAB 2/7/01 ARC
0481B
|
Conference Room 3 South Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
March 8, 2001 1 p.m.
|
Nonrefundable fees for paraeducator certification, 22.5 IAB
2/7/01 ARC 0480B
|
Conference Room 3 South Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
March 8, 2001 1 p.m.
|
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DIVISION[605]
|
|
Repair, calibration, and maintenance of radiological
monitoring, detection, and survey equipment, ch 11 IAB 1/10/01 ARC
0391B
|
Division Conference Room Hoover State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
February 7, 2001 10 a.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
Water quality standards, 61.2(2), 61.3(3), 61.3(5) IAB
2/7/01 ARC 0470B
|
Cherokee Community Center 530 W. Bluff St. Cherokee,
Iowa
|
February 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Community Meeting Room 15 N. Sixth St. Clear Lake,
Iowa
|
February 28, 2001 7 p.m.
|
|
Municipal Utilities Conference Room 15 W. Third
St. Atlantic, Iowa
|
March 5, 2001 1 p.m.
|
|
Meeting Room A Iowa City Public Library 123 S. Linn
St. Iowa City, Iowa
|
March 6, 2001 10:30 a.m.
|
|
City Hall Meeting Room 400 Claiborne Dr. Decorah,
Iowa
|
March 6, 2001 7 p.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 8, 2001 1 p.m.
|
HISTORICAL DIVISION[223]
|
|
State income tax credit for rehabilitation, ch 48 IAB
2/7/01 ARC 0432B (See also ARC 0431B
herein)
|
Tone Board Room State Historical Bldg. 600 E. Locust
St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 27, 2001 10 a.m.
|
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
|
|
Waiver rules, ch 7 IAB 2/7/01 ARC
0449B
|
Director’s Office—Second Floor Lucas State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 27, 2001 10 a.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
|
|
Price–based case–mix reimbursement system for
non–state–owned nursing facilities for Medicaid
recipients, amendments to chs 78 to 81 IAB 2/7/01 ARC
0441B
|
Seventh Floor Conference Room Iowa Bldg. 411 Third St.
SE Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
March 1, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
CPI Conference Room 417 E. Kanesville Blvd. Council
Bluffs, Iowa
|
February 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Large Conference Room—Fifth Floor Bicentennial
Bldg. 428 Western Davenport, Iowa
|
March 1, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 102 City View Plaza 1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
(Cont’d)
|
|
|
Liberty Room, Mohawk Square 22 N. Georgia Ave. Mason
City, Iowa
|
March 2, 2001 11 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 3 120 E. Main Ottumwa, Iowa
|
March 2, 2001 10 a.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor 520 Nebraska St. Sioux City, Iowa
|
March 1, 2001 1:30 p.m.
|
|
Conference Room 420 Pinecrest Office Bldg. 1407
Independence Ave. Waterloo, Iowa
|
February 28, 2001 10 a.m.
|
LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875]
|
|
Federal ergonomics standard, 10.20 IAB 2/7/01 ARC
0455B
|
Stanley Room 1000 East Grand Ave. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
March 1, 2001 10 a.m.
|
Boilers and pressure vessels, 200.2, 203.6, 203.8(1),
203.21, 204.2, 205.1(1), 205.4, 206.2, 207.2, 209.1, 209.2 IAB
1/24/01 ARC 0409B
|
1000 East Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 14, 2001 1:30 p.m. (If
requested)
|
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
|
|
Standards of practice—surgery, laser surgery,
13.4 IAB 2/7/01 ARC 0465B
|
Board Conference Room Suite C 400 SW Eighth St. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
February 28, 2001 3 p.m.
|
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
|
|
Agency organization and procedures, 1.1 to 1.4, 1.5(2),
1.6, 2.3, 2.14, 2.15, 3.2, 3.3(1), 9.1(2), 9.2(4); rescind ch 15 IAB
1/10/01 ARC 0406B
|
Fifth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 7, 2001 1 p.m.
|
NURSING BOARD[655]
|
|
Licensure to practice—registered nurse/licensed
practical nurse, ch 3 IAB 1/10/01 ARC 0394B
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 28, 2001 5 p.m.
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
|
|
Licensure and registration of physician assistants, 325.1 to
325.7, 325.11(1) IAB 2/7/01 ARC 0450B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 28, 2001 9 to 11 a.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
|
|
Radiation, amendments to chs 38 to 42, 45, 46 IAB 2/7/01
ARC 0440B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 401 SW Seventh St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
February 27, 2001 8:30 a.m.
|
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
|
|
General, amendments to chs 4 to 7, 10 to 12 IAB 2/7/01
ARC 0428B
|
Suite B 717 E. Court Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 27, 2001 9 a.m.
|
Harness racing, ch 9 IAB 2/7/01 ARC
0427B
|
Suite B 717 E. Court Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 27, 2001 9 a.m.
|
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
|
|
Iowa scenic byway program, 132.1, 132.5 IAB 2/7/01
ARC 0424B
|
Commission Conference Room 800 Lincoln Way Ames,
Iowa
|
March 1, 2001 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
|
|
Unclaimed property, 9.2 to 9.18 IAB 1/24/01 ARC
0408B
|
DHS Conference Room, 1st Floor Hoover State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
February 15, 2001 1 to 4 p.m.
|
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 0464B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 159.5(11), the
Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 50, “Iowa Farmers Market/Women Infants Children
Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These proposed amendments are intended to make clarifying and
technical changes to the Women, Infants, and Children/Iowa Farmers Market
Nutrition Program (WIC/IFMNP). These include clarifications to some of the
definitions and other provisions of the program. In addition, there have been
changes in identifying violations of the program and the standards and
procedures used for suspending or disqualifying a participant in the program.
The proposed amendments also provide for new language regarding the handling of
discrimination complaints.
These amendments do not contain waiver provisions. The
existing rules do not contain waiver provisions, and the Department believes
that waivers are neither necessary nor desirable in this program.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments prior to 4:30 p.m. on February 27, 2001. Such
written material should be directed to Margaret Long, Coordinator of the
WIC/IFMNP, Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship, Wallace State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments can also be submitted by fax to
(515)242–5015 or by E–mail to
Margaret.Long@idals.state.ia.us.
It is the intention of the Department that these rules be
adopted emergency after the notice and comment period has passed. This is
necessary in order for the Department to prepare and print the necessary forms,
coupons, and other paperwork needed for distribution for the upcoming farmers
market season for which the changes will be applicable.
These proposed amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code
chapter 159.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 21—Chapter
50, title, as follows:
CHAPTER 50
WOMEN, INFANTS, AND CHILDREN/IOWA
FARMERS MARKET/WOMEN INFANTS CHILDREN NUTRITION
PROGRAM
ITEM 2. Amend rule 21—50.3(159) as
follows:
21—50.3(159) Program description and goals. The
Iowa farmers market/women infants children program women,
infants, and children/Iowa farmers market nutrition program is jointly
funded by the state of Iowa and the United States Department of
Agriculture—Food and Nutrition Service. The intent of the program is to
supply locally grown fresh produce to recipients of the special supplemental
food program through the distribution of vouchers that are redeemable only at
designated farmers markets. The program is designed to provide both a
supplemental source of fresh produce for the dietary needs of women, infants,
and children who are judged to be at nutritional risk and to stimulate an
increased demand for locally grown fresh produce at Iowa farmers
markets.
ITEM 3. Amend the following definitions
in rule 21— 50.4(159):
“Application” means a request made by an
individual to the department for vendor certification in
IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP on a form provided by the agricultural
diversification bureau of the department.
“Certified vendor” means an individual who has met
all IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP conditions as outlined by the
department and who is guaranteed payment on all vouchers accepted, provided
compliance is maintained by that individual regarding all
IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP rules and procedures as outlined in
the vendor certification handbook.
“Certified vendor identification card” means
adepartment–issued card that shall be presented by the certified vendor
during each occurrence of voucher deposit in the financial institution of
certified vendor choice. This card shall remain the sole property of the
department with immediate forfeiture by the certified vendor to the department
in the event of suspension disqualification.
“Certified vendor identification sign” means
department–issued signage which shall be clearly displayed by the
certified vendor at all times when accepting or intending to accept vouchers in
an authorized farmers market. Signs shall remain the sole property of the
department with immediate forfeiture by the certified vendor to the department
in the event of suspension disqualification.
“Certified vendor number” means a
personal a unique identification number issued for a
given season designated period by the department and
assigned to an individual whom the department has identified as a certified
vendor. The certified vendor number shall be affixed to the certified vendor
identification card and the certified vendor identification sign, and the
certified vendor will enter the number on each voucher that is submitted for
deposit. An individual shall be assigned no more than one certification number
for any given season designated period.
“Certified vendor stall” means all of the area in
an authorized farmers market that is dedicated to a certified vendor for the
purpose of displaying and offering product for sale. The only exceptions
permitted shall be:
1. If the certified vendor elects not to promote any of said
area as IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP for an entire farmers market
day; or
2. If the certified vendor elects to exclude a portion of the
space by maintaining a distance of separation from the certified vendor stall by
a minimum of two farmers market vendors who are neither affiliated with nor
related to the certified vendor and who are actively participating in the
farmers market on the given day. An excluded area shall be operated independent
of the certified vendor stall. Exceptions shall hold only if neither acceptance
of nor intent to accept vouchers exists.
“Fresh produce” means fruits and vegetables that
have not been processed in any manner. This term does not include such items as
nuts, herbs, popcorn, vegetable plants/seedlings, dried
beans/peas, seeds/grains, and flowers.
“IFM/WIC”
“WIC/IFMNP” means the women, infants, and
children/Iowa farmers market nutrition program, which is a
supplemental food program for women, infants, and children
as administered by the department.
“Posted hours and days” means the operational time
frames stated in assurances submitted by a duly authorized representative of an
authorized farmers market which include a beginning and an ending time
and date for each year of operation.
“Recipient” means a client of WIC who is at least
five six months of age, who possesses one of the WIC
classification codes selected for inclusion by the department, and who is
an active participant in a designated distribution clinic.
“Season” means a clearly delineated period of time
during a given year that has a beginning date and ending date, asspecified by
the department, which correlates with a major portion of the harvest period for
locally grown fresh produce, and does not exceed four months in any
given calendar year.
“Service area” means the geographic areas that
encompass all of the designated distribution clinics and authorized farmers
markets within Iowa for a given season designated
period.
“Vendor certification handbook” means a
publication by the department that is based on USDA–FNS mandates and
guidelines, addresses all IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP rules and
procedures applicable to a certified vendor, and provides the basis for vendor
training. A copy of the publication shall be issued to each individual
prior to application after certification training. New
editions supersede all previous editions.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 50.5(2) as
follows:
50.5(2) The department shall maintain all conditions
as outlined in the farmers market nutrition agreement entered into
with state plan submitted to USDA–FNS, as
amended.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 21—50.6(159) as
follows:
21—50.6(159) Distribution of benefits.
50.6(1) No change.
50.6(2) Local agencies shall distribute vouchers at
designated distribution clinics to recipients in the manner specified by the
department in the program and procedures guide for distribution
clinic staff. Local agency services shall include, but not be limited to,
ensuring:
a. No change.
b. Each recipient is issued five $2 vouchers
during each distribution as authorized by the department, with no one
recipient receiving a benefit value greater than $20 during a
season.
c. No change.
d. Each voucher issued and the The
distribution registry and voucher folder are properly signed by the
recipient in the presence of local agency staff at the time of
distribution.
e. A proxy is not allowed to act on behalf of
a recipient, except in the case of a parent or legal guardian acting in
behalf of a recipient child or infant, or in the case of a husband acting in
behalf of his wife if the parent/guardian has extenuating
circumstances which do not permit the recipient to pick up the
vouchers.
f. No change.
g. All IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP support
materials are put into use as outlined by the department.
h. Accurate and complete records of all related
IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP activities in the possession of a
local agency will be maintained and retained for a minimum of
four three years following the date of submission of
the final expenditure reports for the period to which the report pertains.
In the event of litigation, negotiation, or audit findings, the
records shall be retained until all issues arising from such actions have been
resolved or until the end of the regular four–year
prescribed retention period, whichever is later.
i. No change.
ITEM 6. Amend rule
21—50.7(159), numbered paragraphs “2” and
“3,” as follows:
2. Properly countersigning and dating
signing voucher(s) at time of use in the presence of the certified vendor
who is accepting each in exchange for fresh produce.
3. Using vouchers only to purchase locally grown fresh produce
from certified vendors who display IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP
signs at authorized farmers markets.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 21—50.8(159) as
follows:
21—50.8(159) Farmers market authorization and
priority.
50.8(1) A farmers market shall be eligible for
authorization provided such farmers market possesses a consistently
good consistent track record of satisfactory operation
known as evaluated by the department which shall be
based in part upon the submission of assurances by a duly authorized
representative of the farmers market. Farmers market assurances shall be
submitted in a manner outlined by the department and shall provide evidence as
to whether a farmers market possesses the capability to service the additional
demands brought about by distribution of vouchers in the area without causing
undue harm to the existing farmers market consumer base and indications of
willingness by persons associated with the farmers market to meet all
IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP requirements. Information submitted
by a farmers market shall include but not be limited to:
a. to d. No change.
50.8(2) The department shall give priority to a
farmers market with previous involvement in IFM/WIC
WIC/IFMNP, provided the farmers market possesses a good
consistent track record for maintaining conditions outlined in its
farmers market assurances, and does not have a high
incidence of certified vendor noncompliance, or
suspensions, and a voucher usage rate no less than 5 percent below the
usage rate in the USDA–FNS agreement, as amended. or
disqualifications.
50.8(3) A principal factor in determining farmers
market authorization shall pertain to the number of eligible applications
received by the department prior to the first of March
fifteenth of April that indicate the intent to participate in the given
farmers market. The standard for the authorization of a single or principal
farmers market in a county shall be one eligible application for every 100
recipients who participate in the distribution clinic(s) in said county. A
minimum standard of five eligible applications is
required for a farmers market to receive authorization.
50.8(4) The number of farmers markets authorized for
the season shall be determined by the department no later than the first day of
March May prior to each season.
50.8(5) A market authorized to participate
in WIC/IFMNP must ensure that at least one certified vendor remains on site
during the published days and hours of market operation. Failure to comply will
result in a warning letter from the department. Repeated noncompliance could
result in the revocation of the market’s authorization to accept WIC/IFMNP
vouchers.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 21—50.9(159)
as follows:
21—50.9(159) Vendor certification.
50.9(1) No change.
50.9(2) Vendor certification expires at the end of
each year of issuance. Individuals must annually apply and receive vendor
certification in order to participate in IFM/WIC
WIC/IFMNP.
50.9(3) The department does not limit the number of
vendors who may become certified under IFM/WIC
WIC/IFMNP. A vendor certified to accept program vouchers may accept
vouchers at any authorized market in the state upon approval by the department
to participate in that particular market and acceptance by the particular
market. A vendor who satisfies all the following criteria shall be
certified to accept vouchers.
a. Agrees to maintain begin the market day
with at least 20 percent of all products on display in a certified vendor
stall as locally grown fresh produce.
b. Indicates an intent to participate in one or more
authorized farmers markets.
c. Demonstrates participation in training on
IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP rules and procedures,
either through attendance in an entire session of one of the scheduled
training meetings conducted by department staff or successfully
responding to 90 percent of the questions on a test pertaining to certified
vendor obligations as required by the department.
d. Submits a signed statement of receipt of a vendor
certification handbook.
e d. Submits a completed application
to the department prior to the deadline.
f e. Submits completed and signed
certified vendor agreements to the department.
ITEM 9. Amend rule
21—50.10(159), numbered paragraphs “3,”
“5,” “10,” and “13,” as
follows:
3. Provide locally grown fresh produce to recipients upon
receipt of a valid and properly completed voucher, which is dated and
countersigned with a matching signature signed at the time of
sale.
5. Handle transactions with recipients in the same manner as
transactions with all other customers, ensuring WIC/IFMNP clients are not
exposed to discriminatory practices in any form.
10. Participate in training as the department deems necessary
to carry out the intent of IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP.
13. Comply with all procedures and rules as herein outlined
and as delineated in the department–vendor agreement, the certified vendor
handbook, and official written notices of clarification issued
by the department to the vendor.
ITEM 10. Amend rule
21—50.11(159) as follows:
21—50.11(159) Certified vendor noncompliance
sanctions.
50.11(1) A voucher shall be returned to the certified
vendor unpaid if the certified vendor identification number is not properly
affixed to the face of the voucher, if the certified vendor does not
endorse the voucher, or if either the
recipient signature or the countersignature is missing on the
face of the voucher, or if the two signatures do not match. A
voucher may be resubmitted for payment in the event that the signature or vendor
certification identification error can be properly and legally corrected by the
certified vendor.
50.11(2) Violations of IFM/WIC
WIC/IFMNP procedures and rules applicable to a certified vendor shall be
identified as Class I violations, Class II violations, and Class III
violations.
Violations involving the use of multiple vouchers in a single
sales transaction shall be considered as a single violation. Violations
involving multiple sales transactions, regardless of time elapsed, shall be
considered multiple violations at a standard of one violation per sales
transaction.
a. Class I violations shall result in a warning
letter written citation of noncompliance from the department to
the violating certified vendor. The following shall constitute Class I
violations:
(1) Acceptance of three IFM/WIC vouchers without the
redemption date entered on the face of the voucher.
(2) (1) Failure to appropriately
display the certified vendor identification sign.
(2) Failure to post the current operating year decal on the
certified vendor identification sign and ID card.
b. Class II violations shall result in an
official a written citation of noncompliance from the department
to the violating certified vendor. The following shall constitute Class II
violations:
(1) Noncompliance with rules and procedures as outlined in the
vendor certification handbook and in the department–vendor agreement, and
which is not specifically identified as a Class I or Class III
violation.
(2) Recipient is charged a price that is greater than
that charged nonrecipients or is charged for items not
received.
(3) (2) Refusal to accept valid
vouchers for locally grown fresh produce.
(4) (3) Failure to permit or comply
with procedures regarding inspection of evidence by the department when point of
origin of fresh produce on display or offered for sale in a certified vendor
stall is in question.
(5) (4) Abusive or discriminatory
treatment of recipients or IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP
staff.
(6) (5) Failure to display and offer
minimum required volumes of locally grown fresh produce while participating as a
certified vendor.
(7) (6) Displaying or offering for
sale non–locally grown fresh produce in a certified vendor
stall.
(8) Cashing vouchers for a noncertified
vendor.
(9) An authorized farmers market is neither open nor
staffed during posted hours and days during the season in which the certified
vendor is a designated participant.
(10) (7) Exchanging ineligible
products or cash (other than non–locally grown fresh
produce) for vouchers.
(11) (8) The second like
instance of a Class I violation by a single certified vendor
Accepting WIC/IFMNP checks at locations, times, or on dates other than those
scheduled for authorized markets.
(9) The second substantiated instance of a Class I
violation by a single certified vendor.
c. Class III violations shall result in the suspension
of the a written citation of noncompliance and if substantiated or
accepted a suspension and potential disqualification of the violating
vendor from participation in IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP. The
following shall constitute Class III violations:
(1) The third like instance of a Class I violation by
a single vendor; Accepting WIC/IFMNP vouchers for non–locally
grown fresh produce.
(2) The second like instance of a Class II violation
by a single vendor. Accepting WIC/IFMNP vouchers for
cash.
(3) Cashing WIC/IFMNP vouchers accepted by noncertified
vendors.
(4) Charging recipients a price for an item that is greater
than that charged nonrecipients, charging for items not received or
participating in other discriminatory practices.
(5) Continued participation of a certified vendor in the
WIC/IFMNP during a period of suspension, including acceptance or evidence of
intent to accept WIC/IFMNP vouchers.
(6) The third substantiated instance of a Class I violation
by a single certified vendor.
(7) The second substantiated instance of a Class II
violation by a single certified vendor.
50.11(3) Official notice
Notice of noncompliance. A written official notice of
noncompliance shall be issued to the certified vendor by the department within
72 hours of receipt of evidence involving an act of noncompliance. A written
notice of noncompliance from the department shall be pending for 72 hours
following receipt of the notice of noncompliance by the certified vendor. The
certified vendor shall be granted the pending period for presenting sufficient
evidence to the department to substantiate a reversal. Remedies undertaken in
response to receipt of a written notice of a pending citation of noncompliance
shall not constitute evidence in defense of such citation. Failure to present
any evidence (oral or written) to the department within the specified period
shall constitute acceptance of the citation of noncompliance by the certified
vendor. Submission of insufficient evidence by the certified vendor for
determination of reversal on the pending citation by the department shall result
in a citation of noncompliance upon completion of the pending
period.
50.11(4) Suspension. Suspension of a certified vendor
from participation in IFM/WIC WIC/IFMNP shall remain in
effect for the remainder of the season. An exception shall occur when
suspension occurs within 30 days of the expiration date for voucher usage by
recipients. In such case, suspension shall also include the entire season of
the following calendar year. a maximum of 15 days and will be
utilized to ensure the certified vendor has adequate time to appeal an official
Class III violation notice. If the incident leading to a suspension status is
substantiated, the certified vendor will be automatically disqualified at the
conclusion of the suspension period. If the incident leading to the suspension
is not substantiated, the suspension will be immediately lifted. During the
suspension period, the cited vendor will refrain from participating in
WIC/IFMNP.
In the event of a suspension, the department shall
have the right to reimbursement from the vendor an amount equal in value to
vouchers deposited and paid upon after the official date of suspension
notification.
At the conclusion of a suspension period, the vendor
must reapply for and receive certification in order to resume participation in
IFM/WIC.
50.11(5) Disqualification. Disqualification
shall follow a suspension period if the Class III violation is substantiated.
The disqualified vendor is required to return the vendor identification sign(s)
and card to the department within 15 days of receipt of the disqualification
notice. A certified vendor that has been disqualified at any point in the
season will be disqualified from participation for the remainder of that season
and the following season. In the event of a disqualification, the department
shall have the right to reimbursement from the vendor of an amount equal in
value to vouchers deposited after the official date of disqualification
notification.
At the conclusion of a disqualification period, the vendor
must reapply for and receive certification in order to resume participation in
WIC/IFMNP.
50.11(5) (6) Probationary
status. Any vendor successfully recertified following a
suspension disqualification will be on probationary status for
one full WIC/IFMNP season.
Recurrence of a substantiated Class II or Class
III violation during the probationary period and for which the certified
vendor has been cited shall be sufficient grounds for immediate and automatic
suspension disqualification.
ITEM 11. Rescind rule 21—50.12(159)
and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
21—50.12(159) Appeal. A certified vendor
wishing to appeal a decision made by the department which resulted in a
suspension or disqualification may make a written request for administrative
appeal to the department’s WIC/IFMNP director. This appeal must be made
within 15 days of receipt of decision notification by the certified vendor. The
provisions of 21—Chapter 2 shall be applicable to an appeal except as
otherwise provided in this chapter.
ITEM 12. Amend rule
21—50.13(159) as follows:
21—50.13(159) Deadlines.
50.13(1) Submission of farmers market assurances.
Assurances, on forms provided by the department, must be submitted no later than
the last first day of February
May in order for the farmers market to receive consideration of
authorization for the upcoming season.
50.13(2) and 50.13(3) No change.
50.13(4) Certified vendor voucher reimbursement. All
vouchers accepted by a certified vendor shall be deposited on or before
14 15 days following the date of expiration for voucher
usage by recipients. Such date shall be clearly printed in the endorsement
space on the back of the voucher. Any claim to voucher payment beyond the
voucher reimbursement expiration date is not valid and shall be
denied.
50.13(5) No change.
50.13(6) Operations report plans
and reports to USDA–FNS. The department shall develop and submit
a completed operations report in January plans and
reports in a manner prescribed by USDA–FNS which summarizes
the IFM/WIC operations for the previous year.
ITEM 13. Amend 21—Chapter 50
by adopting the following new rule:
21—50.14(159) Discrimination complaints. Women,
infants, and children/Iowa farmers market nutrition program (WIC/IFMNP) is open
to all eligible persons. Persons seeking to file discrimination complaints
based on race, national origin, age, sex, or handicap may write to USDA,
Director, Office of Civil Rights, Room 326–W, Whitten Building, 1400
Independence Avenue SW, Washington, D.C. 20250–9410.
ARC 0483B
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 13.2 and
17A.7, the Attorney General hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt
Chapter 3, “Petitions for Rule Making,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed new chapter broadens the availability of
petitions for rule making in the Attorney General’s Office. Iowa Code
chapter 17A requires state agencies to promulgate rules governing petitions for
rule making. The Attorney General has had rules for petitioning for rule making
under the Iowa Consumer Credit Code in the Consumer Protection Division, but has
not had comparable rules available to petition for rule making in other
divisions of the office. This is because the Attorney General usually functions
as legal counsel and not as an “agency” in other divisions of the
office. The Attorney General has decided to broaden the availability of this
procedure to expand opportunities for public input in those areas in which the
office does function similarly to state agencies. In order to balance
expansion of the availability of this procedure with the need to preserve the
ability of the Attorney General to provide legal counsel to the state without
subjecting legal advice to judicial review, proposed rule 3.1(17A) explains the
scope of the procedure and proposed rule 3.4(17A) explains the grounds on which
a petition may be denied.
Public comments concerning the proposed new chapter will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on February 27, 2001. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Julie F. Pottorff, Deputy Attorney
General, Hoover State Office Building, Second Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50309;
telephone (515)281–3349.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 13.2
and 17A.7.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 3
PETITIONS FOR RULE MAKING
61—3.1(17A) Scope. The attorney general’s
office serves primarily as legal counsel for the state of Iowa and in that
capacity is not required to promulgate rules providing for petitions for rule
making under the Iowa administrative procedure Act. At the same time, the
attorney general’s office does perform some limited functions which are
similar to the functions of state agencies. This chapter provides a mechanism
for the public to petition for rule making in those matters in which the
attorney general’s office functions similarly to state agencies. Under
rule 3.4(17A), the attorney general preserves the right to deny any petition for
rule making when the petition addresses matters in which the attorney general
acts as legal counsel for the state of Iowa. Through these rules the attorney
general intends to provide the public with a useful means to communicate on
rule–making issues, but does not intend to subject decisions made in the
capacity of legal counsel to judicial review.
61—3.2(17A) Availability. Any person or agency
may file a petition for rule making with the Attorney General’s Office,
Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. A petition is deemed
filed when it is received by that office.The attorney general must provide the
petitioner with a file–stamped copy of the petition if the petitioner
provides the agency an extra copy for this purpose. This procedure, as limited
by rule 3.1(17A), is applicable to all rules of the attorney general’s
office, except those rules of the Iowa consumer credit code administrator, which
are governed by 61—Chapter 11.
61—3.3(17A) Contents and form.
3.3(1) The petition must be typewritten or legibly
handwritten in ink and must contain:
a. A caption in the following form:
ATTORNEY GENERAL OF IOWA
|
IN RE: by (Name of Petitioner) for the (adoption, amendment,
or repeal) of rules relating to (state subject matter).
|
}
|
PETITION FOR RULE MAKING
Docket No. _____
|
b. The following information:
1. A statement of the specific rule–making action sought
by the petitioner including the text or a summary of the contents of the
proposed rule or amendment to a rule and, if it is a petition to amend or repeal
a rule, a citation and the relevant language to the particular portion or
portions of the rule proposed to be amended or repealed.
2. A citation to any law deemed relevant to the agency’s
authority to take the action urged or to the desirability of that
action.
3. A brief summary of petitioner’s arguments in support
of the action urged in the petition.
4. A brief summary of any data supporting the action urged in
the petition.
5. The names and addresses of other persons, or a description
of any class of persons, known by petitioner to be affected by or interested in
the proposed action which is the subject of the petition.
3.3(2) Form. The petition must be dated and signed by
the petitioner or the petitioner’s representative. It must also include
the name, mailing address, and telephone number of the petitioner and
petitioner’s representative, and a statement indicating the person to whom
communications concerning the petition should be directed.
61—3.4(17A) Grounds for denial. The attorney
general may deny a petition because it does not substantially conform to the
required form, or does not disclose sufficient reasons to justify commencement
of a rule–making proceeding, or pertains to a matter in which the attorney
general acts as legal counsel for the state of Iowa and not as an agency, or for
other good cause.
61—3.5(17A) Briefs. The petitioner may attach a
brief to the petition in support of the action urged in the petition. The
attorney general may request a brief from the petitioner or from any other
person concerning the substance of the petition.
61—3.6(17A) Inquiries. Inquiries concerning the
status of a petition for rule making may be made to Attorney General Thomas J.
Miller, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
61—3.7(17A) Disposition. Within 60 days after
the filing of the petition, or within any longer period agreed to by the
petitioner, the attorney general will, in writing, deny the petition and notify
petitioner of action and the specific grounds for the denial, or grant the
petition and notify petitioner that rule–making proceedings have been
instituted on the subject of the petition. Petitioner shall be deemed notified
of the denial or grant of the petition on the date the agency mails or delivers
the required notification to petitioner.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 13.2
and 17A.7.
ARC 0453B
COLLEGE STUDENT AID
COMMISSION[283]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 261.3, 261.22
and 261.37(5), the College Student Aid Commission proposes to amend Chapter 19,
“Accelerated Career Education Grant Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed changes more clearly define training that will be
targeted for funding under the rule.
Interested persons may submit comments orally or in writing to
the Executive Director, College Student Aid Commission, 200 Tenth Street, Fourth
Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242–3344, by 4:30 p.m. on
February 27, 2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
261.22.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 283—19.1(261),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
283—19.1(261) ACE grants. Educational grants
based on financial need may be awarded to Iowa residents enrolled in accelerated
career education (ACE) programs, approved by filed with
the Iowa department of economic development, at Iowa community colleges and
serving targeted industries as designated by the Iowa department of economic
development.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph
19.1(2)“b” as follows:
b. A recipient must be enrolled in an accelerated career
education program, approved by filed with the Iowa
department of economic development, leading to a certificate, diploma, associate
of science degree, or associate of applied science degree in accordance with the
provisions of Iowa Code chapter 260G and serving targeted industries as
designated by the Iowa department of economic development.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 19.1(3) as
follows:
19.1(3) Priority for grants.
Industries Targeted industries and occupations
with high levels of shortages of workers based on the level of statewide
need for skills and occupations will be identified by the Iowa
department of economic development and the workforce development department.
The commission will award grants based on the level of need for the
identified skills and occupations for which technical workers are in the highest
demand targeted industries and occupations as defined by the
Iowa department of economic development and the workforce development
department.
Applicants who apply by the priority date specified in the
application and who are enrolled in designated educational programs will be
ranked in order of need, and awards will be granted to those who demonstrate
need from highest need to lowest need, insofar as funds permit.
ARC 0456B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 29, “Deep Sedation/General Anesthesia, Conscious Sedation and
Nitrous Oxide Inhalation Analgesia,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 of the amendments clarifies what is involved in routine
maintenance of nitrous oxide equipment. Item 2 of the amendments clarifies that
a dentist who utilizes nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia must be trained and
capable of administering basic life support, as demonstrated by current
certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Item 2 also eliminates the
requirement that a dentist who utilizes nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia must
have auxiliary personnel trained in basic life support. Dental hygienists are
already required to have current cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in order to
receive and renew a license. In addition, dental assistants will also be
required to have current CPR by the year 2003.
These amendments are not subject to waiver or variance as the
rules establish minimum standards that must be followed in order to protect
public health, safety, and welfare.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before February 27, 2001. Such written
comments should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may also be sent to jhart@ bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on February 27, 2001,
from 3 to 4 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the January 18, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147 and 153.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 29.6(1),
paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. Performs Has routine inspection,
calibration, and maintenance on equipment performed every two years
and maintains documentation of such maintenance, and provides
such documentation to the board upon request.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 29.6(2) as
follows:
29.6(2) A dentist utilizing nitrous oxide inhalation
analgesia and auxiliary personnel shall be trained and capable
of administering basic life support, as demonstrated by current certification
in a nationally recognized course in cardiopulmonary
resuscitation.
ARC 0466B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 24, “Emergency Shelter Grants
Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment removes the sentence which allows the
transfer of funds between line items in the budget up to 20 percent of the total
grant amount. This change is necessary to comply with the recently adopted U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development record–keeping and financial
monitoring standards.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendment will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on February 27, 2001. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Roselyn McKie Wazny, Division of
Community and Rural Development, Iowa Department of Economic Development, 200
East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242–4822.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendment will be held on February 27, 2001, at 1:30 p.m.at the above address in
the Northwest Conference Room on the second floor. Individuals interested in
providing comments at the hearing should contact Roselyn McKie Wazny by 4 p.m.
on February 26, 2001, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.108(1)“a” and PL 100–628.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 24.12(4) as follows:
24.12(4) Amendments to contracts. Contracts will be
amended on an individual basis in emergency situations. Any request to amend a
contract must be submitted in writing by the chief elected official to IDED.
IDED will determine if the request to amend is justified based on the material
presented in the letter of request. No amendment will be valid until approved
in writing by IDED. The IDED allows the transfer of funds between line
items in the budget up to 20 percent of the total grant amount without a formal
request for amendment.
ARC 0467B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 29, “Homeless Shelter Operation Grants
Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment removes the sentence that permits the
transfer of funds between line items in the budget up to 20 percent of the total
grant amount.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendment will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on February 27, 2001. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Roselyn McKie Wazny, Division of
Community and Rural Development, Iowa Department of Economic Development, 200
East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242-4822.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendment will be held on February 27, 2001, at 2 p.m. at the above address in
the Northwest Conference Room on the second floor. Individuals interested in
providing comments at the hearing should contact Roselyn McKie Wazny by4 p.m. on
February 26, 2001, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.108(11).
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 29.11(4) as follows:
29.11(4) Amendments to contracts. Contracts will be
amended on an individual basis in emergency situations. Any request to amend a
contract must be submitted in writing to IDED by the chief elected official.
IDED will determine if the request to amend is justified based on the material
presented in the letter of request. No amendment will be valid until approved
in writing by IDED. IDED allows the transfer of funds between line
items in the budget up to 20 percent of the total grant amount without a request
for amendment.
ARC 0479B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 14, “Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and
Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments clarify that the fees for the
evaluation of the fingerprint packet mandated for licensure and the fee for the
evaluation of the DCI background check are nonrefundable. These fees are for a
service provided for each initial application for licensure. The application
fees for various licenses and authorizations are also established as
nonrefundable. The licensure staff processes each application whether the
individual receives a license or not. If an applicant does not qualify for the
license, the staff has taken time to evaluate the application. The
nonrefundable fees pay for these evaluations.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendments at 1
p.m. on March 8, 2001, in Conference Room 3 South, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present
their views at the public hearing orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons
will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine
their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendments. Persons who wish to
make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact the Executive
Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, East
14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at
(515)281–5849, prior to the date of the public hearing. Fax communication
may be sent to (515) 281–7669.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments through 4:30 p.m. on March 9, 2001. Written comments
and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 14.1(1) as
follows:
14.1(1) Effective October 1, 2000, an initial
applicant will be required to submit a completed fingerprint packet that
accompanies the application to facilitate a national criminal history background
check. The nonrefundable fee for the evaluation of the fingerprint
packet will be assessed to the applicant.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 14.1(2) as follows:
14.1(2) Effective October 1, 2000, an Iowa division of
criminal investigation background check will be conducted on initial applicants.
The nonrefundable fee for the evaluation of the DCI background check will
be assessed to the applicant.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 282—14.32(272),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
282—14.32(272) Licensure and authorization
application fee. All application fees and authorization
fees are nonrefundable.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 282—14.121(272),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
282—14.121(272) Licensure and authorization
application fee. All application and authorization fees
are nonrefundable.
ARC 0482B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 19, “Coaching Authorization,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments clarify that the fees for initial and
renewed coaching authorization are nonrefundable. These fees are for a service
provided for each initial application and renewal of the coaching authorization.
The licensure staff processes each application whether the individual receives
an authorization or not. Even if an applicant does not qualify for the
authorization, the staff has taken time to evaluate the application. The
nonrefundable fees pay for these evaluations.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendments at 1
p.m. on March 8, 2001, in Conference Room 3 South, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present
their views at the public hearing orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons
will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine
their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendments. Persons who wish to
make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact the Executive
Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, East
14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at
(515)281–5849, prior to the date of the public hearing. Fax communication
may be sent to (515) 281–7669.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments through 4:30 p.m. on March 9, 2001. Written comments
and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 282—19.2(272) as
follows:
282—19.2(272) Validity. All fees are
nonrefundable. The coaching authorization shall be valid for five years,
and it shall expire five years from the date of issuance. The fee for the
issuance of the coaching authorization shall be $50.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 282—19.5(272) as
follows:
282—19.5(272) Renewal. All fee are
nonrefundable. The authorization may be renewed upon application, $50
renewal fee, and verification of successful completion of five planned renewal
activities/courses related to athletic coaching approved in accordance with
guidelines approved by the board of educational examiners. Beginning on
or after July 1, 2000, each applicant for the renewal of a coaching
authorization shall have completed one renewal activity/course relating to the
knowledge and understanding of professional ethics and legal responsibilities of
coaches. A one–year extension of the holder’s coaching
authorization will be issued if all requirements for the renewal of the coaching
authorization have not been met. This extension is not renewable. The cost of
the one–year extension shall be $10.
ARC 0481B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 21, “Behind–the–Wheel Driving Instructor
Authorization,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments clarify that the fees for initial and
renewed authorization are nonrefundable. These fees are for a service provided
for each initial application and renewal of the authorization. The licensure
staff processes each application whether the individual receives an
authorization or not. If an applicant does not qualify for the authorization,
the staff has taken time to evaluate the application. The nonrefundable fees
would pay for these evaluations.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendments at 1
p.m. on March 8, 2001, in Conference Room 3 South, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present
their views at the public hearing orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons
will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine
their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendments. Persons who wish to
make oral presentation at the public hearing may contact the Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at (515)281–5849,
prior to the date of the public hearing. Fax communication may be sent to (515)
281–7669.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments through 4:30 p.m. on March 9, 2001. Written comments
and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
282—21.2(272,321) as follows:
282—21.2(272,321) Validity. All fees are
nonrefundable. The behind–the–wheel driving instructor
authorization shall be valid for one calendar year, and it shall expire one year
after issue date. The fee for the issuance of the behind–the–wheel
driving instructor authorization shall be $10.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
282—21.5(272,321) as follows:
282—21.5(272,321) Renewal. All fees are
nonrefundable. The behind–the–wheel driving instructor
authorization may be renewed upon application, $10 renewal fee and verification
of successful completion of:
21.5(1) Providing behind–the–wheel
instruction for a minimum of 12 clock hours during the previous school year;
and
21.5(2) Successful participation in at least one
department of transportation–sponsored or department of
transportation–approved behind–the–wheel instructor refresher
course.
ARC 0480B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 22, “Paraeducator Certificates,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendment clarifies that the paraeducator
certification application fee is nonrefundable. The licensure staff processes
each application whether the individual receives a certificate or not. If an
applicant does not qualify for the certificate, the staff has taken time to
evaluate the application. The nonrefundable fees would pay for these
evaluations.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment at 1
p.m. on March 8, 2001, in Conference Room 3 South, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present
their views at the public hearing orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons
will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine
their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendment. Persons who wish to
make oral presentation at the public hearing may contact the Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at (515)281–5849,
prior to the date of the public hearing. Fax communication may be sent to
(515)281–7669.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment through 4:30 p.m. on March 9, 2001. Written comments
and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 282—22.5(272) as follows:
282—22.5(272) Certificate application fee.
All fees are nonrefundable.
22.5(1) and 22.5(2) No change.
ARC 0470B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455B.105 and
455B.173, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 61, “Water Quality Standards,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments address U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency disapproval of various changes made to the water quality standards from
July 1992 through January 1999 and are proposed to avoid federal (EPA)
promulgation of water quality standards for Iowa.
A recent case (known as the Alaska case) resulted in a federal
court ruling that, until such time as the EPA approves state–adopted water
quality standards (WQS), the WQS are not effective for the purpose of carrying
out the federal Clean Water Act. The ruling prompted the EPA to adopt new rules
reflecting the court decision and to launch a nationwide effort to catch up on
the backlog of state WQS submittals.
The Region VII EPA review of all post–1992 WQS changes
adopted by the Commission resulted in the approval of most of the adopted
standards but disapproval of some items. The disapproved items generally fall
into the following broad categories: removal or “downgrades” of
designated uses for water bodies without proper documentation; numeric water
quality criteria not included or improperly calculated; and a provision of the
antidegradation policy dealing with drainage ditches. Many of the disapproved
items have already been addressed in previous rule making; this action is to
address the remaining issues.
The amendments now being proposed will, if adopted, effect the
following changes:
1. Class A (Primary Contact Recreation) use designations will
be reestablished for eight water bodies or water body segments. Six stream
segments and one lake that were designated as Class A water bodies in the
pre–1990 WQS are currently not designated as Class A waters. The EPA
feels these need to be designated as Class A waters unless a use attainability
analysis is done to show they cannot be used for primary contact recreation. In
addition, the Class A use was removed from one stream segment (Big Creek near
Mt. Pleasant) by the Commission without the proper documentation (i.e., use
attainability analysis).
2. A Class C (Drinking Water Supply) use designation will be
reestablished for Mystic Reservoir (Appanoose County). Even though this lake is
no longer being used for water supply, the use cannot be removed without a use
attainability analysis (UAA) and it is doubtful EPA would approve such a use
removal even if a UAA were completed.
3. Numerical criteria will be established for endosulfan,
bromoform, chlorodibromomethane, chloroform, and di–chlorobromomethane.
The existing WQS either do not have numeric values for these compounds or the
EPA feels the established values are inconsistent with EPA guidance.
4. A provision in the antidegradation policy that exempts the
repair and maintenance of a drainage district ditch from the policy will be
removed. The EPA disapproved this provision (adopted by the Commission in
October 1993) because the EPA feels it is inconsistent with the requirement that
WQS, including antidegradation provisions, apply to all waters of the
state.
Any person may submit written suggestions or comments on the
proposed rule changes through March 19, 2001. Such written material should be
submitted to Ralph Turkle, Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State
Office Building, 900 East Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034, by fax
(515)281–8895 or by E–mail to ralph.turkle@dnr. state.ia.us.
Persons who have questions may contact Ralph Turkle at
(515)281–7025.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at
public hearings which will be held:
February 28, 2001, 10 a.m. in the Cherokee Community Center,
530 W. Bluff St., Cherokee;
February 28, 2001, 7 p.m. in the Clear Lake Community Meeting
Room, 15 N. Sixth St., Clear Lake;
March 5, 2001, 1 p.m. in the Municipal Utilities Conference
Room, 15 W. Third St., Atlantic;
March 6, 2001, 10:30 a.m. in the Iowa City Public Library,
Meeting Room A, 123 S. Linn St., Iowa City;
March 6, 2001, 7 p.m. in the Decorah City Hall Meeting Room,
400 Claiborne Drive, Decorah; and
March 8, 2001, 1 p.m. in the Wallace State Office Building,
5th Floor East Conference Room, 900 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines.
These amendments may have an impact upon small
businesses.
Additional information on Iowa’s water quality standards
can be found on the Department’s Web site at http://www.
state.ia.us/epd/prgrmdsc/wtrqual/sum.html. Copies of Environmental
Protection Commission rules may be obtained from Cecilia Nelson, Records Center,
Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 900 East
Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
455B, division III, part 1.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 61.2(2),
paragraph “h,” as follows:
h. This policy shall be applied in conjunction with water
quality certification review pursuant to Section 401 of the Act. In the event
that activities are specifically exempted from flood plain development permits
or any other permits issued by this department in 567—Chapters 70, 71, and
72, the activity will be considered consistent with this policy. Other
activities not otherwise exempted will be subject to 567—Chapters 70, 71,
and 72 and this policy. The repair and maintenance of a drainage
district ditch as defined in 567— 70.2(455B,481A) will not be considered a
violation of the antidegradation policy for the purpose of implementing Title IV
of these rules. United States Army Corps of Engineers (Corps)
nationwide permits 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22,
23, 25, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, and 44 as
promulgated March 9, 2000, are certified pursuant to Section 401 of the Clean
Water Act. Regional permit numbers 2, 7, 12, and 20 of the Rock Island District
of the Corps are also certified. No specific Corps permit or 401 certification
is required for activities covered by these permits unless required by the
nationwide permit or the Corps, and the activities are allowed subject to the
terms of the nationwide and regional permits.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 61.3(3),
Table 1, “Criteria For Chemical Constituents,” by amending the
introductory paragraph, adding new entries for the following
compounds and associated criteria in the proper alphabetical sequence, modifying
the entry for “endosulfan,” and amending the footnotes as
follows:
Table 1: Criteria For Chemical Constituents
(all values as micrograms per liter unless noted
otherwise)
Human health criteria for carcinogenic parameters noted below
were based on the prevention of an incremental cancer risk of 1 in 100,000. For
parameters not having a noted human health criterion, the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency has not developed final national human health guideline
values. For noncarcinogenic parameters the recommended EPA criterion was
selected. For Class C waters, the EPA criteria for fish and water consumption
were selected using the same considerations for carcinogenic and noncarcinogenic
parameters as noted above. For Class C waters where no EPA human health
criteria were available, the EPA MCL value was selected.
|
|
- Use Designations
|
- Parameter
|
|
- B(CW)
|
- B(WW)
|
- B(LR)
|
- B(LW)
|
- C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Bromoform
|
- Human Health — F & W
|
- —
|
- —
|
- —
|
- —
|
- 43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Chlorodibromomethane
|
- Human Health — F & W
|
- —
|
- —
|
- —
|
- —
|
- 4.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Chloroform
|
- Human Health — F & W
|
- —
|
- —
|
- —
|
- —
|
- 57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Dichlorobromomethane
|
- Human Health — F & W
|
- —
|
- —
|
- —
|
- —
|
- 5.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Endosulfan(b)
|
- Chronic
|
- .056
|
- .15
|
- .15
|
- .15
|
- —
|
|
- Acute
|
- .11
|
- .3
|
- .3
|
- .3
|
- —
|
|
- Human Health+ — Fish
|
2400 240 |
2400 240 |
- —
|
2400 240 |
- —
|
|
- Human Health+ — F & W
|
- —
|
- —
|
- —
|
- —
|
- 110
|
* units expressed as milligrams/liter
** to include the sum of known and suspected carcinogenic
PAHs
† expressed as nanograms/liter
+ represents the noncarcinogenic human health
parameters
++ The concentrations of 4,4–DDT or its metabolites;
4,4–DDE and 4,4–DDD, individually shall not exceed the human health
criteria.
(a) units expressed as million fibers/liter (longer than 10
micrometers)
(b) includes alpha–endosulfan, beta–endosulfan,
and endosulfan sulfate in combination or as individually measured
(c) total trihalomethanes includes the sum of
bromodichloromethane, dibromochloromethane, tribromomethane (bromoform), and
trichloromethane (chloroform)
(d) Class B numerical criteria for pentachlorophenol is a
function of pH using the equation: Criterion
(∝g/l)=e [1.005(pH) – x],
where e = 2.71828 and x varies according to the following table.
|
|
- B(CW)
|
- B(WW)
|
- B(LR)
|
- B(LW)
|
|
- Acute
|
- 3.869
|
- 4.869
|
- 4.869
|
- 4.869
|
|
Chronic
|
4.134
|
5.134
|
5.134
|
5.134
|
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph
61.3(5)“e” as follows:
Amend streams or stream segments by location and reference
number as follows:
|
|
A
|
B(WW)
|
B(LR)
|
B(LW)
|
B(CW)
|
C
|
HQ
|
HQR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Southern Iowa River Basins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grand R. (aka Thompson R.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71.
|
Iowa–Missouri state line (Decatur Co.) to confluence
with Long Cr. (SW 1/4, S8, T69N, R26W, Decatur Co.)
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grand R. (aka Thompson R.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72.
|
Confluence with Long Cr. (SW 1/4, S8, T69N, R26W, Decatur Co.)
to U.S. Hwy. 34 (S17, T72N, R28W, Union Co.)
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grand R. (aka Thompson R.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72a.
|
U.S. Hwy. 34 (S17, T72N, R28W, Union Co.) to confluence
with Marvel Cr. (S8, T75N, R30W, Adair Co.)
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Des Moines River Basin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Des Moines R.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.
|
Fort Dodge Upper impoundment to Humboldt impoundment (aka
Lake Nakomis) Dam
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Des Moines R.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12a.
|
Humboldt impoundment (aka Lake Nakomis) Dam to state
line
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prairie Cr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155.
|
Mouth (S35, T88N, R28W, Webster Co.) to Rd. crossing center
of Section 28, T88N, R28W, Webster Co.
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prairie Cr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155a.
|
Road crossing center of Section 28, T88N, R28W, Webster Co.
to confluence with D.D. No. 29 (S25, T88N, R29W, Webster Co.)
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Skunk River Basin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Big Cr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.
|
Mouth (Henry Co.) to confluence with Saunders Branch (S17,
T71N, R6W, Henry Co.)
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Big Cr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.
|
Confluence with Saunders Branch (Henry Co.) to confluence
with Brandywine Creek (S29, T72N, R6W, Henry Co.)
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Big Cr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17a.
|
Confluence with Brandywine Creek (S29, T72N, R6W, Henry
Co.) to confluence with Lawrence Creek (S5, T71N, R5W, Henry Co.)
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
South Skunk R.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35.
|
Ames Waterworks Dam (S36, T84N, R24W, Story Co.) to North line
S6, T85N, R23W, Story Co.
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Iowa–Cedar River Basins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dry Run
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94.
|
Mouth (S18, T89N, R13W, Black Hawk Co.) to confluence with an
unnamed tributary (S23, T89N, R14W, Black Hawk Co.)
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Northeastern Iowa River Basins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Duck Cr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
Mouth (S27, T78N, R4E, Scott Co.) to Co. Rd. (Section
16–21, T78N, R3W, Scott Co.)
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Duck Cr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8a.
|
Co. Rd. (Section 16–21, T78N, R3W, Scott Co.) to
confluence with unnamed tributary (SE 1/4, S14, T78N, R2E, Scott Co.)
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amend the table of lakes by amending entries 9a and 254 as
follows:
County
|
Location
|
Water Uses
|
|
Lake Name R. T. S.
|
A
|
B(WW)
|
B(LR)
|
B(LW)
|
B(CW)
|
C
|
HQ
|
HQR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appanoose
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9a
|
Mystic Reservoir 18 69 8
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
O’Brien
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
254
|
Mill Creek (Lake) 41 95 3
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
ARC 0432B
HISTORICAL
DIVISION[223]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 303.1A, the
Historical Division of the Department of Cultural Affairs proposes to adopt
Chapter 48, “State Income Tax Credit for Rehabilitation,” Iowa
Administration Code.
The proposed rules set forth a statement of purpose, define
terminology, project eligibility, application procedures, review standards, and
review fee for the state rehabilitation tax credit program.
Any interested person or group may make written suggestions or
comments on these proposed rules on or before February 27, 2001. Written
comments should be directed to Director, Planning and Partnership Development,
Department of Cultural Affairs, 600 E. Locust, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
There will be a public hearing on February 27, 2001, at10 a.m.
in the Tone Board Room, State Historical Building, 600 E. Locust, Des Moines,
Iowa 50319. Persons may pre–sent their views at this hearing either
orally or in writing.
These rules were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 0431B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 303
and 404A.
ARC 0449B
HUMAN RIGHTS
DEPARTMENT[421]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3, the
Department of Human Rights hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt
Chapter 7, “Waiver Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Governor, through Executive Order Number 11 issued on
September 14, 1999, requires each agency with the authority to adopt rules, as
defined in Iowa Code section 17A.2, subsections 1 and 10, to initiate
rule–making proceedings to adopt the uniform waiver rule that is outlined
in Executive Order Number 11, which is published in its entirety in the October
6, 1999, Iowa Administrative Bulletin. Adoption of this new chapter will
provide the agency with waiver rules.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed rules on or before February 27, 2001. Such written materials
should be directed to Director, Department of Human Rights, Lucas State Office
Building, Second Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; fax
(515)242–6119.
Persons are also invited to present oral or written
suggestions or comments at a public hearing which will be held on February 27,
2001, at 10 a.m. in the Director’s Office, Department of Human Rights,
Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. At the hearing, persons
will be asked to confine their remarks to the subject of the rules.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the
Department of Human Rights in advance of the hearing and advise of specific
needs.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11 and Iowa Code section 17A.9A.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 7
WAIVER RULES
421—7.1(17A) Definition. The term
“waiver” as used in this chapter means a prescribed waiver or
variance from a specific rule or set of rules of this department applicable only
to an identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of that
person.
421—7.2(17A) Scope of chapter. This chapter
creates generally applicable standards and a generally applicable process for
granting individual waivers from rules adopted by the department in situations
when no other more specifically applicable law provides for waivers. To the
extent another more specific provision of law purports to govern the issuance of
a waiver from a particular rule, the more specific waiver provision shall
supersede this chapter with respect to any waiver from that rule.
421—7.3(17A) Applicability of chapter. This
chapter applies only to waivers of those departmental rules that are within the
exclusive rule–making authority of the department. This chapter shall not
apply to rules that merely define the meaning of a statute, or other provisions
of law or precedent, if the department does not possess statutory authority to
bind a court, to any extent, with its definition.
421—7.4(17A) Compliance with standing law.
Thedepartment may not issue a waiver under this chapter unless (1) the
legislature has delegated authority sufficient to justify the action; and (2)
the waiver is consistent with statute and other provisions of law. No waiver
may be granted under this chapter from any mandatory requirement imposed by
statute.
421—7.5(17A) Criteria for a waiver. The
department may issue an order, in response to a completed petition or on its own
motion, granting a waiver from a rule adopted by the department, in whole or in
part, as applied to the circumstances of a specified person, if the department
finds that the waiver is consistent with rules 7.3(17A) and 7.4(17A) of this
chapter, that the waiver would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any
person, and either that:
1. The application of the rule to the person at issue does not
advance, to any extent, any of the purposes for the rule or set of rules;
or
2. The following criteria have been met:
• The application of the
rule or set of rules to the person at issue would result in an undue hardship or
injustice to that person; and
• The waiver on the basis of
the particular circumstances relative to the specified person would be
consistent with the overall public interest.
In determining whether a waiver would be consistent with the
public interest, the department shall consider whether, if a waiver is granted,
the public health, safety, and welfare will be adequately protected by other
means that will ensure a result that is substantially equivalent to full
compliance with the rule.
421—7.6(17A) Department discretion. The final
decision to grant or deny a waiver shall be vested in the department director.
This decision shall be made at the discretion of the department upon
consideration of relevant facts.
421—7.7(17A) Burden of persuasion. The burden
of persuasion shall be on the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing
evidence that the department should exercise its discretion to grant a waiver
based upon the criteria contained in rule 7.5(17A) of this chapter.
421—7.8(17A) Contents of petition. A petition
for a waiver shall include the following information where applicable and known
to the requester:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person or
entity for whom a waiver is requested, and the case number of any related
contested case.
2. A description and citation of the specific rule or set of
rules from which a waiver is requested.
3. The specific waiver requested, including a description of
the precise scope and operative period for which the petitioner wants the waiver
to extend.
4. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver. This statement shall include a signed statement from the
petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts represented in the petition,
and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver.
5. A history of any prior contacts between the petitioner and
the department relating to the activity affected by the proposed waiver,
including any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative
reports relating to the activity within the past five years.
6. Any information known to the requester relating to the
department’s treatment of similar cases.
7. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity that would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
9. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
10. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge of the waiver request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver.
421—7.9(17A) Additional information. Prior to
issuing an order granting or denying a waiver, the department may request
additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition and
surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case,
the department may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request,
schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and a
representative from the department to discuss the petition and surrounding
circumstances.
421—7.10(17A) Notice. The department shall
acknowledge the petition upon receipt. The department shall ensure that notice
of the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been
provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law
within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the department may
give notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the
department may require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom
notice is required by any provision of law, and provide a written statement to
the department attesting to the fact that notice has been provided.
421—7.11(17A) Hearing procedures. The
provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case
hearings shall apply to any petition for a waiver of a rule or set of rules
filed within a contested case, and shall otherwise apply to department
proceedings for a waiver only when the department so provides by rule or order
or is required to do so by statute or other binding law.
421—7.12(17A) Ruling. An order granting or
denying a waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the
particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a
statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and
a description of the precise scope and operative time period of a waiver if one
is issued.
421—7.13(17A) Conditions. The department may
condition the grant of the waiver on such conditions that the department deems
to be reasonable and appropriate in order to achieve the objectives of the
particular rule in question through alternative means.
421—7.14(17A) Time for ruling. The department
shall grant or deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any
event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees
to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, then the
department may grant or deny the petition at the time the final decision in that
contested case is issued.
421—7.15(17A) When deemed denied. Failure of
the department to grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall
be deemed a denial of that petition by the department. However, the department
shall remain responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver as required by
rule 7.12(17A).
421—7.16(17A) Service of orders. Within seven
days of its issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted
to the petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other
person entitled to such notice by any provision of the law.
421—7.17(17A) Record keeping of orders. Subject
to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the department
shall maintain a record of all orders granting and denying waivers under this
chapter. All final rulings in response to requests for waivers shall be indexed
and copies distributed to members of the administrative rules review committee
upon request. All final rulings shall also be available for inspection by the
public at the department office during regular business hours.
421—7.18(17A) Cancellation of a waiver. A
waiver issued by the department pursuant to this chapter may be withdrawn,
canceled, or modified if, after appropriate notice and hearing, the department
issues an order finding any of the following:
1. The person who was the subject of the waiver order withheld
from the department, or knowingly misrepresented to the department, material
facts relevant to the propriety or desirability of the waiver; or
2. The alternative means of ensuring that the public health,
safety, and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been demonstrated to be insufficient, and no other means exists to
protect the substantial legal rights of any person; or
3. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all of the conditions contained in the order.
421—7.19(17A) Violations. A violation of a
condition in a waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the particular
rule for which the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of a waiver
under this chapter who violates a condition of the waiver may be subject to the
same remedies or penalties as a person who violates the rule at issue.
421—7.20(17A) Defense. After the department
issues an order granting a waiver, the order shall constitute a defense, within
the terms and the specific facts indicated therein, for the person to whom the
order pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked.
421—7.21(17A) Appeals. Appeals within the
department from a decision granting or denying a waiver shall be in accordance
with Iowa Code chapter 17A and department rules. These appeals shall be taken
within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling granting or denying the waiver
request, unless a different time is provided by rule or statute.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 17A.9A
and Executive Order Number 11.
ARC 0441B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 78, “Amount,
Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” Chapter 79,
“Other Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,”
Chapter 80, “Procedure and Method of Payment,” and Chapter 81,
“Nursing Facilities,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments propose a price–based case–mix
system for reimbursing non–state–owned nursing facilities for
Medicaid recipients based on a uniform standard statewide price. The
case–mix system reflects the relative acuity or need for care of the
Medicaid recipients in the nursing facility. Nursing facilities will submit
cost reports to the Department on an annual, rather than semiannual, basis. The
Department will make case–mix adjustments to the nursing facilities’
rates on a quarterly basis.
As mandated by the General Assembly, the Department began to
phase in a case–mix system of reimbursement to nursing facilities on July
1, 2000. The purpose of the phase–in was to reduce the impact that a
facility may experience from changing from the former system of reimbursement to
the new system. During this first year, providers continued to receive, without
reduction, 100 percent of their former system rate. Additionally, if a nursing
facility had above average case mix, an additional payment was
provided.
Over the next two years the price–based case–mix
rates will continue to be gradually phased in, allowing nursing facilities
additional time to adapt to the new reimbursement system. Beginning July 1,
2001, a portion of each facility’s total Medicaid rate will be based on a
percent of the current system rate plus a percent of the price–based
case–mix rate. The following table illustrates how the phase–in
rates are calculated:
Phase–in Period
|
Current System Rate
|
Case–Mix Rate
|
July 1, 2000 – June 30, 2001
|
100 percent
|
0 percent
|
July 1, 2001 – June 30, 2002
|
66.67 percent
|
33.33 percent
|
July 1, 2002 – June 30, 2003
|
33.33 percent
|
66.67 percent
|
July 1, 2003 and thereafter
|
0 percent
|
100 percent
|
The current system rate to be used effective July 1, 2001,
will be the nursing facility’s Medicaid rate effective on June 30, 2001,
plus a 3 percent inflation factor. The current system rate to be used effective
July 1, 2002, will be the nursing facility’s Medicaid rate effective on
June 30, 2001, plus a 6 percent inflation factor.
Standard price. Medicaid payment for services provided
to eligible nursing facility recipients will be based on a uniform statewide
standard price. The standard price will be determined using actual costs taken
from the cost reports submitted by the nursing facilities. These costs will be
subject to several expense exclusions and limitations that exist within current
policy (e.g., exclusion of advertising expenses and limits on owners and
management compensation) as well as adjustments for inflation, utilization
incentive, and normalization, as discussed below.
For each nursing facility, average per diem allowable costs
will be calculated, arrayed from lowest to highest and weighted based on each
facility’s total patient days. The per diem cost of the nursing facility
that falls at the median of all patient days multiplied by a percentage becomes
the basis for the standard price (i.e., the “weighted
median”).
For purposes of determining the standard price applicable to
Medicare–certified hospital–based facilities, a separate peer group
of Medicare–certified hospital–based facilities will be used to
calculate the standard statewide price.
The Medicaid rate paid to a nursing facility will be
calculated using this standard price and will be adjusted, either up or down, to
reflect the case mix of the Medicaid residents in the facility. If a nursing
facility has a case mix greater than the industry average (indicating a higher
than average patient need for care), the facility’s Medicaid rate will be
increased. Conversely, a nursing facility with a lower than average case mix
will have the standard price reduced.
A wage adjustment for nursing facilities located in
Metropolitan Statistical Areas will also be applied to nursing salaries and
benefits to account for wage differentials.
Medicaid rates will be updated annually with a new standard
price, and quarterly thereafter, for changes in the case mix of the Medicaid
residents in each facility. Current funding proposals by the Governor will
result in a percentage of 100 percent of the median with an additional 3 percent
of the price for accountability performance measures and 10 percent for a wage
factor. This methodology provides cost coverage in the nursing facility
aggregate at a rate of 98 percent of Medicaid costs, in comparison to the
reimbursement system prior to case mix, in which 92 percent of Medicaid costs
were covered. These rates will be adequate to allow for quality care and enlist
sufficient providers to meet the need of Iowa Medicaid residents for nursing
care.
Case mix. Case mix measures the relative resources
required to care for a given population of nursing facility residents. Within
and between nursing facilities, resident needs may vary widely, from residents
requiring near full–time skilled nursing assistance to residents requiring
only minimal assistance.
The Resource Utilization Groups, Version III (RUG–III)
classification system will be used to classify residents and objectively
determine a facility’s case mix. RUG–III was developed by the
Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) and is the basis for resident
classification for the Medicare prospective payment system and numerous other
states’ Medicaid systems. There are two basic RUG–III options for
classification. Iowa will be using the 34–group version that collapses
the special rehabilitation category into four groups. HCFA recommends this
version for use with Medicaid nursing facility resident populations when, as
with the Iowa system, only nursing salaries are case–mix
adjusted.
HCFA has also developed standard case–mix indices based
on time studies performed during the middle to late 1990s, and these indices
will be the basis for calculating the average case–mix index, or score,
for each nursing facility under Iowa’s new case–mix system. The
Department will calculate a facility’s average case–mix index four
times per year for residents in the facility on the last day of each calendar
quarter. A separate calculation will be made to determine the average
case–mix index for all residents and Medicaid residents only. The
case–mix index for Medicaid residents will be used to adjust Medicaid
rates beginning with the second calendar quarter following the quarter of
assessment.
Inflation factor. The new payment system will use
historical costs as a basis for determining the standard price, which will be
increased to recognize an estimate of future cost inflation to develop a
prospective standard price that is applied to each nursing facility. Historical
costs will be adjusted for inflation using the HCFA/SNF index published by Data
Resources Incorporated (DRI). The HCFA/SNF index measures and predicts price
level changes occurring in Medicare skilled nursing facilities and is the best
available predictor of nursing facility cost inflation.
Utilization incentive. As an ongoing incentive to
encourage providers to use resources prudently, a utilization standard (or
occupancy factor) of 80 percent of licensed bed capacity has been applied to all
costs. In applying a utilization standard, per patient day cost is calculated
using the greater of actual patient days or a percentage of licensed bed
capacity. On July 1, 2000, this 80 percent factor was modified to apply only to
non–direct patient care costs. A utilization standard of 85 percent of
licensed bed capacity will be phased in over the first two years of the new
reimbursement system. Beginning July 1, 2001, the standard for determining the
price is 80 percent; and beginning July 1, 2002, and thereafter, the standard is
85 percent of licensed bed capacity. The utilization standard does not apply to
hospital–based nursing facilities because Medicaid utilization is
nominal.
Normalization. Cost normalization refers to the
process of removing cost variations associated with different levels of resident
case mix. Prior to determining the standard price, each provider’s
average nursing costs will be recalculated so that, to the extent possible, cost
variations that are caused by different levels of case mix are removed from the
cost comparison. Cost normalization is accomplished simply by dividing a
facility’s average allowable nursing costs by the facility’s average
case–mix index score for use in determining the standard price.
Accountability measures. A portion of the Medicaid
rates under the new case–mix system will be based on each facility’s
achieving certain accountability measures that will link payment to quality of
care. Rules governing the framework for these measures as well as the specific
criteria that will be applied have yet to be developed. A subgroup of the task
force that developed these amendments has been convened to begin developing the
measures. The Department envisions these measures will include standard surveys
and complaint investigations from the Department of Inspections and Appeals,
direct patient care expenses, customer satisfaction, employee retention rates,
cognitive loss and dementia care, hospitalization rates, pressure ulcer
prevention, proportion of expenses relative to direct patient care versus
administrative expenses, provision of outpatient services offered, accreditation
status, and other objective measures of quality and accountability. Payments
for achieving these measures would be made following the performance of the
accountability measures by the nursing facility during each prior year. The
measures developed will be evaluated for effectiveness.
The following is a hypothetical example of the steps used to
calculate a facility’s Medicaid payment rate:
Step 1. Costs Used to Determine Statewide Standard
Price
Direct Care Costs
|
|
Direct Care Costs (inflation adjusted)
|
$ 440,000
|
Actual Patient Days
|
÷
10,000
|
Average Direct Care Costs
|
$ 44.00
|
Facility Average Case–Mix Index (CMI)
|
÷
0.9800
|
A. Normalized Direct Care Costs
|
$ 44.90
|
Non–Direct Care Costs
|
|
Administrative, Environmental and Property
Costs
|
$ 245,000
|
Greater of Actual Patient Days or Patient Days at 80
percent Occupancy
|
÷
10,500
|
B. Average Administrative, Environmental and
Property Costs
|
$ 23.33
|
Support Care Costs
|
$ 140,000
|
Actual Patient Days
|
÷
10,000
|
C. Average Support Care Costs
|
$ 14.00
|
D. Average Non–Direct Care Costs (B +
C)
|
$ 37.33
|
Costs Used to Determine Statewide Standard Price
|
Total (A + D)
|
$ 82.23
|
This step is performed for each Medicaid–certified
nursing facility. The total per patient day cost for each facility from Step 1
is arrayed from low to high to determine the state–wide median. The
standard price is then determined at a percentage of the statewide median. The
percentage of the statewide median will depend upon funding appropriated by the
General Assembly.
The standard price is then adjusted by the facility’s
Med–icaid average case–mix index to determine the
facility–specific price. As shown above, the standard price was
established using each facility’s total allowable cost with only a portion
of the cost case mix adjusted. In determining the facility–specific
price, only a portion of the standard price should be adjusted by the
facility’s Medicaid average case–mix index. The following step
illustrates how the facility–specific price is determined based on the
apportioning of the standard price between the case–mix–adjusted
component of the price and the non–case–mix–adjusted component
of the price.
Step 2. Facility–Specific Price
A. Standard Price before
Facility–Specific Case–Mix Adjustment
|
$ 85.00
|
B. Percent of Normalized Costs to Total (see Step 1
– $44.90/$82.23)
|
x
54.60%
|
C. Portion of Standard Price subject to Case– Mix
Adjust (A x B)
|
$ 46.41
|
D. Average Case–Mix Index for
Medicaid Residents
|
x
1.0100
|
E. Case–Mix–Adjusted Component of Price (C
x D)
|
$ 46.87
|
F. Non–Case–Mix–Adjusted Component
of Price (A - C)
|
+ 38.59
|
G. Facility–Specific Price (E + F)
|
$ 85.46
|
In developing these amendments, the current nursing facility
reimbursement system was thoroughly reviewed and evaluated. This included a
review of Iowa administrative rules, State Medicaid Plan documents, cost reports
and instructions, and rate setting compilations and worksheets. In addition,
several meetings were conducted with the Case– Mix Reimbursement Task
Force in order to obtain input from the nursing facility industry, consumer
advocates and others about the current reimbursement system. Written comments
were received from some of the task force representatives, which included useful
perspectives on the strengths and weaknesses of the current system for
consideration by the Department.
Members of the task force included representatives from the
Department of Human Services, the Medicaid case–mix consultant (Myers and
Stauffer LC), the Iowa Hospital Association, the Advocacy Network for Aging
Iowans, the Iowa Long–Term Care Ombudsman of the Department of Elder
Affairs, the Iowa Legislative Fiscal Bureau, partisan and nonpartisan
legislative staff, the American Association of Retired Persons, the Iowa Council
of Health Care Centers, the Iowa Health Care Association, the Iowa Association
of Homes and Services for the Aging, Iowans for Nursing Home Reform, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals, the Medicaid fiscal consultant (Ryun
Givens, Wenthe & Co.), the Medicaid fiscal agent (Consultec, Inc.), the Iowa
Foundation for Medical Care, and the Department of Public Health.
The following summarizes the major findings from review of the
current Medicaid payment system:
• System Incentives. A
review of the current system shows a clear bias toward institutional settings
for long–term care services, which is not congruent with the objectives of
Iowa’s Senior Living Program which was mandated by the General Assembly in
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1004, and seeks to improve access to care, increase
consumer choice, contain costs, balance institutional and noninstitutional
alternatives for long–term care, and improve the quality of lives of
Iowans.
• No Recognition of
Case–Mix Differences. Facility direct care resource needs are influenced
heavily by level of resident acuity and dependence. The current reimbursement
system does not explicitly recognize variations in the level of acuity of
nursing facility residents.
• Limited Linkage to Quality
of Care. The current system has no direct linkage between the quality of care
delivered by the nursing facility and the level of Medicaid funding.
• Cost Containment
Incentives. In order to achieve the objectives and goals of the Senior Living
Program, cost containment for all health care services is essential.
Inefficient use of taxpayer resources in any program will result in fewer
dollars available to expand noninstitutional long–term care alternatives.
State expenditures for nursing facility services have increased more than 37
percent since 1996, which far exceeds the 10 percent increases experienced by
other health care providers (i.e., hospitals, skilled nursing facilities and
home health agencies) for the same period. This rate of growth in Medicaid
expenditures comes at a time when occupancy in nursing facilities for the same
period declined by over 6 percent. These patterns strongly suggest that cost
containment for the Medicaid nursing facility reimbursement system must be
addressed.
• Inflation. The current
system contains an overall reimbursement limitation established at the 70th
percentile of rates. This feature is a relatively weak cost containment
incentive for providers, since every provider with costs below the 70th
percentile limit is reimbursed by Medicaid for the costs incurred, plus an
adjustment for inflation. Providers that exceed the 70th percentile limit are
capped at that level and do not receive an inflation adjustment. This
methodology is inherently inflationary since the majority of providers have
little incentive to contain their costs.
• Low Occupancy. Occupancy
levels in Iowa nursing facilities have declined significantly over the last
several years and currently average approximately 85 percent. This level
indicates that Iowa nursing facilities have approximately 5,000 empty beds.
When a facility’s occupancy declines, Medicaid reimbursement tends to
increase to cover the fixed costs of empty beds. Historically, the Iowa nursing
facility reimbursement system has applied a cost factor when defining allowable
costs that Medicaid would reimburse. Under this methodology, facilities with
actual occupancy less than 80 percent would have their Medicaid rate established
using a minimum of 80 percent occupancy and thereby reduce the cost to the state
of less efficient nursing facilities. This provision encourages providers to
maintain their occupancy level at 80 percent but no higher.
Based on the review of the current nursing facility
reimbursement system, it is clear that there are inherent problems, discussed
above, that need to be addressed by developing a new system in order for Iowa to
move toward achieving the policy goals that have been enumerated by the General
Assembly. In order to function in harmony with the Senior Living Program, the
new nursing facility reimbursement system should reduce financial incentives for
facilities to care for low–need, independent residents, and increase the
financial incentives to care for high–need, dependent residents. The new
system should link payment to quality of care and be cost–effective.
Without these changes, it will be difficult, if not impossible, for the state to
achieve the goals of the Senior Living Program.
The Department and the Case–Mix Reimbursement Task Force
evaluated several different case–mix reimbursement system options,
including cost–based and price–based systems. Based on extensive
evaluation of all options, the Department has determined that a
price–based system will introduce new and desirable incentives into
Iowa’s long–term care marketplace. These incentives are necessary
to recognize the changes in the long–term care marketplace, including the
significant decline in demand for nursing facility services by Iowans. In order
to achieve the goals of the Senior Living Program over a reasonable period of
time, the Department is proposing a price–based case–mix
system.
The alternative, a cost–based system, would link
Medicaid reimbursement to actual costs incurred by facilities, while a
price–based system establishes a standard price based on costs for a given
level of nursing facility service. That is, each facility’s Medicaid
reimbursement in a price–based system is independent of actual costs
incurred. The standard price is adjusted based on each facility’s
individual case–mix level, so that facilities that need higher resources
to care for more acute and dependent residents will receive higher
reimbursement.
The following summarizes the characteristics of a
price–based system and presents a rationale for its adoption by the
Department:
• Strong Cost Containment
Incentives and Less Inflationary System. Under a price–based system, the
incentive for cost containment is greater than under a cost–based system.
That is, facilities are encouraged to control costs to a great extent since any
costs incurred above the price will not result in higher Medicaid reimbursement.
In order to remain viable under a price–based system, nursing facilities
must minimize their nursing costs in relation to their resident case mix, and
they must also control their non–nursing costs in relation to the
statewide median costs. Profits are made by facilities with costs below the
established price, while losses are experienced by facilities whose costs are
greater than the established price.
The standard price will be rebased, or updated using more
current costs, beginning with implementation on July 1, 2001, again on July 1,
2002, and every third year thereafter. This rebasing schedule strikes a
reasonable balance between recognizing current costs in the price, while
creating a structure that should achieve the nursing facility cost containment
objectives which are a necessary component of success for the Senior Living
Program.
• Long–Term Care
Market–Driven Changes and Other Funding Options. The Department has
observed that some nursing facilities incur costs that are out of line with the
acuity level of residents they serve. These facilities have high nursing costs
coupled with low resident acuity. Under the price–based system, these
facilities will be encouraged to modify their cost structures or resident mix
during the final two–year phase–in period, and make
efficiency–motivated operational changes that will lead to lower costs and
higher case–mix and payment levels. Facilities will likely need to adapt
their service mix to the changing marketplace.
The Department recognizes that some facilities will be better
prepared than others to make these market–driven changes. Facilities that
are not able to effectively adapt to these marketplace changes will be able to
take advantage of other funding options such as the nursing facility conversion
program. This program includes $20 million in state funding and represents the
state’s commitment to facilitate, in the least disruptive manner possible,
changes in long–term care delivery that are considered beneficial to
Iowa’s elderly population.
The price–based system is expected to move the state
toward achieving the objectives outlined by the Iowa General Assembly regarding
a greater emphasis to be placed on alternatives to institutional long–term
care services, cost containment, and access to appropriate consumer–driven
long–term care services. It might not be possible to achieve these
objectives using a cost–based reimbursement system, since there would be
little incentive for facilities to adapt to marketplace changes if the
Department continued to reimburse most facilities their full costs.
• Uniform Payments for the
Same Level of Service. Under a price–based system, payment inequities
that are typical in a cost–based system for similar levels of service are
greatly reduced. It has been noted that management of some facilities is less
prudent and efficient than others, which results in these facilities’
incurring higher costs for similar levels of service. Under a cost–based
system, those facilities typically receive substantially higher Medicaid
reimbursement than other facilities, while not providing more services or better
quality of care. Under the price–based system, these sorts of payment
inequities will be removed, and additional reimbursement will be available to
facilities that demonstrate a commitment to quality of care as determined by
achieving specified accountability measures.
Providers with rates far in excess of their costs will be able
to increase salaries and benefits and other services that can lead to improved
quality of care. However, these providers may choose not to spend their excess
resources prudently. Careful monitoring by the state will be necessary to
ensure that program objectives are met by rate increases being spent on
improving the quality of care.
• The Price–Based
System and Quality of Care. As the Department moves forward with changing the
Medicaid nursing facility reimbursement system to better reflect the
marketplace, it is very important for the state to monitor and evaluate the
quality of care that is delivered in Iowa facilities. The Department fully
appreciates the important role that the reimbursement system plays in ensuring
high quality. It is important to note that a significant reimbursement feature
of the new system provides for additional payments to facilities that achieve
the quality–based accountability measures. Unlike a cost–based
system that merely reimburses for costs incurred and offers little assurance of
quality, the new price–based reimbursement system will reward facilities
for actually delivering quality care.
However, despite having vastly improved incentives to ensure
high quality services, as stated previously, the Department recognizes that some
facilities may not be able to achieve the necessary operational objectives that
the price–based reimbursement system requires. The Department will,
therefore, work closely with the Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals
(DIA) to monitor quality of care issues that are identified through the survey
process. In the event undesirable quality of care trends are detected, the
Department intends to work with DIA and other state agencies and contractors to
assess the underlying cause. This will involve new processes of resident,
financial, survey, and consumer data analysis and coordination. The Department
intends to work toward improving systems to locate alternative placements (e.g.,
home– and community–based services, assisted living, and other
nursing facilities) if the quality of care provided in a nursing facility
deteriorates to undesirable levels and improvements are not expected, or if a
facility withdraws from the Medicaid program.
• Budget Forecasting. Since
the standard price is the same for all facilities, budget forecasting by the
state and nursing facilities can be done much more accurately since there are
fewer unknown variables under a price–based methodology. Both facilities
and the state agencies can benefit from this feature of the price–based
system.
• Responsiveness to Changes
in Inputs and Price Levels. It is administratively easier to incorporate into
the standard price the financial effects of unanticipated facility operational
changes, if or when it is deemed to be appropriate to do so. Examples of such
operational changes would include higher staffing standards, or large increases
in minimum wage levels.
The development and design of the case–mix system of
reimbursement has been carried out openly and with input from industry
association representatives, consumer advocates, legislative representatives and
numerous other interested parties. Data representing all aspects of the process
has also been freely available to all parties, including cost and financial
information, case–mix data, and budget appropriation statistics. An
interactive computer model was developed that allowed users to readily perform
numerous “what if” scenarios and evaluate the financial impact.
This model was also shared with all interested Task Force participants. The
wealth of available information to all parties was helpful in keeping the focus
of the Task Force on the key elements of the design of the case–mix
system. It was also essential for the purpose of educating the Task Force on
many complex reimbursement concepts and methods.
Even with the sharing of data and the openness with which
concerns and ideas for the new system were shared, and agreement on many key
aspects, it is not realistic to expect that one system can meet everyone’s
needs. Nonetheless, the Department believes that the new case–mix system
is in most respects supported by the majority of nursing facilities. Task Force
members were encouraged to submit their positions on any remaining concerns with
the new system.
The Department must seek a reasonable balance between
providing adequate resources to Iowa nursing facilities to enable them to meet
the needs of elderly Iowans entrusted to their care, the Department’s
fiduciary responsibilities to prudently manage the state’s limited
Medicaid budget resources, and lastly, to ensure that the intent of the General
Assembly is accomplished through the development of sound public policies and
programs. The Department strongly believes that the price–based
case–mix system reimbursement provides this balance.
As with any new reimbursement system, it will be critical to
the Department’s future success to closely monitor trends and other
aspects, and it is likely that refinements will be necessary in the future. The
Department feels strongly that the system presented in these amendments is an
essential step forward toward meeting the goals outlined by the General
Assembly.
These amendments do not provide for waivers to the Medicaid
nursing facility reimbursement system as these amendments attempt to establish a
standard price based on costs for a given level of nursing facility
service.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before February 28, 2001.
Oral presentations may be made by persons appearing at the
following meetings. Written comments will also be accepted at these
times.
Cedar Rapids – March 1, 2001 10 a.m.
Cedar Rapids Regional Office
Iowa Building – Seventh Floor Conference Room
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
Council Bluffs – February 28, 2001 10 a.m.
CPI Conference Room
Council Bluffs Regional Office
417 E. Kanesville Boulevard
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Davenport – March 1, 2001 10 a.m.
Davenport Area Office
Bicentennial Building – Fifth Floor
Large Conference Room
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa 52801
Des Moines – February 28, 2001 10 a.m.
Des Moines Regional Office
City View Plaza
Conference Room 102
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa 50314
Mason City – March 2, 2001 11 a.m.
Mason City Area Office
Mohawk Square, Liberty Room
22 North Georgia Avenue
Mason City, Iowa 50401
Ottumwa – March 2, 2001 10 a.m.
Ottumwa Area Office
Conference Room 3
120 East Main
Ottumwa, Iowa 52501
Sioux City – March 1, 2001 1:30 p.m.
Sioux City Regional Office
Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
Waterloo – February 28, 2001 10 a.m.
Waterloo Regional Office
Pinecrest Office Building
Conference Room 420
1407 Independence Avenue
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or vision impairments should contact the
Bureau of Policy Analysis at (515) 281–8440 and advise of special
needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
249A.2(6), 249A.3(2)“a,” 249A.4, and 249A.16.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 78.1(2),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Medical and sickroom supplies are payable when ordered by a
legally qualified practitioner for a specific rather than incidental use.
No payment will be approved for medical and sickroom supplies for a
recipient receiving care in a Medicare–certified skilled nursing
facility. When a recipient is receiving care in a nursing facility or
residential care facility which is not a Medicare–certified
skilled nursing facility, payment will be approved only for the
following supplies when prescribed by a legally qualified practitioner:
(1) to (7) No change.
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 78.3(13),
78.3(14), and 78.3(16) as follows:
78.3(13) Payment for patients in acute hospital beds
who are determined by IFMC to require the skilled nursing care level of care
shall be made at the average rate of all facilities participating in the
skilled nursing program standard price for hospital–based
Medicare–certified skilled nursing facilities with the
rate price being adjusted January
July 1 each year. This rate is effective (a) as of the date of notice by
IFMC that the lower level of care is required or (b) for the days IFMC
determines in an outlier review that the lower level of care was
required.
78.3(14) Payment for patients in acute hospital beds
who are determined by IFMC to require nursing facility level of care shall be
made at the statewide average standard price for
Medicaid nursing facility rate facilities with the rate
being adjusted January July 1 each year. This rate is
effective (a) as of the date of notice by IFMC that the lower level of care is
required or (b) for the days IFMC determines in an outlier review that the lower
level of care was required.
78.3(16) Payment will be made for medically necessary
skilled nursing care when provided by a hospital participating in the swing bed
program certified by the department of inspections and appeals and approved by
the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Payment shall be at the
average rate per patient day paid during the previous calendar year for
routine skilled nursing services furnished by Iowa facilities participating in
the Medicaid skilled payment program standard price for
hospital–based Medicare–certified skilled nursing facilities with
the rate being adjusted July 1 each year.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 78.6(1),
paragraphs “a” and “b,” as
follows:
a. Eye examinations. The coverage of eye examinations depends
on the purpose of the examination. Services are covered if the exam is the
result of a complaint or symptom of an eye disease or injury. Routine eye
examinations are covered once in a 12–month period. These services are
rendered in the optometrist’s office or clinic, the home, a
skilled nursing facility, an intermediate care
facility, or other appropriate setting. Payment for mileage shall be
subject to the same approval and payment criteria as those in effect for
Medicare Part B. The following levels of service are recognized for optometric
examinations:
(1) and (2) No change.
b. Medical services. Payment will be approved for medically
necessary services and supplies within the scope of practice of the optometrist,
including services rendered in the optometrist’s office or clinic, the
home, a skilled nursing facility, an intermediate care
facility or other appropriate setting. Payment for mileage shall be
subject to the same approval and payment criteria as those in effect for
Medicare Part B.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 78.9(10),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (1), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
(1) Private duty nursing services are those services which are
provided by a registered nurse or a licensed practical nurse under the direction
of the recipient’s physician to a recipient in the recipient’s place
of residence or outside the recipient’s residence, when normal life
activities take the recipient outside the place of residence. Place of
residence does not include nursing facilities, skilled nursing
facilities, intermediate care facilities for the mentally retarded, or
hospitals.
Amend subparagraph (2), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
(2) Personal care services are those services provided by a
home health aide or certified nurse’s aide and which are delegated and
supervised by a registered nurse under the direction of the recipient’s
physician to a recipient in the recipient’s place of residence or outside
the recipient’s residence, when normal life activities take the recipient
outside the place of residence. Place of residence does not include nursing
facilities, skilled nursing facilities, intermediate care
facilities for the mentally retarded, or hospitals. Payment for personal care
services for persons aged 20 and under that exceed intermittent guidelines may
be approved if determined to be medically necessary as defined in subrule
78.9(7). These services shall be in accordance with the recipient’s plan
of care and authorized by a physician. The home health agency is encouraged to
collaborate with the recipient, or in the case of a child with the child’s
caregiver, in the development and implementation of the plan of
treatment.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 78.10(4),
paragraph “b,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. No payment will be made for sickroom supplies for a
recipient receiving care in a skilled nursing facility. Only the
following types of sickroom supplies will be approved for payment for recipients
receiving care in an intermediate care a nursing
facility or an intermediate care facility for the mentally retarded when
prescribed by the physician, physician assistant, or advanced registered nurse
practitioner:
ITEM 6. Amend rule 441—78.11(249A),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—78.11(249A) Ambulance service. Payment will
be approved for ambulance service if it is required by the recipient’s
condition and the recipient is transported to the nearest hospital with
appropriate facilities or to one in the same locality, from one hospital to
another, to the patient’s home or to a skilled nursing
home facility. Payment for ambulance service to the
nearest hospital for outpatient service will be approved only for emergency
treatment. Ambulance service must be medically necessary and not merely for the
convenience of the patient.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 78.19(1),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Services are provided in the recipient’s home or in
a care facility (other than a hospital) by a speech therapist, physical
therapist, or occupational therapist employed by or contracted by the agency.
Services provided a recipient residing in a skilled nursing
facility, intermediate care facility, or residential care
facility are payable when a statement is submitted signed by the facility that
the facility does not have these services available. The statement need only be
submitted at the start of care unless the situation changes. Payment will not
be made to a rehabilitation agency for therapy provided to a recipient residing
in an intermediate care facility for the mentally retarded since these
facilities are responsible for providing or paying for services required by
recipients.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 441—78.24(249A),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—78.24(249A) Psychologists. Payment will be
approved for services authorized by state law when they are provided by the
psychologist in the psychologist’s office, a hospital, or
intermediate nursing facility, or residential care
facility.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 78.28(9),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (1), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
(1) Private duty nursing services are those services which are
provided by a registered nurse or a licensed practical nurse under the direction
of the recipient’s physician to a recipient in the recipient’s place
of residence or outside the recipient’s residence, when normal life
activities take the recipient outside the place of residence. Place of
residence does not include nursing facilities, skilled nursing
facilities, intermediate care facilities for the mentally retarded, or
hospitals.
Amend subparagraph (2), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
(2) Personal care services are those services provided by a
home health aide or certified nurse’s aide and which are delegated and
supervised by a registered nurse under the direction of the recipient’s
physician to a recipient in the recipient’s place of residence or outside
the recipient’s residence, when normal life activities take the recipient
outside the place of residence. Place of residence does not include nursing
facilities, skilled nursing facilities, intermediate care
facilities for the mentally retarded, or hospitals. Payment for personal care
services for persons aged 20 and under that exceed intermittent guidelines may
be approved if determined to be medically necessary as defined in subrule
78.9(7). These services shall be in accordance with the recipient’s plan
of care and authorized by a physician. The home health agency is encouraged to
collaborate with the recipient, or in the case of a child with the child’s
caregiver, in the development and implementation of the plan of
treatment.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 441—79.1(249A)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—79.1(249A) Principles governing reimbursement of
providers of medical and health services. The basis of payment for services
rendered by providers of services participating in the medical assistance
program is either a system based on the provider’s allowable costs of
operation or a fee schedule. Generally, institutional types of providers such
as hospitals and intermediate care nursing facilities
are reimbursed on a cost–related basis and practitioners such as
physicians, dentists, optometrists, and similar providers are reimbursed on the
basis of a fee schedule. Providers of service must accept reimbursement based
upon the department’s methodology without making any additional charge to
the recipient.
Amend subrule 79.1(2), basis of reimbursement provider
category of “nursing facilities,” as follows:
Provider category
|
Basis of reimbursement
|
Upper limit
|
Nursing facilities
|
|
|
1. Nursing facility care
|
Prospective reimbursement. See 441—subrule 81.10(1) and
441—81.6(249A)
|
Seventieth percentile of facility costs as calculated
from all 6/30/00 cost reports
|
2. Skilled nursing care provided in:
|
|
|
Hospital–based Medicare–certified
facilities
|
Prospective reimbursement. See 79.1(9)
441—subrule 81.10(1) and 441—81.6(249A)
|
Facility base rate per diems used on 6/30/99 inflated
by 2% subject to a maximum allowable payment rate of $346.20 per day for
hospital–based skilled facilities
|
Freestanding facilities
|
Prospective reimbursement. See
79.1(9)
|
Facility base rate per diems used on 6/30/99 inflated
by 2% subject to a maximum allowable payment rate of $163.41 per day for
freestanding skilled facilities
|
Rescind and reserve subrule 79.1(9).
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 80.2(2) as
follows:
Rescind and reserve paragraph
80.2(2)“u.”
Amend paragraph 80.2(2)“am” as
follows:
am. Nursing facilities for persons with mental
illness shall submit claims on Form
UB–82–HCFA–1450
470–0039.
ITEM 12. Amend rule
441—81.1(249A) as follows:
Amend the definitions of “department’s accounting
firm,” “department’s fiscal agent,”
“facility,” “facility–based,” “minimum data
set,” and “non–facility–based,” as
follows:
“Department’s accounting firm” means the
firm on contract with the department to calculate nursing facility rates and
provide other accounting services as requested. The current accounting
firm is Ryun, Givens, Wenthe & Company, 1601 48th Street, Suite 150, West
Des Moines, Iowa 50266– 6756.
“Department’s fiscal agent” means the firm
on contract with the department to enroll providers, process Medicaid claims,
calculate skilled nursing facility rates, and perform other related functions.
The current fiscal agent is Consultec, 7755 Office Park Drive, West Des
Moines, Iowa 50266.
“Facility” means a licensed nursing facility
certified in accordance with the provisions of 42 CFR Part 483, as amended to
September 23, 1992, to provide health services and includes
skilled hospital–based nursing facilities that
are Medicare certified and provide only skilled level of care and
swing–bed hospitals unless stated otherwise.
“Facility–based nurse aide training
program” means a nurse aide training program which
that is offered by a nursing facility and taught by facility employees or
under the control of the licensee.
“Minimum data set” or “MDS” refers to
a federally required resident assessment tool. Information from the MDS is used
by the federal Health Care Financing Administration
department to determine the facility’s case–mix index for
purposes of the case–mix add–on applying an
acuity adjustment to a portion of the standard price as provided by
paragraph subrule
81.6(16)“f.”. MDS is described in subrule
81.13(9).
“Non–facility–based nurse aide training
program” means a nurse aide training program which
that is offered by an organization which that is
not licensed to provide nursing facility services.
Rescind the definition of “case–mix
add–on.”
Adopt the following new definitions in
alphabetical order:
“Case mix” means a measure of the intensity of
care and services used by similar residents in a facility.
“Case–mix index” means a numeric score
within a specific range that identifies the relative resources used by similar
residents and represents the average resource consumption across a
population or sample.
“Direct care costs” means specified costs adjusted
for acuity by the case–mix index. Costs subject to adjustment are the
salaries and benefits of registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, certified
nursing assistants, rehabilitation nurses, and contracted nursing
services.
“Facility cost report period case–mix index”
is the average of quarterly facilitywide average case–mix indices, carried
to four decimal places. The quarters used in this average will be the quarters
that most closely coincide with the financial and statistical reporting period.
For example, a 01/01/2000 – 12/31/2000 financial and statistical reporting
period would use the facilitywide average case–mix indices for quarters
ending 03/31/00, 06/30/00, 09/30/00 and 12/31/00.
“Facilitywide average case–mix index” is a
simple average, carried to four decimal places, of all resident case–mix
indices based on the last day of each calendar quarter.
“Medicaid average case–mix index” is a
simple average, carried to four decimal places, of all resident case–mix
indices where Medicaid is known to be the per diem payor source on the last day
of the calendar quarter.
“Normalization” or “cost
normalization” refers to theprocess of removing cost variations associated
with different levels of resident case mix. Normalized cost is determined by
dividing a facility’s per diem allowable case–mix adjusted costs by
the facility’s average case–mix index score.
“Patient–day weighted median cost” means the
per diem cost of the nursing facility that falls at the median of all nursing
facilities’ per diem costs based on the number of patient days provided by
facilities with higher and lower costs.
“Special population nursing facility” refers to a
nursing facility that serves the following populations:
1. 100 percent of the residents served are under the age of 21
and require the skilled level of care.
2. 70 percent of the residents served require the skilled
level of care for neurological disorders.
ITEM 13. Rescind and reserve subrule
81.3(2).
ITEM 14. Amend rule 441—81.6(249A)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—81.6(249A) Financial and statistical report
anddetermination of payment rate. With the exception
ofhospital–based nursing facilities that are Medicare–certified and
provide only the skilled level of care, herein referred to as
Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facilities,
All all facilities in Iowa wishing to participate in the
program shall submit a Financial and Statistical Report, Form 470–0030, to
the department’s accounting firm. All Medicare–certified
hospital–based nursing facilities shall submit a copy of their Medicare
cost report to the department’s accounting firm. Costs for patient
care services shall be reported, divided into the subcategories of “Direct
Patient Care Costs” and “Support Care Costs.” Costs
associated with food and dietary wages shall be included in the “Support
Care Costs” subcategory. An electronically submitted cost report
shall be accepted if the format is approved by the accounting firm under
contract with the department to audit nursing facility cost reports.
The financial and statistical report shall be submitted in an electronic
format approved by the department. These reports shall be based on the
following rules.
Amend subrule 81.6(3) as follows:
81.6(3) Submission of reports. The report shall be
submitted to the department’s accounting firm no later than three months
after the close of each six months’ period of the
facility’s established fiscal year. Failure to submit a report that meets
the requirements of this rule within this time shall reduce payment to 75
percent of the current rate. The reduced rate shall be paid for no longer than
three months, after which time no further payments will be made.
A facility may change its fiscal year one time in any
two–year period. If the facility changes its fiscal year, the facility
shall notify the department’s accounting firm 60 days prior to the first
date of the change.
Rescind subrule 81.6(4) and adopt the following
new subrule in lieu thereof:
81.6(4) Payment at new rate.
a. Except for state–operated nursing facilities and
special population nursing facilities, payment rates shall be updated annually
with a new standard price and adjusted quarterly thereafter by the average
Medicaid case–mix index.
(1) The Medicaid payment rates for services rendered from July
1, 2001, through June 30, 2002, shall be 66.67 percent of the facility’s
Medicaid rate effective June 30, 2001, plus a 3 percent inflation allowance and
33.33 percent of the July 1, 2001, standard price adjusted for case
mix.
(2) Payment rates for services rendered from July 1, 2002,
through June 30, 2003, shall be 33.33 percent of the facility’s Medicaid
rate effective June 30, 2001, plus a 6 percent inflation allowance and 66.67
percent of the July 1, 2002, standard price adjusted for case mix.
(3) Payment rates for services rendered from July 1, 2003, and
thereafter will be 100 percent of the standard price adjusted for case
mix.
b. The Medicaid payment rate for special population nursing
facilities shall be updated annually with no quarterly adjustment.
c. The Medicaid payment rate for state–operated nursing
facilities shall be updated annually with no quarterly adjustment.
Amend subrule 81.6(5) as follows:
81.6(5) Accrual basis. Facilities not using the
accrual basis of accounting shall adjust recorded amounts to the accrual basis.
Expenses which pertain to an entire year shall be included in each
six–month report in equal amounts. Records of cash receipts and
disbursements shall be adjusted to reflect accruals of income and
expense.
Amend subrule 81.6(9), paragraph
“a,” as follows:
a. Census information shall be based on a patient’s
status at midnight at the end of each day. A patient whose
status changes from one class to another shall be shown as discharged from the
previous status and admitted to the new status on the same
day.
Amend subrule 81.6(11), paragraph
“h,” subparagraph (4), as follows:
(4) The Effective July 1, 2001, the
base maximum allowed compensation for an administrator who is involved in
ownership of the facility or who is an immediate relative of an owner of the
facility is $1,926 $3,296 per month plus
$20.53 $35.16 per month per licensed bed capacity for
each bed over 60, not to exceed $2,852 $4,884 per month.
An administrator is considered to be involved in ownership of a facility when
the administrator has ownership interest of 5 percent or more.
On a semiannual an annual basis, the
maximum allowed compensation amounts for these administrators shall be increased
or decreased by the inflation factor applied to facility rates as
defined specified by subrule
81.6(16)“a.” 81.6(18).
Amend subrule 81.6(12), paragraph
“e,” as follows:
e. A new owner or lessee wishing to claim a new rate of
interest expense must submit documentation which verifies the amount of down
payment made, the actual rate of interest, and the number of years required for
repayment with the next semiannual annual cost report.
In the absence of the necessary supportive documentation, interest and other
property costs for all facilities which that have
changed or will change ownership shall continue at the rate allowed the previous
owner.
Rescind subrule 81.6(14) and adopt the following
new subrule in lieu thereof:
81.6(14) Payment to new facility. The payment to a
new facility shall be the standard price. After the first full calendar quarter
of operation, the standard price shall be adjusted by the facility’s
average Medicaid case–mix index for the facility’s first full
calendar quarter of operation. A financial and statistical report shall be
submitted from the beginning day of operation to the end of the fiscal year.
Subsequent reports shall be submitted annually for a 12–month period
ending with the facility’s fiscal year.
Amend subrule 81.6(15) as follows:
81.6(15) Payment to new owner. An existing facility
with a new owner shall continue with the previous owner’s per diem rate
until a new financial and statistical report has been submitted and a
new rate established adjusted quarterly for case mix, not to
exceed private pay charges. The facility may shall
submit a report for the period from beginning of actual operation under new
ownership to the end of the fiscal year or may submit two cost
reports within the fiscal year provided the second report covers a period of six
months ending on the last day of the fiscal year. Subsequent
financial and statistical reports shall be submitted annually for a
12–month period ending with the facility’s fiscal year. The
facility shall notify the department’s accounting firm of the date its
fiscal year will end and of the reporting option
selected.
Rescind subrule 81.6(16) and adopt the following
new subrule in lieu thereof:
81.6(16) Establishment of standard prices and
reimbursement rate. A standard price shall be established for boththe
non–state–owned nursing facilities and the Medicare–certified
hospital–based nursing facilities, hereinafter referred to as the
non–state–owned nursing facility standard price and the
Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facility standard
price.
For purposes of calculating the non–state–owned
nursing facility standard price and the Medicare–certified
hospital–based nursing facility standard price, the costs shall be divided
into two components. One component contains the direct care costs defined in
subrule 81.6(19). The second component contains all other allowable costs
reported on the financial and statistical report, i.e., administrative,
environmental, property, and support care costs that are not adjusted for case
mix, hereinafter referred to as non–direct care costs.
The following calculations are performed in establishing the
non–state–owned nursing facility standard price and the
Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facility standard
price.
a. Calculation of per diem cost. Each nursing
facility’s per diem direct care cost and non–direct care cost shall
be established. The per diem cost shall be arrived at by dividing total
reported expenses by total inpatient days as specified in subrule 81.6(7) during
the reporting period. Total reported expenses shall be inflated using the
inflation factor specified in subrule 81.6(18) from the midpoint of the cost
report period to the midpoint of the rate period.
(1) Non–state–owned nursing facilities. Patient
days for purposes of the computation of administrative, environmental, and
property expenses shall be inpatient days as specified in subrule 81.6(7) or 80
percent of the licensed capacity of the facility, whichever is
greater.
Beginning July 1, 2002, and thereafter, patient days for
purposes of the computation of administrative, environmental, and property
expenses shall be inpatient days as determined in subrule 81.6(7) or 85 percent
of the licensed capacity of the facility, whichever is greater.
(2) Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing
facilities. Patient days for purposes of the computation of all expenses shall
be inpatient days as determined by subrule 81.6(7).
b. Normalization. The per diem direct care costs are
normalized by dividing a facility’s per diem direct care costs by the
facility’s cost report period case–mix index as defined in subrule
81.6(19).
c. Calculation of patient–day weighted median. The per
diem normalized direct care cost plus the per diem non–direct care cost
for each facility is arrayed from low to high to determine the patient–day
weighted median cost based on the number of patient days provided by facilities
with higher and lower costs. An array and patient–day weighted median is
determined separately for both non–state–owned nursing facilities
and the Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing
facilities.
(1) Effective July 1, 2001, the non–state–owned
nursing facility standard price and the Medicare–certified
hospital–based nursing facility standard price shall be the
patient–day weighted median as calculated using the latest financial and
statistical report with a fiscal year end of December 31, 2000, or earlier,
multiplied by a percentage of the median specified in 441—subrule
79.1(2).
(2) Effective July 1, 2002, the non–state–owned
nursing facility standard price and the Medicare–certified
hospital–based nursing facility standard price shall be the
patient–day weighted median as calculated using the latest financial and
statistical report with a fiscal year end of December 31, 2001, or earlier,
multiplied by a percentage of the median as specified in 441—subrule
79.1(2).
(3) For rates effective July 1, 2003, and July 1, 2004, the
non–state–owned nursing facility standard price and the
Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facility standard price
shall be determined by inflating the July 1, 2002, standard prices forward using
the percentage in 441—subrule 79.1(2) of the inflation factor in subrule
81.6(18) projected for the next 12 months.
(4) Effective July 1, 2005, and each third year thereafter,
the non–state–owned nursing facility standard price and the
Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facility standard price
shall be the patient–day weighted median as calculated using the latest
completed Medicare cost report with a fiscal year end of the preceding December
31 or earlier multiplied by a percentage of the median as specified in
441—subrule 79.1(2).
(5) In years after 2005 the non–state–owned
nursing facility standard price and the Medicare–certified
hospital–based nursing facility standard price shall not be updated using
actual cost data. The standard price shall be determined by inflating the prior
year’s standard price forward using the inflation factor specified in
441—subrules 79.1(2) and 81.6(18).
d. Reimbursement rate. For non–state–owned
nursing facilities and Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing
facilities, the reimbursement rate shall be established by adjusting the
applicable standard price by the facility’s Medicaid average
case–mix index. For non–state–owned nursing facilities
located in a Metropolitan Statistical Area, the standard price shall also be
adjusted by a wage index.
For purposes of adjusting the standard price by the Medicaid
average case–mix index and the wage index, the following calculations are
performed.
(1) For each facility, the percentage of the per diem
normalized direct care cost to total normalized direct care cost plus
non–direct care cost shall be determined. The applicable standard price
is multiplied by this percentage to determine the amount of the standard price
that is subject to case–mix adjustment and wage adjustment. The
non–case–mix–adjusted portion of the standard price is the
standard price minus the amount of the standard price that is case–mix
adjusted.
(2) The reimbursement rate for non–state–owned
nursing facilities not located in a Metropolitan Statistical Area is determined
as the sum of the case–mix–adjusted portion of the
non–state–owned nursing facility standard price multiplied by the
facility’s Medicaid average case–mix index plus the
non–case–mix–adjusted portion of the
non–state–owned nursing facility standard price.
(3) The reimbursement rate for non–state–owned
nursing facilities located in a Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) is
determined as the sum of the case–mix–adjusted portion of the
non–state–owned nursing facility standard price multiplied by the
wage index and by the facility’s Medicaid average case–mix index,
plus the non–case–mix–adjusted portion of the
non–state–owned nursing facility standard price.
The wage index factor shall be determined annually by
calculating the average difference between the hospital–based rural wage
index and all hospital–based MSA wage indices as published by the Health
Care Financing Administration (HCFA) each July. The wage factor will be revised
when the skilled nursing facility wage indices are released by HCFA.
(4) The reimbursement rate for
Medicare–certifiedhospital–based nursing facilities is determined as
the sumof the case–mix–adjusted portion of the
Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facility standard price
multiplied by the facility’s Medicaid average case–mix index plus
thenon–case–mix–adjusted portion of the
Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facility standard
price.
(5) The reimbursement rate for state–operated nursing
facilities and special population nursing facilities shall be the average
allowable per diem costs, adjusted for inflation, based on the most current
financial and statistical report.
Special population nursing facilities enrolled on or after
June 1, 1993, shall have an upper limit on their rate equal to the standard
price for Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing
facilities.
e. Accountability measures. Additional reimbursement for
non–state–owned nursing facilities, based on accountability
measures, shall also be available in amounts up to 3 percent of the
non–state–owned nursing facility standard price. These
accountability measures may include areas such as standard surveys and complaint
investigations from the department of inspections and appeals, customer
satisfaction, employee retention rates, provision of cognitive loss and dementia
care, hospitalization rates, pressure ulcer prevention, proportion of expenses
relative to direct patient care versus administrative expenses, provision of
outpatient services offered, accreditation status, and other objective measures
of accountability and quality, with performance measured during the following
state fiscal year following identification of specific standards.
Amend subrule 81.6(17), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
81.6(17) Cost report documentation. All nursing
facilities shall submit semiannual an annual cost
reports report based on the closing date of the
facility’s fiscal year and the midpoint of the facility’s
fiscal year, that incorporate incorporates
documentation as set forth below. The documentation incorporated in the cost
reports shall include all of the following information:
Adopt the following new subrules:
81.6(18) Inflation factor. The department shall
consider an inflation factor in determining the reimbursement rate. The
inflation factor shall be based on the HCFA Total Skilled Nursing Facility
Market Basket (HCFA/SNF) index published by Data Resources, Inc. The HCFA/SNF
listed in the latest available quarterly publication prior to the July 1 rate
setting shall be used to determine the inflation factor.
81.6(19) Case–mix index calculation.
a. The Resource Utilization Groups–III (RUG–III)
Version 5.12b, 34 group, index maximizer model shall be used as the resident
classification system to determine a facility’s case mix based on data
from the minimum data set (MDS) submitted by each facility pursuant to subrule
81.13(9). Standard case–mix indices, developed by HCFA, shall be the
basis for calculating the average case–mix index and shall be used to
adjust the direct care costs in the determination of the standard price and the
reimbursement rate.
b. Each resident in the facility on the last day of each
calendar quarter with a completed assessment shall be assigned a RUG–III
34 group calculated on the resident’s most current assessment available on
the last day of each calendar quarter. This RUG–III group shall be
translated to the appropriate case–mix index. From the individual
resident case–mix indices, two average case–mix indices for each
Medicaid nursing facility shall be determined four times per year based on the
last day of each calendar quarter.
The facilitywide average case–mix index is a simple
average, carried to four decimal places, of all resident case–mix indices.
The Medicaid–average case–mix index is a simple average, carried to
four decimal places, of all residents where Medicaid is known to be the per diem
payor source on the last day of the calendar quarter. Assessments that cannot
be classified to a RUG–III group due to errors shall be excluded from both
average case–mix index calculations.
ITEM 15. Amend rule 441—81.10(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrules 81.10(1) and 81.10(2) as follows:
81.10(1) Method of payment.
Facilities Except for Medicaid accountability measures
payment established in par–agraph 81.16(6)“e,” which shall be
paid promptly on a lump sum basis following the end of each state fiscal year,
facili–ties shall be reimbursed under a
cost–related price–based vendor payment
program. A per diem rate shall be established based on information submitted
according to rule 441—81.6(249A). The per diem rate shall be no
greater than the maximum reasonable cost determined by the
department.
81.10(2) Authorization of payment. The department
shall authorize payment for care in a facility. The authorization shall be
obtained prior to admission of the resident, whenever possible. For a
nursing facility to be eligible for Medicaid payment for a resident, the
facility must, when applicable, exhaust all Medicare benefits.
Amend subrule 81.10(4), paragraph
“f,” as follows:
f. Payment for periods when residents are absent for
visitation or hospitalization will shall be made at 75
percent of the allowable audited costs for those beds, not to exceed the
maximum reimbursement nursing facility’s rate.
Further amend subrule 81.10(4) by adopting
new paragraph “h,” as follows:
h. In–state nursing facilities serving Medicaid eligible
patients who require a ventilator at least six hours every day, are
inappropriate for home care, and have medical needs that require skilled care as
determined by the peer review organization shall receive reimbursement for the
care of these patients equal to the Medicare–certified
hospital–based nursing facility standard price. Facilities may continue
to receive reimbursement at this rate for 30 days for any person weaned from a
respirator who continues to reside in the facility and continues to meet skilled
criteria for those 30 days.
Amend subrule 81.10(7), paragraphs
“a,” “b,” and “c,” as
follows:
a. The nursing facility shall recompute the average per diem
rate on a facilitywide, private pay basis twice yearly. This
computation shall coincide with the preparation of the Financial and Statistical
Report, Form 470–0030, which is submitted to the department’s
accounting firm.
b. An individual private pay resident’s rate shall be
computed by accumulating the six 12 months’ total
charges for the individual and dividing the total charges by the total number of
days in which the bed was occupied by or was being held for the resident. The
total monthly charges will include the basic charge per day plus any standard
charges for extra care and service.
c. To compute the facilitywide average private pay per diem
rate, the facility shall accumulate total monthly charges for all private pay
residents for the six 12–month period and divide
by the total patient days for all private pay residents for the same period to
arrive at the private pay average per diem rate for the entire
facility.
ITEM 16. Rescind subrule 81.20(1) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
81.20(1) Out–of–state providers. Except
for Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facilities and
special population nursing facilities, out–of–state providers shall
be reimbursed at the same nursing facility rate they would receive from the
Medicaid program in their state of residence or the Iowa standard price,
whichever is lower.
a. Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing
facilities providing skilled care in other states shall be reimbursed at the
Iowa standard price for Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing
facilities if one of the following criteria is met:
(1) The placement is recommended because moving the resident
back to Iowa would endanger the resident’s health, because services are
not readily available in Iowa, or because the out–of–state placement
is cost–effective.
(2) The placement is temporary until services are available to
the resident in Iowa or until the program of treatment is completed.
b. Special population nursing facilities shall be reimbursed
at the same nursing facility rate they would receive from Medicaid in their
state of residence or the Iowa standard price if one of the following criteria
is met:
(1) The placement is recommended because moving the resident
back to Iowa would endanger the resident’s health, because services are
not readily available in Iowa, or because the out–of–state placement
is cost–effective.
(2) The placement is temporary until services are available to
the resident in Iowa or until the program of treatment is completed.
ITEM 17. Amend rule
441—81.31(249A), definition of “deficiency,” as
follows:
“Deficiency” means a skilled nursing
facility’s or nursing facility’s failure to meet a
participation requirement.
ARC 0473B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135G.7, the
Department of Inspections and Appeals hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 52, “Birth Centers,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments remove unnecessary regulation related
to birth center governing bodies, health records maintained by birth centers and
staff requirements. Item 1 removes regulation pertaining to the director of the
birth center and the director of medical affairs. Item 2 removes regulation
pertaining to annual medical evaluations for staff and amends the rule to
require medical evaluations at the commencement of employment and at least every
four years thereafter. Item 3 adds HIV status to the list of complications that
shall require the midwife to call and confer with the client’s consulting
physician to determine if the pregnancy continues to be low risk. Item 4
removes employment agreements from the list of required personnel policies to be
maintained by a birth center. Item 5 removes language requiring a consulting
physician to review and sign a client’s health record after delivery.
Item 6 extends the individuals to be informed of the policies and procedures of
the birth center beyond client and family to other individuals if identified by
the client. Item 7 corrects the erroneous use of the word “and” by
replacing it with the word “or” in the listing of symptoms
associated with gastrointestinal distress.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because the
amendments remove regulations and requirements to the licensees’
benefit.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before February 27, 2001. Written materials
should be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals,
Lucas State Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0083. Faxes may be sent to (515) 242–6863; E–mail may
be sent to Jennifer.Fiihr@
dia.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
135G.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 481—52.3(135G)
as follows:
481—52.3(135G) Direction. Each birth center,
whether organized as a proprietary or voluntary service under sole ownership or
corporate group, shall have a governing body with full authority and
responsibility for overall policy and fiscal management of the facility and
services. The governing body shall:
1. Develop and make available to the department a table of
organization which shows the position of each staff
member.
2. Be responsible for the appointment of the director of the
birth center and a director of medical affairs.
The director of the birth center shall have
administrative ability and shall be responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the facility. If the director is not a physician with a valid
license to practice medicine and surgery, osteopathic medicine and surgery or
osteopathy, or a licensed nurse midwife, a licensed nurse midwife shall be
appointed director of midwifery services.
The director of medical affairs shall be a licensed
physician in good standing with hospital obstetrical privileges and shall advise
and consult with the birth center staff and approve policies, procedures and
protocols related to midwifery management of care and medical management of
pregnancy. These shall relate to birth, postpartum, newborn and gynecologic
health care. The director of medical affairs shall periodically review
previously developed policies, procedures and protocols and ascertain the need
for amendment, if any.
3. Adopt bylaws which include criteria for staff and
consultation appointments, delineation of clinical privileges and organization
of staff.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 52.4(4) as
follows:
52.4(4) All staff shall have an annual medical
evaluation by a physician with a valid license to practice medicine and surgery,
osteopathic medicine and surgery or osteopathy certifying that the staff member
is physically and emotionally capable of performing assigned tasks.
Health examinations for all personnel shall be required at the commencement
of employment and at least every four years thereafter. The examination shall
include, at a minimum, the health and tuberculosis status of the
employee.
ITEM 3. Adopt new
paragraph 52.5(1)“n” as follows:
n. HIV status.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 52.9(2) as
follows:
52.9(2) Personnel policies. Personnel policies shall
include job descriptions for all personnel, employment
agreements, description of required orientation, training and
educational preparation. These policies shall be available on site.
ITEM 5. Rescind paragraph
52.9(4)“h” as follows:
h. Be reviewed and signed by the consulting physician
after delivery.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 481—52.10(135G),
introductory paragraph and numbered paragraphs “1” to
“7,” as follows:
481—52.10(135G) Services. Each client,
and family or those otherwise identified by the client
shall be fully informed of the policies and procedures of the licensed birth
center, including, but not limited to:
1. The selection of clients,
2. The expectation for prenatal care and self–help
involving the client and family,
3. The qualifications of the clinical staff,
4. Conditions which may result in a transfer to physician
management or a hospital,
5. The philosophy of childbirth care practiced by the
staff,
6. Services available, and
7. The customary length of stay after delivery.
ITEM 7. Amend subparagraph
52.10(4)“b”(10) as follows:
(10) Gastrointestinal distress as exemplified by bilious
vomiting, continuous vomiting, abdominal distention, and
or bloody diarrhea,
ARC 0455B
LABOR SERVICES
DIVISION[875]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 88.5, the Labor
Commissioner hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 10,
“General Industry Safety and Health Rules,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendment adopts the new federal ergonomics
standard. The purpose of the standard is to reduce the number and severity of
musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs) caused by exposure to risk factors in general
industry workplaces. The standard contains an action trigger, which identifies
jobs with risk factors of sufficient magnitude, duration, or intensity to
warrant further examination by the employer. These risk factors include
repetition, awkward posture, force, vibration, and contact stress. If an
employee reports an MSD incident and the risk factors of that employee’s
job meet the action trigger, the employer must establish an ergonomics program
for that job.
Adoption of this new standard is mandated pursuant to 29 Code
of Federal Regulations 1953.23(a)(2) and Iowa Code section 88.5(1)(a).
The anticipated effective date for the new standard is May 9,
2001, but enforcement will not begin until October 14, 2001. In the interim,
the Iowa Occupational Safety and Health Administration will continue to address
ergonomics hazards in the workplace through education, outreach, and, when
appropriate, enforcement using the general duty clause.
A public hearing will be held on March 1, 2001, at 10 a.m. in
the Stanley Room, Workforce Development Department, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa. Any interested person will be given the opportunity to make an
oral statement and submit documents. The facility for the oral presentations is
accessible to and functional for persons with physical disabilities. Persons
who have special requirements should telephone (515)242-5869 in advance to
arrange access or other needed services.
Written data or arguments to be considered in adoption may be
submitted no later than March 1, 2001, to the Deputy Labor Commissioner,
Division of Labor Services, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0209,
or faxed to (515)281-7995. E-mail may be sent to kathleen.uehling@
iwd.state.ia.us.
This amendment will necessitate additional annual expenditures
exceeding $100,000 by all political subdivisions or agencies and entities that
contract with political subdivisions to provide services. Based on statistics
supplied by the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), the estimated annual cost for state and local governments
in Iowa is $13,146,198. Federal OSHA estimates the standard will prevent
approximately 4,410 MSDs annually among government employees in Iowa. The
annual savings for state and local governments are estimated at $18 million.
None of the costs to political subdivisions will be paid by the state.
The Division will issue a regulatory analysis as provided in
Iowa Code section 17A.4A if an appropriate written request is filed by delivery
or by mailing postmarked no later than March 12, 2001, to the Deputy Labor
Commissioner, Division of Labor Services, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines,
Iowa 50319. Appropriate requests are described in Iowa Code section
17A.4A.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
88.5.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 875—10.20(88) by inserting at the end
thereof:
65 Fed. Reg. 68846 (November 14, 2000)
ARC 0465B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 13, “Standards of Practice and Professional Ethics,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board of Medical Examiners approved the amendment during a
meeting held on January 11, 2001.
The proposed amendment defines surgery and defines the use of
lasers as surgery. It restricts the use of laser surgery to individuals
licensed to practice medicine and surgery and osteopathic medicine and surgery
or to those categories of practitioners currently licensed in Iowa to perform
surgery. It requires physicians who use lasers to use only those approved by
the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) unless functioning under protocols
approved by an institutional review board. Lasers are employed in certain
procedures for the removal of human tissue, e.g., hair, wrinkles, tattoos, where
various devices manipulate or pulse light causing it to penetrate human tissue
and are classified as “prescription” by the FDA. A physician may
delegate the use of such technology for these procedures only to an
Iowa–licensed practitioner with appropriate medical training who is under
the supervision of and on the premises with an Iowa–licensed physician who
bears responsibility for those procedures.
Any interested person may present written comments, data,
views, and arguments on the proposed amendment not later than 4 p.m. on February
27, 2001. Such written materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive
Director, Board of Medical Examiners, 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite C, Des
Moines, Iowa 50309–4686.
There will be a public hearing held in the Board’s
conference room on February 28, 2001, at 3 p.m. at 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite
C, Des Moines, Iowa. Interested persons may present their views either orally
or in writing.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
147.55 and 148.6.
The following new rule is proposed.
653—13.4(147,148,150) Standards of
practice—surgery. Surgery involves the revision, destruction,
incision, or structural alteration of human tissue and is performed using a
variety of methods and instruments. Surgery is a discipline that includes the
operative and nonoperative care of individuals in need of such intervention, and
demands preoperative assessment, judgment, technical skills, postoperative
management, and follow up.
13.4(1) Laser surgery. The revision, destruction,
incision, or other structural alteration of human tissue using laser technology
is surgery.
a. Laser surgery shall be performed only by individuals
licensed to practice medicine and surgery and osteopathic medicine and surgery
or by those categories of practitioners currently licensed in Iowa to perform
surgery.
b. Physicians shall use devices approved by the U.S. Food and
Drug Administration (FDA) unless functioning under protocols approved by
institutional review boards.
c. Lasers are employed in certain procedures for the removal
of human tissue, e.g., hair, wrinkles, tattoos, where various devices manipulate
or pulse light causing it to penetrate human tissue and are classified as
“prescription” by the FDA. A physician may delegate the use of such
technology for these procedures only to an Iowa–licensed practitioner with
appropriate medical training who is under the supervision of and on the premises
with an Iowa–licensed physician who bears responsibility for those
procedures.
13.4(2) Reserved.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 147,
148, and 150.
ARC 0450B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Physician Assistant Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 325, “Physician Assistants,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments remove unnecessary approval processes
in the licensure and registration of physician assistants; amend language
referring to remote medical clinics; and update free clinic language.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments no later than February 28, 2001, addressed to Rosalie
Steele, Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas
State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
The Division revised these rules in accordance with Executive
Order Number 8. The Division sent letters to the public for comment, and two
letters were received in return. Division staff also had input on these
amendments. The comments received were discussed by the Board, and decisions
were made based on need, clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and
fairness.
A public hearing will be held on February 28, 2001, from9 to
11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building,
at which time persons may pre–sent their views either orally or in
writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
proposed amendments.
These amendments were reviewed by the combined rules committee
of the Board of Medical Examiners and the Board of Physician Assistant Examiners
as required in Iowa Code section 148C.7. The committee agreed to the changes in
the rules.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapters 148C and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 645—325.1(148C)
by adopting the following new subrules:
325.1(1) The physician assistant shall notify the
board of any change in permanent address within 30 days of its
occurrence.
325.1(2) A physician assistant registered or licensed
under Iowa Code chapter 148C may use the words “physician assistant”
after the person’s name or signify the same by the use of the letters
“P.A.”
325.1(3) The physician assistant shall maintain
documentation of currently approved supervising physicians that shall be made
available to the physician assistant board upon request.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
645—325.2(148C) as follows:
Adopt the following new definitions in
alphabetical order:
“NCCPA” means the National Commission on
Certification of Physician Assistants.
“Registration” means the act of an individual who
has fulfilled all requirements for licensure but is not under the supervision of
an Iowa licensed physician and shall not practice the profession of physician
assistant.
Amend the definition of “remote clinic” as
follows:
“Remote clinic site”
means a medical clinic for ambulatory patients which is away from the main
practice location of a supervising physician and in which a supervising
physician is present less than 50 percent of the time the
clinic site is open. The remote clinic
site definition will not be applied to nursing homes, patient homes,
hospital outpatient departments or at any location at which medical care is
incidentally provided (e.g., diet center, free clinic, site for athletic
physicals, jail facility).
ITEM 3. Rescind rules
645—325.3(148C) to 645— 325.5(148C) and adopt the following
new rules 645— 325.3(148C) to 645—325.5(148C) in lieu
thereof:
645—325.3(148C) Registration and licensure.
Registration and licensure may be completed simultaneously.
325.3(1) Registration. Initial registration shall be
valid for at least one year and shall expire on September 30 following the first
anniversary of the initial registration. The applicant shall:
a. Apply to the board on an application provided by the
board;
b. Submit a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma from
an approved program for physician assistants;
c. Submit the registration fee;
d. Submit a notarized copy of the examination scores from the
NCCPA initial certification examination or successor examination; and
e. Submit a notarized copy of the current NCCPA or successor
agency certificate.
325.3(2) Temporary registration. A temporary
registration is issued for applicants who have not taken the NCCPA initial
certification examination or successor agency examination. The temporary
registration shall be valid for one year from the date of issuance.
a. The applicant shall:
(1) Apply to the board on an application provided by the
board;
(2) Submit a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma from
an approved program for physician assistants; and
(3) Submit the temporary registration fee.
b. The temporary registration shall be renewed only upon a
showing that through no fault of the physician assistant the applicant was
unable to take the certifying examination recognized by the board. Proof of
inability to take the certifying examination shall be required.
c. The temporary registrant shall surrender the temporary
registration and licensure within 24 hours if the physician assistant fails the
certifying examination.
There is no additional fee for converting temporary
registration to registration.
325.3(3) Registration by endorsement. An applicant
who has been registered under the laws and jurisdiction of another state or
district shall file with the board office an application for registration by
endorsement. The applicant shall:
a. Apply to the board on an application provided by the
board;
b. Submit the registration fee;
c. Submit a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma from
an approved program for physician assistants;
d. Submit a notarized copy of one of the following:
(1) Current NCCPA or successor agency certificate;
or
(2) Proof of completion of 100 CME hours for the past two
years; and
e. Submit registration verification(s) from all states where
the applicant is currently licensed or was formerly licensed.
325.3(4) Initial licensure. An initial license shall
be valid for at least one year and shall expire on September 30 following the
first anniversary of initial licensure. The applicant shall:
a. Apply to the board on an application provided by the board,
which includes:
(1) The supervising physician’s background and
specialty;
(2) The scope of practice of the physician assistant;
and
(3) The plan for supervision of the physician assistant which
includes ongoing communication with the supervising physician including
telecommunication, chart review, coverage arrangements, a quality assurance
program and a description of how the physician assistant is to function within
the scope of practice as referenced in subrules 325.7(3) and 325.7(4);
b. Submit a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma from
an approved program for physician assistants;
c. Submit the license fee;
d. Submit the registration fee;
e. Submit a notarized copy of the examination scores from the
NCCPA initial certification examination or successor examination;
f. Submit a notarized copy of the current NCCPA or successor
agency certificate; and
g. Submit evidence for each supervising physician that the
physician is eligible to supervise a physician assistant. Pursuant to
653—subrule 21.3(2), submission of the following is proof of
eligibility:
(1) A copy of the supervising physician’s current
license or renewal card; and
(2) A signed attestation from the supervising physician
that:
1. The physician is actively practicing medicine in Iowa;
and
2. The physician is not subject to a disciplinary order of the
board of medical examiners restricting the physician from supervising a
physician assistant.
Determination of physician eligibility or ineligibility to
supervise a physician assistant is made by the board of medical examiners.
Nothing in these rules should be read as implying that the board of physician
assistant examiners will be making determinations of physician eligibility or
ineligibility.
325.3(5) Temporary licensure. A temporary license
shall be valid for one year from date of issuance and is issued to applicants
who have graduated from an approved program and have not taken the NCCPA initial
certification or successor agency examination.
a. The applicant shall:
(1) Apply to the board on an application provided by the
board, which includes:
1. The supervising physician’s background and
specialty;
2. The scope of practice of the physician assistant;
and
3. The plan for supervision of the physician assistant which
includes ongoing communication with the supervising physician including
telecommunication, chart review, coverage arrangements, a quality assurance
program and a description of how the physician assistant is to function within
the scope of practice as referenced in subrules 325.7(3) and 325.7(4);
(2) Submit a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma from
an approved program for physician assistants;
(3) Submit the temporary license fee;
(4) Submit the temporary registration fee; and
(5) Submit a copy of all renewal cards or proof of current
licensure for all supervising physicians as evidence that the physician is
eligible to supervise.
b. There is no additional fee for conversion to permanent
licensure.
c. During the temporary licensure period, if the temporarily
licensed physician assistant fails the certifying examination, the temporarily
licensed physician assistant must cease practicing as a physician assistant
immediately and surrender the temporary license.
325.3(6) Licensure by endorsement. An applicant who
has been licensed under the laws and jurisdiction of another state or district
shall file with the board office an application for licensure by endorsement.
The applicant shall:
a. Apply to the board on an application provided by the board,
which includes:
(1) The supervising physician’s background and
specialty;
(2) The scope of practice of the physician assistant;
and
(3) The plan for supervision of the physician assistant which
includes ongoing communication with the supervising physician including
telecommunication, chart review, coverage arrangements, a quality assurance
program and a description of how the physician assistant is to function within
the scope of practice as referenced in subrules 325.7(3) and 325.7(4);
b. Submit the licensure fee;
c. Submit the registration fee;
d. Submit a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma from
an approved program for physician assistants;
e. Submit a notarized copy of the examination scores from the
NCCPA initial certification examination or successor examination;
f. Submit a notarized copy of one of the following:
(1) Current NCCPA or successor agency certificate;
or
(2) Proof of completion of 100 CME hours in the past two
years;
g. Submit license verification(s) from all states where the
applicant is currently or has been licensed; and
h. Submit a notarized copy of the supervising
physician’s renewal card or proof of current licensure.
325.3(7) In the event that the physician assistant has
no relationship agreement with any physician, the physician assistant
automatically reverts to registration status and shall notify the board office
in writing within ten days.
325.3(8) Once the physician is approved by the board
of medical examiners, the board of physician assistant examiners will consider
the physician eligible to supervise a physician assistant until the board
receives written notification from the board of medical examiners stating
otherwise.
325.3(9) No more than two physician assistants shall
be supervised by any one physician at a time. A physician assistant may provide
medical services under the supervision of one or more physicians for whom the
physician assistant has been licensed.
325.3(10) If a physician assistant with a valid
license discontinues working with one physician or group of physicians and
chooses to work with a different physician or group of physicians, the licensee
shall submit an updated Physician Supervision Form and a copy of the supervising
physician’s current renewal card or proof of current licensure as issued
by the Iowa board of medical examiners. There will be no additional fee to
revise the physician assistant supervisor checklist.
325.3(11) In the event the license of a supervising
physician has been restricted by the Iowa board of medical examiners in a
disciplinary order affecting the physician’s ability to supervise a
physician assistant, the practice of the physician assistant shall conform to
the disciplined physician’s practice when supervised by that physician
only.
645—325.4(148C) Registration and license
renewal. An application and continuing education report form for renewal of
registration or license to practice shall be mailed to the registrant or
licensee at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the registration or
license. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not relieve the
registration/license holder of the obligation to pay biennial renewal fees on or
before the renewal date.
325.4(1) Registration and license renewal.
a. Registration renewal.
(1) The initial registration renewal period for a registered
physician assistant shall begin on October 1 and end on September 30 of each
year.
(2) Each subsequent renewal shall be valid for a period of two
years and shall expire on September 30 two years following the date of
registration.
(3) Registrants who wish to have their registrations renewed
shall:
1. Complete the board–approved renewal form;
2. Submit the renewal fee;
3. Submit a notarized copy of proof of completion of 100 CME
hours for the past two years or NCCPA or successor agency
certification;
4. Return the report to Board of Physician Assistant
Examiners, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
(4) Individuals who fail to renew within 30 days after
expiration of the registration shall have a lapsed registration. A new
application, application fee, renewal form, renewal fee, late registration fee,
and continuing education hours as required by the board shall be submitted. The
following chart illustrates the requirements for renewal of a lapsed
registration:
Reinstatement of a lapsed registration may be granted by the
board if the applicant satisfies the following conditions and pays the following
fees, as applicable:
|
Registration has lapsed for 30 days or up to 1
biennium
|
Registration has lapsed for 2 bienniums or more
|
Submits a new application
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pays application fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
Submits registration renewal form
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pays registration renewal fee
|
$5
|
$5
|
Pays late fee for registration
|
$45
|
$45
|
- Completes approved continuing education hours, at least 40
percent of which shall be in Category
I
OR
|
100 CME hours
|
200 CME hours
|
Submits notarized copy of NCCPA or successor agency
certification
|
Required
|
Required
|
Total fees and continuing education hours or certification
required for registration renewal:
|
$100
AND
100 CME hours or NCCPA or successor agency
certification
|
$100
AND
200 CME hours or NCCPA or successor agency
certification
|
b. License renewal.
(1) The initial license renewal period for a licensed
physician assistant shall begin on October 1 and end on September 30 of each
year.
(2) Each subsequent renewal shall be valid for a period of two
years and shall expire on September 30 two years following the date of
licensure.
(3) Licensees who wish to have their licenses renewed
shall:
1. Complete the board–approved renewal form;
2. Submit the renewal fee for license and
registration;
3. Submit a notarized copy of proof of completion of 100 CME
hours every two years or NCCPA or successor agency certification;
4. Return the report to Board of Physician Assistant
Examiners, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
(4) Individuals who fail to renew within 30 days after
expiration of the license shall have a lapsed license. A new application,
application fee, renewal form, renewal fee, late license fee, and continuing
education hours as required by the board shall be submitted. The physician
assistant shall not practice until the lapsed license is renewed. The following
chart illustrates the requirements for renewal of a lapsed license:
Reinstatement of a lapsed license/registration may be granted
by the board if the applicant satisfies the following conditions and pays the
following fees, as applicable:
|
License/
registration has lapsed for 30 days or up to 1
biennium
|
License/
registration has lapsed for 2 bienniums or more
|
Submits a new application
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pays application fee
|
$150
|
$150
|
Submits license/registration renewal form
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pays license/registration renewal fee
|
$100
|
$100
|
Pays late fee for license/registration
|
$100
|
$100
|
- Completes approved continuing education hours, at least 40
percent of which shall be in Category I
OR
|
100 CME hours
|
200 CME hours
|
Submits notarized copy of NCCPA or successor agency
certification
|
Required
|
Required
|
Total fees and continuing education hours or certification
required for license/registration renewal:
|
$350
AND
100 CME hours
or NCCPA or successor agency certification
|
$350
AND
200 CME hours
or NCCPA or successor agency certification
|
325.4(2) Temporary renewals.
a. Temporary registration renewal.
(1) The temporary registration may be renewed if the applicant
was unable to take the certifying examination recognized by the board.
(2) The applicant shall pay the renewal fee for
registration.
(3) The applicant shall be required to show proof of inability
to take the certifying examination.
(4) The temporary registration shall be renewed only one
time.
b. Temporary license renewal.
(1) The temporary license shall be renewed only if the
licensee was unable to take the certifying examination recognized by the
board.
(2) The licensee shall pay the renewal fee for
licensure.
(3) The licensee shall be required to show proof of inability
to take the certifying examination.
(4) The temporary license shall be renewed only one
time.
645—325.5(148C) Fees. All fees are
nonrefundable.
325.5(1) Application fee for a license to practice is
$100.
325.5(2) Application fee for registration is
$50.
325.5(3) Renewal of license and registration fee is
$100.
325.5(4) Renewal of registration fee only is
$5.
325.5(5) Late fee for a lapsed license and
registration is $100.
325.5(6) Late fee for a lapsed registration is
$45.
325.5(7) Fee for a temporary license is
$100.
325.5(8) Fee for temporary registration is
$50.
325.5(9) Duplicate license fee is $10.
325.5(10) Fee for verification of license or
registration is $10.
325.5(11) Returned check fee is $15.
325.5(12) License by endorsement fee is
$100.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 325.6(3) as
follows:
325.6(3) A licensed physician assistant shall
make application on the forms approved by the board to work in a free medical
clinic. This application shall include the following: No
application or prior approval is required for work in a free clinic. All
requirements for licensees in 645— 325.3(148C) and 645—325.4(148C)
apply to free medical clinics.
a. The name and license number of the physician
assistant applying to work in the clinic.
b. The name and license numbers of the physician or
physicians who will be supervising the physician assistant in the
clinic.
ITEM 5. Rescind subrule
325.6(4).
ITEM 6. Rescind paragraph
325.7(1)“x” and adopt new paragraph
325.7(1)“x” as follows:
x. Perform duties under the supervision of a physician who has
sufficient training or experience in the area of medical practice in which a
physician assistant is to be utilized.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 325.7(4) as
follows:
325.7(4) Remote medical clinic
site.
a. A physician assistant may provide medical services in a
remote medical clinic site if:
(1) The physician assistant has a permanent license and at
least one year of practice as a physician assistant. The board may waive the
requirement for one year of practice experience for a physician assistant if all
of the following conditions are met:
1. The physician assistant has a permanent license and at
least six months of practice as a physician assistant;
2. The supervising physician and physician assistant worked
together at the same location for a period of at least three months prior to the
date the physician assistant is to begin practicing in the remote
clinic site; and
3. Patient care provided by the physician assistant is
reviewed by the supervising physician at least weekly and the supervising
physician signs all charts on patient care rendered without documented direct
consultation with the physician during the first year of the physician
assistant’s practice.
(2) The physician assistant and supervising physician comply
with the supervision requirements outlined in 325.7(3).
(3) A supervising physician must visit a remote
clinic site to provide additional medical direction,
medical services and consultation at least every two weeks or less frequently as
specified in special circumstances. When visits are less frequent than every
two weeks in unusual or emergency circumstances, the board shall be notified in
writing of these circumstances.
b. When a physician assistant supplies medications as
delegated by a supervising physician in a remote clinic
site, the physician assistant shall secure the regular advice and
consultation of a pharmacist regarding the distribution, storage and appropriate
use of prescription drugs, controlled substances, and medical devices.
ITEM 8. Adopt new subrule
325.11(1) as follows:
325.11(1) A physician assistant who receives any
disciplinary action from the board shall notify all supervising
physicians.
ARC 0440B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 136C.3, the
Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 38, “General Provisions for Radiation Machines and Radioactive
Materials”; Chapter 39, “Registration of Radiation Machine
Facilities, Licensure of Radioactive Materials and Transportation of Radioactive
Materials”; Chapter 40, “Standards for Protection Against
Radiation”; Chapter 41, “Safety Requirements for the Use of
Radiation Machines and Certain Uses of Radioactive Materials”; Chapter 42,
“Minimum Certification Standards for Diagnostic Radiographers, Nuclear
Medicine Technologists, and Radiation Therapists”; Chapter 45,
“Radiation Safety Requirements for Industrial Radiographic
Operations”; and Chapter 46, “Minimum Requirements for Tanning
Facilities,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The following itemize the proposed changes.
Items 1, 7, 10, 16, 44, and 48 amend the rules to reflect
current federal regulations.
Item 2 changes a definition to include all sources of
radiation possibly administered to humans. It adds a definition inadvertently
deleted when the definition of “misadministration” was changed. It
adds two definitions inadvertently deleted in a past rule change.
Item 3 changes the fee structure to allow deviation from the
federal fee schedule. The agency can adjust fees based on the actual
cost.
Items 4, 5, and 41 add or increase late fees to deter late
submissions and to help decrease staff workload. The second paragraph is also
updated to cover all areas in the agency’s radiation rules where a fee is
charged.
Item 6 adds a subrule to allow for help to recover costs
involved in training staff and monitoring shipments.
Items 8 and 9 strike language regarding
out–of–state requirements from one subparagraph and add language
regarding in–state requirements to another subrule since the requirement
is for in–state licensees only.
Items 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 22, and 23 correct inaccurate
references.
Item 17 rescinds a definition that was moved to Chapter
38.
Items 18 and 39 change wording to indicate that shielding
plans meet certain standards. The agency does not approve shielding
plans.
Item 19 places a requirement in written procedures for the
operator to follow good health protection practices. Inspections showed that
even though the facility met the protective barrier requirement, the operator
was not following good health protection practices.
Item 20 restricts moveable X–ray systems from being
moved from a shielded room to a nonshielded room, allowing unnecessary radiation
exposure.
Item 21 exempts veterinary systems from meeting requirements
that are not necessary for veterinary systems.
Items 24, 25, 26, and 27 amend rules to include items
inadvertently omitted when the definition of “misadministration” was
changed. (The definition of “reportable medical event” was added in
Item 2.)
Item 28 changes the requirement to include all settings
frequently used so that more accurate checks are performed.
Items 29 and 30 allow use of sources not specifically listed
further in the rule. This means the agency does not have to amend the rule for
every new source marketed.
Item 31 adds training requirements for new areas of use for
authorized users of radioactive material.
Items 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, and 38 change wording to clarify
the difference between mammography units used for diagnostic purposes and biopsy
units which are used for tissue removal.
Item 40 changes the way the Department assigns approval to
limited diagnostic radiographers. This should make the designation easier to
understand. It also prohibits views normally used in mobile chest radiography
since many limited diagnostic radiographers are now being employed by hospitals
where mobile chest units are common. Mobile chest radiography is considered
beyond the scope of practice for limited diagnostic radiographers.
The definitions involving simulation radiography have been
changed to prohibit simulation therapists from using isotopes because simulation
therapists are not trained to use isotopes.
Item 42 allows a nuclear pharmacist to oversee certain
training of nuclear medicine technologists. This is standard practice in
training institutions.
Item 43 changes the definition to include X–ray systems
since both sealed source and X–ray systems are used for industrial
radiography and regulated in these rules.
Items 45 and 46 allow an individual approved for industrial
radiography by another certifying entity to work in Iowa under reciprocity.
Since many individuals work in Iowa for companies not based in Iowa, this change
ensures that these individuals meet the same qualifications as individuals
certified by Iowa.
Item 47 deletes duplicate wording that is included in the
definition.
Item 49 adds a fee for regaining a suspended or revoked permit
in order to recover fees incurred in the suspension or revocation process. Some
individuals allow suspension or revocation in order to avoid additional
penalties and then reinstate at a later date.
Item 50 allows for the counties who contract to perform
tanning inspections to regain costs incurred in order to get facilities to
correct violations in a timely manner.
Item 51 is changed to prevent two individuals from being in
the tanning room at the same time. When two individuals are in the room at the
same time, the operator does not have control over the exposure times of the
individuals.
Item 52 prohibits “unlimited” tanning so that the
facility must meet the exposure schedules recommended by the
manufacturer.
These rules are subject to waiver pursuant to the
Department’s exemption provision contained at
641-38.3(136C). For this reason, the Department has
not provided a specific provision for waiver of these particular
rules.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments prior to the close of business on February 27,
2001. Such written materials should be directed to Donald A. Flater, Chief,
Bureau of Radiological Health, Department of Public Health, 401 S.W. 7th Street,
Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; fax: (515) 725–0318; or E–mail:
dflater@idph.state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held on February 27, 2001, at 8:30
a.m. in the Conference Room, Iowa Department of Public Health, 401 S.W. 7th
Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may present their views
orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names
and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments.
Any person who plans to attend a public hearing and has
special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the
Department of Public Health to advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
136C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 38.1(2) as
follows:
38.1(2) All references to Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) in this chapter are those in effect as of May 10, 2000
May 9, 2001.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
641-38.2(136C) as follows:
Rescind the definition of “healing
arts.”
Adopt the following new definitions in
alphabetical order:
“Healing arts screening” means the testing of
human beings using radiation for the detection or evaluation of health
indications when such tests are not specifically and individually ordered by an
individual authorized under 641—subparagraph 41.1(3)“a”(7)
or listed as an authorized user on an Iowa, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory
Commission, or agreement state radioactive materials license.
“Reportable medical event” means the
administration of radioactive material for diagnostic medical use that results
in the patient’s or human research subject’s receiving:
1. Greater or less than 20 percent of a prescribed
dose;
2. A dose intended for another individual; or
3. A dose that was not prescribed by an authorized
user.
“Type A quantity” means a quantity of radioactive
material, the aggregate radioactivity of which does not exceed A1 for
special form radioactive material, or A2, for normal form radioactive
material.
“Type B quantity” means a quantity of radioactive
material greater than a Type A quantity.
ITEM 3. Amend subparagraph
38.8(2)“a”(1) as follows:
(1) Fees associated with licensing of the possession and use
of radioactive materials in Iowa are identical to those
shall not exceed those specified in 10 CFR 170.31
entitled “Schedule of Fees for Materials Licenses and Other
Regulatory Services.”.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 38.8(6) by
adopting new paragraph “d” as
follows:
d. Continuing education late fee. Any individual who will not
complete the required continuing education before the continuing education due
date and wishes to submit a plan of correction as set forth in
641-subparagraph 42.2(3)“g”(2) shall
submit a fee of $25 along with the written plan of correction.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 38.8(7),
paragraphs “a” and “b,” as
follows:
a. $15 $25 for each payment received
by the agency in accordance with these rules, for which insufficient funds are
available to fulfill the obligation of such payment to the agency.
b. $25 for each month for failure to pay annual
radiation machine registration or diagnostic radiation operator fee
any fee administered by this agency starting the first day of the
month after the expiration of the facility’s registration or
operator’s permit to practice 30 days after the due date of
the original notice. This fee is added to the unpaid
annual fee.
ITEM 6. Adopt new subrule
38.8(11) as follows:
38.8(11) Radioactive waste transportation.
a. All shippers of waste containing radioactive materials
transporting waste across Iowa shall pay the following fee(s) unless the agency
is able to obtain appropriate funding from another source (i.e., federal
agency).
(1) $1750 per truck for each truck shipment of spent nuclear
fuel, high–level radioactive waste or transuranic waste traversing the
state or any portion thereof. Single cask truck shipments are subject to a
surcharge of $15 per mile for every mile over 250 miles for the first truck in
each shipment.
(2) $250 per truck for transport of low–level
radioactive waste.
(3) $1250 for the first cask and $100 for each additional cask
for each rail shipment of spent nuclear fuel, high–level radioactive waste
or transuranic waste traversing the state or any portion thereof.
(4) $250 for the first rail car and $50 for each additional
rail car in the train for transport of low–level radioactive
waste.
b. All fees must be received by the agency prior to shipment.
The agency will provide each shipper with a Certificate of Payment of Fees. The
certificate must accompany the shipment when it enters Iowa and be available for
inspection by the agency or a representative of the motor carrier safety
division of the Iowa department of transportation.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 39.1(3) as
follows:
39.1(3) All references to any Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) in this chapter are those in effect as of May 10,
2000 May 9, 2001.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 39.4(1) as
follows:
39.4(1) Additional requirements.
a. In addition to the requirements of this chapter, all
licensees are subject to the requirements of
641-Chapters 38, 40 and 41. Furthermore, licensees
engaged in industrial/nonmedical radiographic operations are subject to the
requirements of 641-Chapter 45; licensees using
radionuclides in the healing arts are subject to the requirements of
641-41.2(136C) and
641-Chapter 42; and licensees engaged in land
disposal of radioactive material are subject to the requirements of
641-Chapter 40.
b. An Iowa radioactive materials license requires that the
person have a permanent office in Iowa where records are maintained pertaining
to licensed activities and where material can be stored. The office must have
at least one full–time employee and a telephone.
ITEM 9. Amend subparagraph
39.4(90)“a”(1) as follows:
(1) Subject to 641-Chapter 39, any
person who holds a specific license from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
or an agreement state, and issued by the agency having jurisdiction where the
licensee maintains an office for directing the licensed activity and at which
radiation safety records are normally maintained, is hereby granted a general
license to conduct the activities authorized in such licensing document within
this state for a period not in excess of 180 days in a one–year period.
The one–year period starts on the day the licensee’s reciprocity
fee, as specified in 641-subrule 38.8(8), is received
by the agency and ends exactly 365 days later. Licensees are responsible for
ensuring they do not exceed the 180–day limit within the one–year
period and must apply for renewal 30 days prior to the expiration date of the
one–year reciprocal recognition period. Out–of–state persons
wishing to operate in the state in excess of 180 calendar days must obtain an
Iowa radioactive materials license, which requires that the person have
a permanent office in Iowa where records are maintained pertaining to licensed
activities and where material can be stored, and must have at least one
full–time employee and a telephone.
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 40.1(5) as
follows:
40.1(5) All references to Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) in this chapter are those in effect on or before May 10,
2000 May 9, 2001.
ITEM 11. Amend paragraph
40.26(3)“a” as follows:
a. Demonstration of the need for and the expected duration of
operations in excess of the limit in 40.13(1) 40.26(1);
and
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 40.65(1),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
40.65(1) Each licensee who expects to receive a
package containing quantities of radioactive material in excess of a Type A
quantity, as defined in
641-subrule 39.5(2)
and Appendix E of
641-Chapter
39, shall make arrangements to receive:
ITEM 13. Amend paragraph
40.65(2)“b” as follows:
b. Monitor the external surfaces of a labeled3
package for radiation levels unless the package contains quantities of
radioactive material that are less than or equal to the Type A quantity,
as defined in
641-subrule 39.5(2)
and Appendix E to
641-Chapter
39; and
ITEM 14. Amend paragraph
40.65(4)“b” as follows:
b. External radiation levels exceed the limits of
641-
paragraph 39.5(15)“i” and
641-paragraph
39.5(15)“j.” 10 CFR 71.47 as set forth in rule
641-39.5(136C).
ITEM 15. Amend paragraph
40.111(1)“f” as follows:
f. Shall be advised as to the radiation exposure reports which
workers shall be furnished pursuant to
641-
40.113(136C)
641-40.112(136C).
ITEM 16. Amend subrule 41.1(1) as
follows:
41.1(1) Scope. This rule establishes requirements,
for which a registrant is responsible, for use of X–ray equipment by or
under the supervision of an individual authorized by and licensed in accordance
with state statutes to engage in the healing arts or veterinary medicine.
The provisions of this rule are in addition to, and not in substitution
for, any other applicable provisions of these rules. The provisions of
Chapter 41 are in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other applicable
portions of 641-Chapters 38 to 42. All references to
any Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) in this chapter are those in effect as of
May 10, 2000 May 9, 2001.
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 41.1(2) by
rescinding the following definition:
“Healing arts screening” means the testing
of human beings using X–ray machines for the detection or evaluationof
health indications when such tests are not specifically and individually ordered
by an individual authorized under 41.1(3)“a”(7).
ITEM 18. Amend subparagraph
41.1(3)“d”(1) as follows:
(1) Prior to construction of all new installations, or
modifications of existing installations, or installation of equipment into
existing facilities utilizing X–rays for diagnostic or therapeutic
purposes, the floor plans and equipment arrangements shall be submitted to the
agency for review and approval verification that national
standards have been met. The required information is denoted in Appendices
A and B of this chapter.
ITEM 19. Amend subparagraph
41.1(6)“b”(2), numbered paragraph “2,”
first bulleted paragraph, as follows:
• Used for greater than one
hour and less than one week at the same location, i.e., a room or suite, or in a
clinical setting for routine extremities only, or where moving the X–ray
system from room to room is impractical, shall meet the requirement of the above
paragraph or be provided with a 6.5 foot (1.98 m) high protective barrier which
is placed at least 2.7 meters (9 feet) from the tube housing assembly.
Written procedures must instruct the operator to remain in the protected area
during the entire exposure.
ITEM 20. Amend subrule 41.1(6) by
adopting new paragraph “j” as
follows:
j. Systems used in a clinical (nonsurgical) setting shall be
restricted to one room within a location or suite which meets the requirements
of 41.1(3)“d.”
ITEM 21. Amend paragraph
41.1(10)“c” as follows:
c. Operating procedures. Veterinary medicine radiographic
installations are exempt from the requirements of
641-41.1(136C) except for
641—subrules 41.1(3) and 41.1(10).
(1) to (3) No change.
ITEM 22. Amend paragraph
41.2(5)“a” as follows:
a. A licensee shall provide to the agency a copy of the board
certification, the NRC or agreement state license, or the permit issued by a
licensee of broad scope for each individual no later than 30 days after the date
that the licensee permits the individual to work as an a
visiting authorized user or an a visiting authorized
nuclear pharmacist pursuant to 41.2(4)“b”(1) to
41.2(4)“b”(4).
ITEM 23. Amend numbered paragraph
41.2(9)“b”(2)“2” as follows:
2. Review, pursuant to 41.2(4)“b”(1) to
41.2(4)“b”(4), on the basis of the board certification, the
license, or the permit identifying an individual, and approve or disapprove any
individual prior to allowing that individual to work as an authorized user or
authorized nuclear pharmacist.
ITEM 24. Amend subrule 41.2(14),
catchwords and paragraph “a,” as follows:
41.2(14) Records and reports of misadministrations,
reportable medical events, and written directives.
a. When a misadministration involves any therapy
procedure occurs, the licensee shall notify the agency by
telephone. The licensee shall also notify the referring physician of the
affected patient or human research subject and the patient or human research
subject or a responsible relative or guardian, unless the referring physician
agrees to inform the patient or human research subject or believes, based on
medical judgment, that telling the patient or human research subject or the
patient’s or human research subject’s responsible relative or
guardian would be harmful to one or the other, respectively. These
notifications must be made within 24 hours after the licensee discovers the
misadministration. If the referring physician, patient or human research
subject, or the patient’s or human research subject’s responsible
relative or guardian cannot be reached within 24 hours, the licensee shall
notify them as soon as practicable. The licensee is not required to notify the
patient or human research subject or the patient’s or human research
subject’s responsible relative or guardian without first consulting the
referring physician; however, the licensee shall not delay medical care for the
patient or human research subject because of this including remedial care as a
result of the misadministration because of any delay in notification.
ITEM 25. Amend subparagraph
41.2(14)“b”(1) as follows:
(1) The licensee shall submit a written report to the agency
within 15 days after discovery of the misadministration and 30 days after
discovery of a reportable medical event. The written report must include
the licensee’s name, the prescribing physician’s name, a brief
description of the event, why the event occurred, the effect on the patient or
the human research subject, what improvements are needed to prevent recurrence,
actions taken to prevent recurrence, whether the licensee notified the patient
or the human research subject or the patient’s or the human research
subject’s responsible relative or guardian (this individual will
subsequently be referred to as “the patient or the human research
subject”), and if not, why not, and if the patient or the human research
subject was notified, what information was provided to that individual. The
report must not include the patient’s or the human research
subject’s name or other information that could lead to identification of
the patient or the human research subject.
ITEM 26. Rescind paragraph
41.2(14)“c.”
ITEM 27. Amend paragraph
41.2(14)“d” as follows:
d. Each licensee shall retain a record of each
misadmin–istration for ten years and each reportable medical event for
three years. The record shall contain the names of all individuals involved
in the event, including the physician, allied health personnel, the patient or
human research subject, and the patient’s or human research
subject’s referring physician, the patient’s or human research
subject’s social security number or identification number if one has been
assigned, a brief description of the event, why it occurred, the effect on the
patient or human research subject, what improvements are needed to prevent
recurrence, and the action taken, if any, to prevent recurrence.
ITEM 28. Amend subparagraph
41.2(17)“b”(1) as follows:
(1) Check each dose calibrator for constancy with a dedicated
check source at the beginning of each day of use. To satisfy the requirement of
this section, the check shallbe done on a frequently used
setting settings with a sealed source of not less than
10 microcuries (370 kBq) ofradium–226 or 50 microcuries (1.85 MBq) of any
otherphoton–emitting radionuclide with a half–life greater than 90
days;
ITEM 29. Amend subrule 41.2(41) as
follows:
41.2(41) Use of sealed sources for diagnosis. A
licensee shall use the following sealed sources or any sealed source for
which the Food and Drug Administration has a Premarket Approval Application
(PMA) for diagnostic uses in accordance with the manufacturer’s
radiation safety and handling instructions:
a. to d. No change.
ITEM 30. Amend subrule 41.2(43) as
follows:
41.2(43) Use of sources for brachytherapy. A licensee
shall use the following sources or any sealed source for which the Food and
Drug Administration has a Premarket Approval Application (PMA) for therapeutic
uses in accordance with the manufacturer’s radiation safety and
handling instructions:
a. to i. No change.
ITEM 31. Amend subparagraph
41.2(69)“b”(2), numbered paragraph “5,”
and adopt new numbered paragraph “6” as
follows:
5. Use of strontium–89 or samarium–153 for
relief of pain in metastatic disease in three individuals;
or
6. Use of iodine–131 radiolabeled monoclonal antibody
for treatment of non–Hodgkin’s lymphoma in three patients;
or
ITEM 32. Amend rule
641-41.7(136C), catchwords, and subrule
41.7(1), definitions of “collaborative setting” and
“mammographically guided breast biopsy,” as follows:
641—41.7(136C) X–ray machines used for
mammographically stereotactically guided breast
biopsy.
“Collaborative setting” means a setting in which a
qualified radiologist and surgeon (under 41.7(3)“a” or
41.7(3)“c”) are working together in consultation and in performing
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsies
with a common goal of the patient’s benefit.
“Mammographically
stereotactically guided breast biopsy” means a breast biopsy
procedure performed with the utilization of a dedicated system which emits
ionizing radiation and is designed specifically for that procedure.
ITEM 33. Amend subrule 41.7(2),
paragraphs “a” and “b,” as
follows:
a. Each radiation machine used to perform
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsies
shall be registered according to 641-subrule
39.3(2).
b. Each facility wishing to perform mammographically
stereotactically guided breast biopsies shall apply to the
agency for authorization by providing or verifying the following information for
each machine:
(1) The mammographically
stereotactically guided breast biopsy equipment and facility meet the
general requirements of these rules for radiation machines.
(2) The radiation machine is specifically designed to perform
mammographically stereotactically guided breast
biopsies.
(3) and (4) No change.
(5) The entire mammographically
stereotactically guided breast biopsy system is evaluated annually by a
radiation physicist who meets the requirements of this rule.
(6) No change.
ITEM 34. Amend subrule 41.7(3) as
follows:
41.7(3) Physicians. Physicians must be qualified
according to the setting and their role in performing
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsies
as outlined below.
a. Requirements for a radiologist in a collaborative setting
are as follows:
(1) Initial training and qualifications.
1. No change.
2. Shall have performed at least 12
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsies
prior to July 1, 1998, or at least 3 hands–on
image–guided stereotactically guided breast
biopsies under a physician who is qualified under 41.6(3)“b” and has
performed at least 24 mammographically stereotactically
guided breast biopsies.
3. Shall have at least three hours of Category 1 CME in
image–guided stereotactically guided breast
biopsy.
4. to 6. No change.
(2) Maintenance of proficiency and CME requirements.
1. Perform at least 12 mammographically
stereotactically guided breast biopsies per year or requalify as
specified above in 41.7(3)“a”(1).
2. Obtain at least three hours of Category 1 CME in
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
every three years.
b. Requirements for a physician other than a qualified
radiologist in a collaborative setting are as follows:
(1) Initial training and qualifications.
1. Must have at least three hours of Category 1 CME in
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
which includes instruction on triangulation for lesion location.
2. Must have performed at least 12
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsies
prior to the effective date of these rules, or at least 3 hands–on
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
procedures under a physician who is both qualified to interpret mammography
according to 41.6(3)“b” and has performed at least 24
mammographically stereotactically guided breast
biopsies.
3. Shall be responsible for postbiopsy
post–biopsy management of the patient.
(2) Maintenance of proficiency and CME requirements.
1. Perform or participate in at least 12
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsies
per year or re–qualify by performing 3 supervised procedures.
2. Obtain at least three hours of Category 1 CME in
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
every three years.
c. Requirements for a radiologist performing
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
independently are as follows:
(1) Initial training and requirements.
1. No change.
2. Initially, must have at least three hours of Category 1 CME
in mammographically stereotactically guided breast
biopsy.
3. No change.
4. Must have performed at least 12
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsies
prior to July 1, 1998, or at least 3 hands–on
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
procedures under a physician who is both qualified according to
41.6(3)“b” and has performed at least 24
mammographically stereotactically guided breast
biopsies.
5. to 9. No change.
10. Must be responsible for postbiopsy
post–biopsy management of the patient which may include referral to
a surgeon for a follow–up on certain lesions.
(2) Maintenance of proficiency and CME requirements.
1. Perform at least 12 mammographically
stereotactically guided breast biopsies per year or requalify by
performing 3 supervised procedures.
2. Obtain at least three hours of Category 1 CME in
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
every three years which includes postbiopsy
post–biopsy management of the patient.
d. Requirements for a physician other than a qualified
radiologist (under 41.7(3)“c”) performing
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
independently are as follows:
(1) Initial training and requirements.
1. Must have evaluated at least 480
240 mammograms per year in the prior two years in consultation with a
physician who is qualified according to 41.6(3)“b.”
2. Initially, must have at least 15 hours of Category 1 CME in
mammographically stereotactically guided breast imaging
and biopsy or three years’ experience having performed at least 36
image–guided stereotactically guided breast
biopsies.
3. No change.
4. Must have performed at least 12
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsies
prior to the effective date of these rules, or at least 3 hands–on
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
procedures under a physician who is both qualified according to
41.6(3)“b” and has performed at least 24
image–guided stereotactically guided breast
biopsies.
5. to 8. No change.
9. Must be responsible for postbiopsy
post–biopsy management of the patient.
(2) Maintenance of proficiency and CME requirements.
1. Continue to evaluate at least 480
240 mammograms per year in consultation with a physician who is qualified
according to 41.6(3)“b.”
2. Perform at least 12 mammographically
stereotactically guided breast biopsies per year or requalify by
performing 3 supervised procedures.
3. Obtain at least three hours of Category 1 CME in
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
every three years.
ITEM 35. Amend subrule 41.7(4),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Must meet the following initial requirements:
(1) Prior to July 1, 1998, have performed three hands–on
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
system physics surveys; or one hands–on
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
system physics survey under the guidance of a medical physicist qualified
through 41.7(4)“a” and 41.7(4)“b.”
(2) On or after July 1, 1998, have one hands–on
image–guided stereotactically guided breast biopsy
system physics survey under the guidance of a medical physicist qualified
to perform mammographically stereotactically guided
breast biopsy system physics surveys. Have at least one
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
system physics survey per year after the initial qualifications are met;
and three hours of continuing education in mammographically
stereotactically guided breast biopsy system physics every three
years after the initial qualifications are met.
ITEM 36. Amend subrule 41.7(5),
paragraphs “b,” “c” and “d,”
as follows:
b. Must meet the following initial requirements:
(1) Five hands–on stereotactically guided breast
biopsy procedures on patients under the supervision of a qualified physician
or technologist.
(2) Three hours of continuing education in
mammographically stereotactically guided breast
biopsy.
c. Thereafter, an average of at least 12
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsies
per year after initial qualifications are met.
d. Three hours of continuing education in
mammographically stereotactically guided breast biopsy
every 3 years after initial qualifications are met.
ITEM 37. Amend subrule 41.7(7),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. The facility shall have an equipment quality assurance
program specific to image–guided stereotactically
guided breast biopsy systems and covering all components of the system to
ensure high–quality images with minimum patient exposure.
ITEM 38. Amend subrule 41.7(8),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Be specifically designed for
mammographically stereotactically guided breast
biopsy.
ITEM 39. Amend
641-Chapter 41, Appendix A,
first paragraph, as follows:
In order for the agency to provide an evaluation,
technical advice, and official approval and verification that
national standards have been met on shielding requirements for a radiation
installation, the following information shall be submitted.
ITEM 40. Amend subrule 42.1(2),
definitions of “chest,” “diagnostic radiographer,”
“simulation radiography,” and “simulation therapist,” as
follows:
“Chest” is defined as lung fields including the
cardiac shadow, as taught in the approved limited radiography curriculum.
Radiography of the shoulder, clavicle, scapula, ribs, thoracic spine and sternum
for diagnostic evaluation of these body structures or chest radiography using
anything other than a vertical cassette holder is not allowed under this
body part classification for limited diagnostic radiographers. Limited
diagnostic radiographers already approved in “chest” radiography may
perform oblique, apical lordotic, and decubitus chest views under this
definition upon completion of additional training approved by this
agency.
“Diagnostic radiographer” means an individual,
other than a licensed practitioner or dental radiographer, who applies
X–radiation to the human body for diagnostic purposes while under the
supervision of a licensed practitioner or registered nurse practitioner pursuant
to Iowa Code chapter 152. The types are as follows:
1. “General diagnostic radiographer” applies
X–radiation to any part of the human body.
2. “Limited diagnostic radiographer” applies
X–radiation to not more than two body parts. Chest and extremity
radiographic examinations are considered as one body part. three of
the following body parts: chest, extremities (upper and lower), spine, or
sinus.
“Simulation radiography” means the science and art
of applying X–radiation radiation to human beings
for the purpose of localizing treatment fields and isotopes and
for treatment planning.
“Simulation therapist” means an individual, other
than a physician, who applies X–radiation
radiation to human beings for the purpose of localizing treatment fields
and isotopes and for treatment planning.
ITEM 41. Amend subparagraph
42.2(3)“g”(2) as follows:
(2) Any individual who fails to complete the required
continuing education before the continuing education due date but submits a
written plan of correction to obtain the required hours and the fee required
in 641-paragraph
38.8(6)“c” shall be allowed no more than 60 days after the
original continuing education due date to complete the plan of correction and
submit the documentation of completion of continuing education requirements.
After 60 days, the certification shall be terminated and the individual shall
not function as a diagnostic radiographer, radiation therapist, or nuclear
medicine technologist in Iowa.
ITEM 42. Amend paragraph
42.4(4)“a” as follows:
a. Students enrolled in and participating in an approved
program or approved course of study for nuclear medicine technology or an
approved school of medicine, osteopathy, podiatry, or chiropractic who, as a
part of their course of study, administer radioactive material to a human being
while under the supervision of a licensed physician who appears as an authorized
user on an Iowa, agreement state, or NRC radioactive materials license.
Clinical experience must be directly supervised by a certified nuclear medicine
technologist or by a physician who appears as an authorized user on an Iowa or
NRC radioactive materials license. Quality assurance and quality control
experience may be directly supervised by a nuclear pharmacist who appears as an
authorized user on an Iowa, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, or agreement
state radioactive materials license.
ITEM 43. Amend subrule 45.1(1),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
45.1(1) Purpose and scope. The rules in this chapter
establish radiation safety requirements for using sources of radiation for
industrial radiography. The requirements of this chapter are in addition to,
and not in substitution for, other applicable requirements of
641-Chapters 38, 39, and 40. The rules in this
chapter apply to all licensees or registrants who use sources of radiation for
industrial radiography. All references to any Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
in this chapter are those in effect as of July 1, 1999 May
9, 2001.
ITEM 44. Amend subrule 45.1(2),
definition of “radiographic exposure device,” as follows:
“Radiographic exposure device” means any
instrument containing a sealed source fastened or contained therein, in which
the sealed source or shielding thereof may be moved or otherwise changed from a
shielded to unshielded position for purposes of making a radiographic exposure
(e.g., camera), or any other industrial system whereby a permanent or
semipermanent image is recorded on an image receptor by action of ionizing
radiation.
ITEM 45. Amend numbered paragraph
45.1(10)“g”(1)“1” as follows:
1. An I.D. card shall be issued to each person who
successfully completes the requirements of 45.1(10)“b” and the
examination prescribed in 45.1(10)“f”(2) or an equivalent
examination. Certification by a certifying entity in accordance with 10
CFR 34.43(a)(1) meets the examination requirements of 45.1(10)“f”(2)
but not the requirements of 45.1(10)“b”(1).
ITEM 46. Amend subrule 45.1(10) by
adopting new paragraph “j” as
follows:
j. Reciprocity.
(1) Reciprocal recognition by the agency of an individual
radiographer certification will be granted provided that:
1. The individual holds a valid certification in the
appropriate category and class issued by a certifying entity as defined in
45.1(2).
2. The requirements and procedures of the certifying entity
issuing the certification require the same or comparable certification standards
as those required by 45.1(10)“a” through “e”;
and
3. The individual submits a legible copy of the certification
to the agency prior to entry into Iowa.
(2) Enforcement actions with the agency, another agreement
state, or the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission or any sanctions by an
independent certifying entity may be considered when reviewing a request for
reciprocal recognition from a licensee, registrant, or certified
radiographer.
(3) Certified radiographers who are granted reciprocity by the
agency shall maintain the certification upon which the reciprocal recognition
was granted, or prior to the expiration of such certification, shall meet the
requirements of 45.1(10)“b.”
ITEM 47. Amend paragraph
45.2(6)“b,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. Certified and certifiable cabinet X–ray systems
designed to exclude individuals from the interior of the cabinet
are exempt from the requirements of this chapter except that:
ITEM 48. Amend rule
641-46.1(136D), first unnumbered
paragraph, as follows:
All references to Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) in this
chapter are those in effect as of May 10, 2000 January 1,
2001.
ITEM 49. Amend subrule 46.4(6) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“d”:
d. Once a permit to operate has been suspended or revoked, it
may be reinstated upon receipt of a fee of $50 and completion of all other
agency requirements. This fee is in addition to other applicable
fees.
ITEM 50. Amend subrule 46.4(7),
paragraph “b,” by adopting the following new
subparagraph (4):
(4) A penalty fee of $25 per facility may be assessed for the
following:
1. Failure to respond to a notice of violation within 30 days
of the date of the inspection.
2. Failure to correct violations cited during the
inspection.
ITEM 51. Amend subrule 46.5(9),
paragraph “j,” as follows:
j. When a tanning device is being used, no other person shall
be allowed to remain in the tanning device area unless protective
eyewear is worn.
ITEM 52. Amend subrule 46.5(9) by
adopting new paragraph “k” as
follows:
k. No person or facility shall advertise or promote tanning
packages labeled as “unlimited” unless tanning frequency limits set
by the manufacturer are included in advertisements.
ARC 0428B
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and
99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 4, “Contested Cases and Other Proceedings,” Chapter
5, “Track and Excursion Boat Licensees’ Responsibilities,”
Chapter 6, “Occupational and Vendor Licensing,” Chapter 7,
“Greyhound Racing,” Chapter 10, “Thoroughbred and Quarter
Horse Racing,” Chapter 11, “Gambling Games,” and Chapter 12,
“Accounting and Cash Control,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 6 changes the requirements for staffing of medical
personnel at licensed facilities.
Item 16 requires the facility to videotape the prerace blanket
and muzzle inspection as well as the entire race from start to finish.
Item 27 gives the Commission access to paperwork on any
greyhound that is kenneled at the facility but not treated on facility
grounds.
The amendments in all remaining items change existing rules
for consistency with current practice, compliance with Iowa Code chapters 99D
and 99F, enhanced clarity, or grammatical changes.
These amendments were sent out to all the licensees before
being submitted to the Commission.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments on or before February 27, 2001. Written material should be
directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the
Commission office at (515)281–7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on February 27, 2001, at
9 a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B,
Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either
orally or in writing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
99D and 99F.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind subrule 4.4(3) and adopt
in lieu thereof the following new subrule:
4.4(3) A gaming representative shall summarily suspend
an occupational license when a licensee has been formally arrested or charged
with a crime that would disqualify the person from holding a license if
convicted. Upon proof of resolution of a disqualifying criminal charge or
formal arrest, regardless of summary suspension of a license, the gaming
representative shall take one of the following courses of action:
a. If the license was summarily suspended and the charges are
dismissed or the licensee is acquitted of the charges, the gaming representative
shall reinstate the license.
b. If the licensee is convicted of the charges, the gaming
representative shall deny the license.
c. If the licensee is convicted of a lesser charge, it is at
the discretion of the gaming representative whether to reinstate or deny the
license pursuant to 491—Chapter 6.
d. If the licensee receives a deferred judgment, the gaming
representative will evaluate the qualifications of the individual to hold an
occupational license pursuant to 491— Chapter 6.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule
491—4.7(99D,99F) and adopt in lieu thereof the following new
rule:
491—4.7(99D,99F) Penalties (gaming board and board
of stewards). All penalties imposed will be promptly reported to the
commission and facility in writing. The board may impose one or more of the
following penalties: eject and exclude an individual from a facility; revoke a
license; suspend a license for up to 365 days from the date of the original
suspension; place a license on probation; deny a license; impose a fine of up
to $1000; or order a redistribution of a racing purse or the payment of or the
withholding of a gaming payout. The board may set the dates for which the
suspension must be served. The board may also suspend the license of any person
currently under suspension or in bad standing in any other state or jurisdiction
by a state racing or gaming commission. If the punishment so imposed is not
sufficient, in the opinion of the board, the board shall so report to the
commission.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 491—4.42(17A) by
adopting the following new subrule:
4.42(3) The commission has the authority to deny,
suspend, or revoke any license applied for or issued by the commission, or to
fine a licensee or a holder of an occupational license.
ITEM 4. Amend 491—Chapter 4 by
adopting the following new rule:
491—4.48(17A) Contested case hearings before the
commission. The commission may initiate a hearing upon its own motion,
pursuant to any matter within its jurisdiction.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 491—5.3(99D,99F)
as follows:
491—5.3(99D,99F) Information. The licensee
shall submit all information specifically requested in writing
by the commission or commission representative.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 5.4(4) as
follows:
5.4(4) First–aid room. Each licensee
shall equip and maintain adequate first–aid facilities and have in
attendance, during the hours of operation live racing at
racetracks and while excursion gaming boats are cruising, either a
physician, a physician assistant, a registered nurse, a licensed
practical nurse, a paramedic, or an emergency medical technician, all properly
licensed according to requirements of the Iowa department of public health.
During all other hours of operation, the licensee shall have, at a minimum,
one employee trained in CPR, in first aid, and in the use of the automated
external defibrillator (AED). Each licensee is required to have an AED at the
licensee’s facility.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 491—5.4(99D,99F)
by adopting the following new subrule:
5.4(16) Officers, agents, and employees. Licensees
are accountable for the conduct of their officers, agents, and employees. The
commission or commission representative reserves the right to impose penalties
against the license holder or its officer, agent, employee, or both as the
commission or commission representative determines appropriate.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 5.5(8) as
follows:
5.5(8) Guest passes. The licensee shall
develop a policy to be approved by the stewards for the issuance of guest passes
for entrance to the kennel or stable area. The guest pass is not an
occupational license and does not permit the holder to work in any capacity or
in any way confer the benefits of an occupational license to participate in
racing. The license holder sponsoring or escorting the guest shall be
responsible for the conduct of the guest pass holder.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 491—5.6(99F) by
adopting the following new subrule:
5.6(3) Drug testing of boat operators.
Captains, pilots, and physical operators of excursion gambling boats shall
be drug tested, as permitted by Iowa Code section 730.5, on a continuous basis
with no more than 60 days between tests. The testing shall be conducted by a
laboratory certified by the United States Department of Health and Human
Services or approved under the rules adopted by the Iowa department of public
health. The facility shall report positive test results to a commission
representative.
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 6.2(1),
paragraph “m,” as follows:
m. Non–U.S. citizens must also supply
a work permit allowing documentation authorizing them to
work in the United States or supply documentation demonstrating compliance
with the North American Free Trade Agreement.
ITEM 11. Rescind subrule 6.2(5) and adopt
in lieu thereof the following new subrule:
6.2(5) An applicant who has not held a license for the
previous calendar year shall be considered a first–time
applicant.
ITEM 12. Amend rule
491—6.7(99D,99F) as follows:
491—6.7(99D,99F) Probationary license. The
commission representative or the board may grant a probationary license or
place an existing license on probation. The terms of a probationary license
shall include any conditions placed on the licensee and any penalty for failure
to follow those conditions, including fine, suspension, denial, or revocation.
ITEM 13. Rescind rule
491—6.8(99D,99F) and adopt in lieu thereof the following new
rule:
491—6.8(99D,99F) Duration of license. A license
issued by the commission is valid for two calendar years. The license shall
expire at the end of the second calendar year, unless an extension is granted by
the administrator.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 6.16(1) as
follows:
6.16(1) Each greyhound owner must obtain an
owner’s license from the commission to enter an animal in an official
schooling race or a purse race at an Iowa racetrack.
ITEM 15. Amend rule
491—7.1(99D), definition of “lock–out
kennel,” as follows:
“Lock–out kennel” means the secure and
restricted facility area within the paddock used to
temporarily house entered greyhounds prior to their participation in the current
performance.
ITEM 16. Rescind subrule 7.2(2),
introductory paragraph and paragraph “a,” and adopt in lieu
thereof the following new introductory paragraph and paragraph
“a”:
7.2(2) Equipment. Each facility shall install,
maintain in good working condition, and provide for qualified personnel to
operate the following equipment:
a. Equipment necessary to produce adequate videotapes of the
prerace blanket and muzzle inspection and the entire race from start to finish.
Videotapes shall be retained and secured by the facility until the first day of
the following racing season.
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 7.2(3),
paragraphs “a,” and “b,” as
follows:
a. When a vacancy occurs among the racing officials other than
the stewards prior to post time of the first race of the day, or when a vacancy
occurs after the racing of the day has started, the facility shall immediately
fill the vacancy, subject to approval by the board of stewards. Permanent
changes of racing officials during the racing meet shall be requested in writing
by the licensee facility subject to the written approval
of the administrator or commission representative before the change
occurs.
b. If none of the stewards are present prior to post time of
the first race of the day, the management of the facility shall name at least
three qualified persons to serve during the absence of the
stewards, and immediately filing file a
full written report of the absence and the names of the replacements to the
commission.
ITEM 18. Amend subrule 7.2(4),
paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. The facility shall exclude all persons from the kennel
compound area who have no designated duty or authority with the greyhounds
entered in the compound area andare not representatives
of the commission, racing officials, duly authorized licensed employees, or
escorted guests with facility–approved passes.
ITEM 19. Amend subrule 7.3(1),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. The officials of a race meeting shall include: the
board of stewards (track steward and state
stewards); commission veterinarian; commission veterinary assistants;
director of racing; mutuel manager; racing secretary; assistant racing
secretary; chart writer; paddock judge; clerk of scales; lure operator;
brakeman; photo finish operator/timer; starter; patrol judge; and kennel
master.
ITEM 20. Rescind subrule 7.3(3),
paragraph “b,” and adopt in lieu thereof the following
new paragraph “b,” and rescind paragraph
“c” and reletter paragraphs “d” through
“i” as “c” through
“h.”
b. The commission veterinarian shall be on the grounds of the
facility at weigh–in time and during all racing hours. The veterinarian
shall examine the physical condition of each greyhound at weigh–in time,
observe each greyhound as it enters the lock–out kennel, and reexamine the
greyhound when the greyhound enters the paddock prior to the race, and recommend
to the stewards that any greyhound deemed unsafe to race or physically unfit to
produce a satisfactory effort in a race be scratched.
ITEM 21. Amend subrule 7.3(3),
relettered paragraph “h,” as follows:
h. The commission veterinarian shall not be licensed to
participate in racing in any other capacity. Except in the case of an
emergency, a A commission veterinarian may not prescribe any
medication for, or treat, any greyhound owned by a person licensed by the
commission, on or away from any facility, with or without compensation,
except in the case of an emergency; this This
provision does not apply to a relief veterinarian appointed by the administrator
to cover the absence of the commission veterinarian. When emergency treatment
is given, a commission veterinarian shall make a complete written report to the
stewards. Euthanasia and disposition of greyhounds shall not
be considered treatment.
ITEM 22. Amend subrule 7.3(4),
paragraphs “a,” and “b,” as
follows:
a. The director of racing shall have full supervision over
kennel owners, greyhound owners, trainers, kennel helpers, lead–outs, and
all facility racing officials.
b. The director of racing shall ascertain
ensure that all racing department personnel are properly trained in the
discharge of their duties.
ITEM 23. Amend subrule 7.3(5) as
follows:
7.3(5) Mutuel manager. The mutuel manager is
responsible for the operation of the mutuel department. The mutuel manager
shall ensure that any delays in the running of official races caused by
totalizator malfunctions are reported to the stewards. The mutuel manager shall
submit a written report on a delay when requested by the
a state steward.
ITEM 24. Amend subrule 7.3(7),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. The chart writer shall compile the information necessary
for a program that shall be printed for each racing day. The program shall
contain the names of the greyhounds that are to run in each of the races for
that day. These names shall appear in the order of their post positions
to be designated by numerals placed at the left and in
lines with the names of the greyhounds in each race.
ITEM 25. Amend subrule 7.3(9),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. The clerk of scales shall post a scale sheet of weights
promptly in a conspicuous location promptly after
weighing.
ITEM 26. Amend subrule 7.3(15),
paragraphs “a,” “b,” and “c,”
as follows:
a. The kennel master shall unlock the prerace lock–out
kennels immediately before weigh–in to inspect that the
lock–out kennels are in proper working order and that nothing has been
deposited in any of the lock–out crates.
b. The kennel master or designee must receive the greyhounds
from the trainer, one at a time, and ensure that each greyhound is placed in its
lock–out crate and continue to ensure the security of the lock–out
area from weigh–in until the time when greyhounds are removed for
the last race of a performance.
c. The kennel master shall, on a daily basis, ensure that the
lock–out kennels are sprayed, disinfected, and maintained
in proper sanitary condition, and at an appropriate temperature and
climate.
ITEM 27. Amend subrule 7.4(7) as
follows:
7.4(7) Lead–outs shall not be permitted to have
any interest in the greyhounds racing for at the
facility where they are assigned.
ITEM 28. Amend subrule 7.5(2) as
follows:
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
a. Ensuring that facilities the kennel
and primary enclosures are cleaned and sanitized as may be necessary to reduce
disease hazards and odors. Runs and exercise areas having gravel or other
nonpermanent surface materials shall be sanitized by periodic removal of soiled
materials, application of suitable disinfectants, and replacement with clean
surface materials.
Rescind paragraph “e” and adopt in lieu
thereof the following new paragraph:
e. Disclosure to the racing secretary of the true and entire
ownership of each greyhound in the trainer’s care, custody, or control.
Any change in ownership shall be reported immediately to the racing secretary.
The disclosure, together with all written agreements and affidavits setting out
oral agreements pertaining to the ownership for or rights in and to a greyhound,
shall be attached to the registration certificate for the greyhound and filed
with the racing secretary.
Amend paragraphs “h” and
“l” as follows:
h. Using the services of those veterinarians licensed by the
commission to attend greyhounds that are kenneled on facility grounds. If
necessary to remove a greyhound from facility grounds for veterinary services,
the trainer must provide, upon request, the records required in
7.14(4)“c.”
l. Having the trainer’s greyhound at
the weigh–in room promptly at the time
appointed. If not, the greyhound may be scratched and the trainer may be
subject to disciplinary action.
ITEM 29. Amend subrule 7.7(1) as
follows:
7.7(1) Persons entering greyhounds to run at
facilities a facility agree in so doing to accept the
decision of the stewards on any questions relating to a race or
racing.
ITEM 30. Amend subrule 7.7(10) as
follows:
7.7(10) Any person who knowingly attempts to establish
the identity of a greyhound or its ownership shall be held to
account accountable the same as the owner and shall be subject
to the same penalty in case of fraud or attempted fraud.
ITEM 31. Amend subrule 7.7(12),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. In the absence of notice to the contrary, entrance and
withdrawals for sweepstakes stakes races which close
during or on the eve of a race meeting shall close at the office of the racing
secretary who shall make provisions therefor. Closing at all other
times for sweepstakes stakes races at all other
times shall be at the office of the facility.
ITEM 32. Amend subrule 7.9(2) as
follows:
7.9(2) The weigh–in time shall be limited to a
30–minute period unless an extension has been granted by
the a state steward.
ITEM 33. Amend subrule 7.9(8),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. All greyhounds having an established weight change of more
than one pound must be schooled at least once, or more at the discretion of the
stewards, at the new established weight before being eligible for
starting entry.
ITEM 34. Amend subrule 7.12(10) as
follows:
7.12(10) A false start, due to any faulty action of
the starting box, break in the machinery, or other cause, is void, and the
greyhounds may be started again as soon as practicable, or the race may be
declared a “No Race.” canceled at the discretion of
the stewards.
ITEM 35. Amend subrule 7.14(2),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Under the supervision of the commission veterinarian,
urine, blood, and other specimens shall be taken and tested from any greyhounds
that the stewards of the meeting, commission veterinarian, or the
commission’s representatives may designate. Tests are to be under
the supervision of the commission. The specimens shall be collected by
the commission veterinarian or other person(s) the commission may
designate.
ITEM 36. Amend subrule 7.14(3),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. The commission Tests are to be under
the supervision of the commission, which shall employ one or more chemists
or contract with one or more qualified chemical laboratories to determine by
chemical testing and analysis of body fluid samples whether a foreign substance,
medication, drug, or metabolic derivative thereof is present.
ITEM 37. Amend rule
491—10.1(99D), definition of “performance,” as
follows:
“Performance” means a schedule of 9 to
11 8 to 12 races per day unless otherwise authorized by the
commission.
ITEM 38. Amend subrule 10.4(5),
paragraphs “b,” and “d,” as
follows:
b. Conditions. The racing secretary shall establish the
conditions and eligibility for entering the races of the meeting and cause them
to be published to owners, trainers, and the commission. Corrections to the
conditions must be made within 24 hours of publication
before entries are taken.
d. Stakes and entrance money records. The racing
secretary shall be caretaker of the permanent records of all stakes, entrance
moneys, and arrears paid or due in a race meeting and shall keep permanent
records of the results of each race of the meeting.
ITEM 39. Amend subrule 10.4(5),
paragraph “i,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) All inclusive. For the purpose of the setting of
conditions by the racing secretary, winnings shall be considered to include all
moneys and prizes won up to the time of the start of a race, including those
races outside the United States. Foreign winnings shall be determined on the
basis of the normal rate of exchange prevailing on the day of the win.
The amount of purse money earned is credited in United States currency,
and there shall be no appeal for any loss on the exchange rate at the time of
transfer from United States currency to that of another country.
ITEM 40. Rescind subrule 10.4(5),
paragraph “i,” subparagraph (4).
ITEM 41. Amend subrule 10.4(5),
paragraph “j,” as follows:
j. Cancellation of a race. The racing secretary has the
authority to withdraw, cancel, or change any race which has not been closed. In
the event the race is canceled race is a stakes race,
any and all subscriptions and fees paid in connection
with the race shall be refunded.
ITEM 42. Amend subrule 10.4(8),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (3), as follows:
(3) Apply Use excessive force, apply a
whip or other device, with the exception of steward–approved tongs, to
assist in loading a horse into the starting gate;
ITEM 43. Amend subrule 10.4(11),
paragraph “j,” as follows:
j. Assign to each jockey a locker, capable of being
locked, for the use of storing the jockey’s clothing, equipment,
and personal effects.
ITEM 44. Amend subrule 10.5(1),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (27), as
follows:
(27) Attending Witnessing the
collection of a urine or blood sample from the horse in the trainer’s
charge or delegating a licensed employee or the owner of the horse to do
so.
ITEM 45. Amend subrule 10.5(2),
paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Multiple engagements. If any owner or trainer engages two
or more jockeys for the same race, the owner or trainer shall be required to pay
each of the jockeys the appropriate fee whether the jockeys ride in the
race or not.
ITEM 46. Amend subrule 10.5(2),
paragraph “j,” subparagraph (3), as follows:
(3) Confined to jockey room. Jockeys engaged to ride a race
shall report to the jockey room on the day of the race at the time designated by
the facility officials. The jockeys shall then report their engagements and any
overweight to the clerk of scales. Thereafter, they shall not leave the jockey
room, except by permission of the stewards, until all of their riding
engagements of the day have been fulfilled. Once riders
jockeys have fulfilled their riding engagements for the day and have left
the jockeys’ quarters, they shall not be re–admitted to the
jockeys’ quarters until after the entire racing program for that day has
been completed, except upon permission of the stewards. Jockeys are not allowed
to communicate with anyone but the trainer or agent while in
the room during the performance except with approval of the stewards. On
these occasions, they should shall be accompanied by a
security guard.
ITEM 47. Amend subrule 10.5(2),
paragraph “r,” sub–paragraphs (2) and
(5), as follows:
(2) Unsaddling. Jockeys, upon completion of a race, must
return to the winner’s circle unsaddling area and
unsaddle their own horse, unless excused by the stewards.
(5) Overweight. If the jockey is overweight,
the mount may be disqualified and all purse moneys
forfeited the jockey is subject to fine, suspension, or
both.
ITEM 48. Rescind and reserve subrule
10.5(2), paragraph “s.”
ITEM 49. Amend subrule 10.5(2),
paragraph “v,” subparagraph (4), numbered paragraph
“4,” as follows:
4. A day in which a jockey participated in one designated race
while on suspension shall count as a suspension day. Designated trials for a
futurity stake shall be considered as
one race.
ITEM 50. Amend subrule 10.5(3),
paragraph “a,” by adopting the following new
subparagraph (5):
(5) A jockey agent may represent an apprentice jockey and two
journeymen jockeys or three journeymen jockeys at a “mixed” meet.
However, at the “mixed” meeting two, at most, may ride the same
breed.
ITEM 51. Amend subrule 10.6(2),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Entry coupling. When one owner or lessee enters more than
one horse in the same race, the horses shall be coupled as an entry. Horses
shall be regarded as having a common owner when an owner of one horse, either as
an individual, a licensed member of a partnership, or a licensed shareholder of
a corporation has an aggregate commonality of ownership of 10
5 percent interest in another horse, either as an individual, a licensed
member of a partnership, or a licensed shareholder of a corporation.
ITEM 52. Amend subrule 10.6(2),
paragraphs “e,” “i,” and
“k,” as follows:
e. Entry weight. Owners, trainers, or any other duly
authorized person who enters a horse for a race shall ensure that the entry is
correct and accurate as to the weight allowances available and claimed for the
horse under the conditions set for the race. After a horse is entered and has
been assigned a weight to carry in the race, the assignment of weight shall not
be changed except in the case of error and with the approval of the
stewards. Weight allowances may be waived with the approval of the
stewards.
i. Name. The “name” of a horse means the name
reflected on the certificate of registration, racing permit, or temporary racing
permit issued by The Jockey Club the breed
registry. Imported horses shall have a suffix, enclosed by brackets, added
to their registered names showing the country of foaling. This suffix is
derived from the international code of suffixes and constitutes part of the
horse’s registered name. The registered names and suffixes, where
applicable, shall be printed in the official program.
k. Registration certificate to reflect correct ownership.
Every Jockey Club breed registry foal certificate
or American Quarter Horse Association registration certificate
filed with the facility and its racing secretary to establish
the eligibility of a horse to be entered for any race shall accurately reflect
the correct and true ownership of the horse. The name of the owner that is
printed on the official program for the horse shall conform to the ownership as
declared on the certificate of registration or eligibility certificate unless a
stable name has been registered with the commission for the owner or
ownership.
ITEM 53. Amend subrule 10.6(6),
paragraphs “a,” and “b,” as
follows:
a. Also eligible. A list of not more than eight names may be
drawn from entries filed in excess of positions available in the race. These
names shall be listed as “also eligible” to be used as entries if
originally entered horses are withdrawn. Any owner, trainer, or authorized
agent who has entered a horse listed as an “also eligible” and who
does not wish to start shall file a scratch card with the secretary not later
than the scratch time designated for that race. “Also eligibles”
shall have preference to scratch.
b. Preference system. A system using dates or starts shall be
used to determine preference for horses being entered in races. The system
being used will be at the option of the racing secretary and approved by the
stewards. A preference list will be kept current by the racing secretary and
posted in a place readily available to horsemen made
available to horsemen upon request.
ITEM 54. Amend subrule 10.6(7) as
follows:
10.6(7) Post positions. Post positions shall be
determined by the racing secretary publicly and by lot. Post positions shall be
drawn from “also eligible” entries at scratch time. In all races,
horses drawn into the race from the “also eligible” list shall take
the outside post positions, except in straightaway quarter horse
racing. In straightaway quarter horse racing, the post position of the
scratched horse shall be assigned to the horse “drawing in.” In the
event there is more than one scratch, the post positions shall be assigned by
lot.
ITEM 55. Rescind and reserve subrule
10.6(12).
ITEM 56. Amend subrule 10.6(18),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), numbered paragraph
“3,” as follows:
3. Has a valid open claim certificate. Any person not
licensed as an owner, or a licensed authorized agent for the account of the
same, or a licensed owner not having foal paper(s) registered with the racing
secretary’s office or who has not started a horse at the meeting may
request an open claim certificate from the commission. The person must submit a
completed application for a prospective owner’s license to the commission.
The applicant must have the name of the trainer licensed by the commission who
will be responsible for the claim tours claimed horse.
A nonrefundable fee must accompany the application along with any financial
information requested by the commission. The names of the prospective owners
shall be prominently displayed in the offices of the commission and the racing
secretary. The application will be processed by the commission; and when the
open claim certificate is exercised, an owner’s license will be
issued.
ITEM 57. Amend subrule 10.7(1),
paragraph “f,” as follows:
f. The owner, trainer, groom, or any other person having
charge, custody, or care of the horse is obligated to protect the horse properly
and guard it against the administration or attempted administration of a
substance in violation of this rule. If the stewards find that any person has
failed to show proper protection and guarding of the horse, or if the stewards
find that any owner, lessee, or trainer is guilty of negligence, they shall
impose punishment discipline and take other action they
deem proper under any of the rules including referral to the
commission.
ITEM 58. Amend subrule 10.7(2),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Under the supervision of the commission
veterinarian, Urine urine, blood, and other
specimens shall be taken and tested from any horse that the stewards, commission
veterinarian, or the commission’s representatives may designate.
Tests are to be under the supervision of the commission. The
samples shall be collected by the commission veterinarian or other person or
persons the commission may designate. Each sample shall be marked or numbered
and bear information essential to its proper analysis; but the identity of the
horse from which the sample was taken or the identity of its owners or trainer
shall not be revealed to the official chemist or the staff of the chemist. The
container of each sample shall be sealed as soon as the sample is placed
therein.
ITEM 59. Amend subrule 10.7(3),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. The commission Tests are to be under
the supervision of the commission, which shall employ one or more chemists
or contract with one or more qualified chemical laboratories to determine by
chemical testing and analysis of body fluid samples whether a foreign substance,
medication, drug, or metabolic derivative thereof is present.
ITEM 60. Amend subrule 11.4(1) as
follows:
11.4(1) Approval. Prior to distribution, a
distributor shall request that the administrator inspect, investigate, and
approve a gambling game or implement of gambling for compliance with commission
rules or the standards required by a commission contract with an independent
testing facility. The distributor, at its own expense, must provide
the administrator with information and product sufficient to determine the
integrity and security of the product, including independent testing conducted
or contracted by the commission.
ITEM 61. Amend subrule 11.13(3),
paragraph “d,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Articles of incorporation and certificate of
incorporation, if the applicant business entity is a
corporation.
ITEM 62. Amend subrule 12.3(1),
paragraph “b,” subparagraphs (1) and (3), as
follows:
(1) Transactions are executed in accordance with
management’s general and specific authorization, which shall
include be consistent with the requirements of this
chapter.
(3) Access to assets is permitted only in accordance with
management authorization, which shall include
be consistent with requirements of this chapter.
ITEM 63. Amend subrule 12.3(1),
paragraphs “c” and “d,” as
follows:
c. A listing of competent Competent
personnel with integrity and an understanding of prescribed internal
controls.
d. A listing of the The segregation of
incompatible functions so that no employee is in a position to perpetrate and
conceal errors or irregularities in the normal course of the employee’s
duties.
ITEM 64. Amend subrule 12.3(2) as
follows:
12.3(2) A commission representative shall review each
submission required by subrule 12.3(1) and determine whether it conforms to the
requirements of Iowa Code chapter 99F and to is consistent
with the intent of this chapter and whether the internal controls submitted
provide adequate and effective control for the operations of the facility. If
the commission representative finds any insufficiencies, the insufficiencies
shall be specified in writing to the facility, which shall make appropriate
alterations. No facility shall commence gaming operations unless and until the
internal controls are approved.
ITEM 65. Rescind rules
491—12.13(99F) and 491— 12.14(99F) and adopt in lieu thereof the
following new rules:
491—12.13(99F) Hopper fills.
12.13(1) Whenever a slot machine hopper is empty and a
fill is required, a slip shall be prepared.
12.13(2) Signatures attesting to the accuracy of the
information contained on the slip shall be of the following personnel at the
following times:
a. The original and duplicate slips:
(1) The cashier upon preparation of the slips.
(2) An employee authorized by the internal controls, upon
receipt of the coins, who shall transport the coins and the duplicate slip to
the slot machine.
b. The duplicate slip: By an employee authorized by the
internal controls, other than the employees listed in 12.13(2)“a,”
after observing the deposit of or depositing the coins in the slot machine and
closing and locking the slot machine.
12.13(3) Upon meeting the signature requirements as
described in paragraphs 12.13(2)“a” and “b,” the
duplicate slip shall be deposited in a secured area controlled by the accounting
department. The cashier shall maintain and control the original slip.
12.13(4) If an empty hopper is a result of machine
malfunction, a slot technician will repair the machine before play of the
machine is resumed.
12.13(5) If a facility requests the use of reserve
fill compartments, an approved internal control fill procedure that complies
with the intent of this rule may be substituted.
12.13(6) Fill bags received from a coin redemption
employee shall be independently verified by a fill cashier prior to distribution
to a slot machine.
491—12.14(99F) Jackpot payouts.
12.14(1) Whenever a patron wins a jackpot or has
accumulated credits not totally and automatically paid directly from a slot
machine, a cashier shall prepare a slip.
12.14(2) Signatures attesting to the accuracy of the
information contained on the slip shall be of the following personnel at the
following times:
a. The original and duplicate slips:
(1) The cashier upon preparation of the slips.
(2) An employee authorized by the internal controls, after
observing the winning symbols or credit meter lock–up on the slot machine,
who shall transport the jackpot payment and the duplicate slip directly to the
patron.
b. The duplicate slip:
(1) An employee authorized by the internal controls, other
than the employees listed in 12.14(2)“a,” after observing the
payout.
(2) A supervisor after observing the symbols of the slot
machine if the jackpot is in excess of $10,000.
12.14(3) Upon meeting the signature requirements as
described in paragraphs 12.14(2)“a” and “b,” the
duplicate slip shall be deposited in a secured area controlled by the accounting
department. The cashier shall maintain and control the original slip.
12.14(4) Prior to payment of a slot jackpot in excess
of $100,000, a commission representative shall conduct an investigation,
including a verification check of game–related storage media. The
commission representative shall have the authority to issue a written order to
withhold or award any jackpot when conditions indicate that action is
warranted.
12.14(5) If a facility proposes modifications to
jackpot payment procedures, an approved internal control jackpot payout
procedure that complies with the intent of this rule may be substituted.
ITEM 66. Amend subrule 12.16(2) as
follows:
12.16(2) A security employee shall accompany and
observe the drop team. All For table games, all
containers removed from the gaming tables shall be transported by
one a security employee and one casino
supervisor a table game supervisor.
ARC 0427B
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 99D.7, the Iowa
Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind
Chapter 9, “Harness Racing,” Iowa Administrative Code and to adopt
new Chapter 9 with the same title.
These proposed rules put in place a new harness racing
chapter. Many of the rules in the current Chapter 9 are reorganized within the
new chapter. Redundant rules have been removed and some rules have been
rewritten to reflect current practice.
These proposed rules were reviewed by racing officials, as
well as a few of the participants, during the last Harness Meet at Prairie
Meadows.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the
proposed rules on or before February 27, 2001. Written material should be
directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the
Commission office at (515)281–7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on February 27, 2001, at
9 a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B,
Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either
orally or in writing.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
99D.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 491—Chapter 9 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 9
HARNESS RACING
491—9.1(99D) Terms defined. As used in these
rules, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions
apply:
“Also eligible” means a number of eligible horses,
properly entered, which were not drawn for inclusion in a race, but which become
eligible according to preference or lot if an entry is scratched prior to the
scratch time deadline; or the next preferred nonqualifier for the finals or
consolation from a set of elimination trials, which will become eligible in the
event a finalist is scratched by the stewards for a rule violation; or is
otherwise eligible if written race conditions permit.
“Arrears” means all moneys owed by a licensee,
including subscriptions, forfeitures, and any other payment and default incident
to these rules.
“Authorized agent” means a person licensed by the
commission as an agent for a horse owner or principal by virtue of a notarized
appointment. The agent shall be designated on a form approved by the commission
and filed by the owner or principal with the commission authorizing the agent to
handle matters pertaining to racing and stabling, including authorization to
claim and to withdraw money from the horsemen’s bookkeeper.
“Bleeder” means a horse that hemorrhages from
within the respiratory tract during a race or within one and one–half
hours postrace, during exercise or within one and one–half hours of
exercise.
“Bleeder list” means a tabulation of all bleeders
to be maintained by the commission.
“Chemist” means any official racing chemist
designated by the commission.
“Claiming race” means a race which includes a
condition that any horse starting the race may be claimed and purchased by any
licensed owner, or person(s) approved by the commission for an owner’s
license, for the designated amount specified in the conditions for that race by
the racing secretary.
“Commission” means the Iowa racing and gaming
commission.
“Conditioned race” means any overnight event to
which eligibility is determined according to specified qualifications.
“Conditions” means qualifications that determine a
horse’s eligibility to be entered in a race.
“Contest” means a competitive racing event on
which pari–mutuel wagering is conducted.
“Contestant” means an individual participant in a
contest.
“Coupled entry” means two or more contestants in a
contest that are treated as a single betting interest for pari–mutuel
wagering purposes. (See also “Entry.”)
“C.T.A.” means the Canadian Trotting
Association.
“Dash” means a race decided in a single trial.
Dashes may be given in a series of two or three governed by one entry fee for
the series, in which event a horse must start in all dashes. Positions may be
drawn for each dash. The number of premiums awarded shall not exceed the number
of starters in the dash.
“Day” means a 24–hour period ending at
midnight.
“Declaration” means the naming of a particular
horse into a particular race.
“Detention barn” means the barn designated for the
collection from horses of test samples under the supervision of the commission
veterinarian; also the barn assigned by the commission to a horse on the bleeder
list for occupancy as a prerequisite for receiving bleeder medication.
“Driver” means a person licensed to drive in races
as a driver.
“Early closing race” means a race for a definite
amount, to which entries close at least six weeks preceding the race. The
entrance fee may be on the installment plan and no payment shall be
refunded.
“Elimination heats” means the individual heats of
a race in which the contestants must qualify for a final heat.
“Entry” means a horse made eligible to run in a
race; or two or more horses, entered in the same race, which have common ties of
ownership, lease, or training. (See also “Coupled entry.”)
“Facility” means an entity licensed by the
commission to conduct pari–mutuel wagering or gaming operations in
Iowa.
“Facility grounds” means all real property
utilized by the facility in the conduct of its race meeting, including the
racetrack, grandstand, concession stands, offices, barns, stables area, employee
housing facilities, parking lots, and any other areas under the jurisdiction of
the commission.
“Foreign substances” means all substances except
those that exist naturally in the untreated horse at normal physiological
concentration.
“Futurity” means a stake in which the dam of the
competing animal is nominated either when in foal or during the year of foaling.
“Handicap” means a race in which allowance for
performance, sex, or distance is made. Post positions for a handicap may be
assigned by the racing secretary. Post positions in a handicap claiming race
may be determined by claiming price.
“Heat” means a single trial in a race, two in
three, or three heat plan.
“Horse” means any equine, including equine
designated as a mare, filly, stallion, colt, ridgling or gelding, registered for
racing.
“Late closing race” means a race for a fixed
amount to which entries close less than six weeks and more than three days
before the race is to be contested.
“Licensee” means any person or entity licensed by
the commission to engage in racing or related regulated activity.
“Matinee race” means a race in which an entrance
fee may be charged and the premiums, if any, are other than money.
“Meeting” means the specified period and dates
each year during which a facility is authorized by the commission to conduct
pari–mutuel wagering.
“Month” means a calendar month.
“Nomination” means the naming of a horse or, in
the event of a futurity, the naming of a foal in utero to a certain race or
series of races, when eligibility is conditioned on the payment of a fee at the
time of naming and the payment of subsequent sustaining fees or starting
fees.
“Nominator” means the person or entity in whose
name a horse is nominated for a race or series of races.
“Objection” means a verbal claim of foul in a race
lodged by the horse’s driver, trainer, owner, or the owner’s
authorized agent before the race is declared official.
“Optional claiming race” means a contest
restricted to horses entered to be claimed for a stated claiming price or to
those horses eligible to a specified condition in the case of horses to be
claimed in such a race. The race shall be considered, for the purpose of these
rules, a claiming race; in the case of horses not entered to be claimed in such
a race, the race shall be considered a condition race.
“Overnight race” means a race for which
declarations close not more than three days (omitting Sundays) or less than one
day before such race is to be contested. In the absence of conditions or notice
to the contrary, all entries in overnight events must close not later than 12
noon the day preceding the race.
“Owner” means a person or entity that holds any
title, right, or interest, whole or partial, in a horse, including the lessee
and lessor of a horse.
“Paddock” means an enclosure in which horses
scheduled to compete in a contest are confined prior to racing.
“Post position” means the position behind the
starting gate assigned to, drawn by, or earned by a horse.
“Post time” means the scheduled starting time for
a contest.
“Race” means a contest between horses for a purse,
prize, or other reward contested at a facility in the presence of the stewards
of the meeting. Every heat or dash shall be deemed a race for pari–mutuel
betting purposes.
“Restricted area” means an area of the facility
grounds to which access is limited including, but not limited to, a designated
area for sample collection, paddock, racetrack, or other area where racing
officials carry out the duties of their positions.
“Rules” means the rules promulgated by the
commission or U.S.T.A. to regulate the conduct of harness racing. Where a
conflict exists between the commission and the U.S.T.A. rules, the
commission’s rule shall govern.
“Scratch” means the act of withdrawing an entered
horse from a contest after the closing of entries.
“Scratch time” means the deadline set by the
facility for withdrawal of entries from a scheduled performance.
“Stable name” means a name used, other than the
actual legal name of an owner or lessee, and registered with the U.S.T.A. and
the commission.
“Stake” means a race that will be contested in a
year subsequent to its closing, for which the money given to the facility
conducting the same is added to the money contributed by the nominators, all of
which, except deductions for the cost of promotion and breeders of nominators
awards, belongs to the winner or winners.
“Starter” means a horse that becomes an actual
contestant when the word “go” is given by the official
starter.
“Steward” means a duly appointed racing official
with powers and duties specified by commission rules.
“Subscription” means moneys paid for nomination,
entry, eligibility, or starting of a horse in a stakes race.
“U.S.T.A.” means the United States Trotting
Association.
“Veterinarian” means a veterinarian holding a
current unrestricted license issued by the state of Iowa regulatory authority
and licensed by the commission.
“Year” means a calendar year.
491—9.2(99D) Facilities’ responsibilities.
9.2(1) Stalls. The facility shall ensure that racing
animals are stabled in individual box stalls; that the stables and immediate
surrounding area are maintained in approved sanitary condition at all times;
that satisfactory drainage is provided; and that manure and other refuse are
kept in separate boxes or containers at locations distant from living quarters
and promptly and properly removed.
9.2(2) Paddocks and equipment. The facility shall
ensure that paddocks, starting gates, and other equipment subject to contact by
different animals are kept in a clean condition and free of dangerous
surfaces.
9.2(3) Receiving barn and stalls. Each facility shall
provide a conveniently located receiving barn or stalls for the use of horses
arriving during the meeting. The barn shall have adequate stable room and
facilities, hot and cold water, and stall bedding. The facility shall employ
attendants to operate and maintain the receiving barn or stalls in a clean and
healthy condition.
9.2(4) Fire protection. The facility shall develop
and implement a program for fire prevention on facility grounds in accordance
with applicable state fire codes. The facility shall instruct employees working
on facility grounds of procedures for fire prevention and evacuation. The
facility shall, in accordance with state fire codes, prohibit the
following:
a. Smoking in horse stalls, feed and tack rooms, and in the
alleyways.
b. Sleeping in feed rooms or stalls.
c. Open fires, oil– or gasoline–burning lanterns,
or lamps in the stable area.
d. Leaving any electrical appliance unattended or in unsafe
proximity to walls, beds, or furnishings.
e. Keeping flammable materials, including cleaning fluids or
solvents, in the stable area.
f. Locking a stall which is occupied by a horse.
The facility shall post a notice in the stable area which
lists the prohibitions outlined in 9.2(4)“a” to “f”
above.
9.2(5) Starting gate. During racing hours a facility
shall provide at least two operable starting gates that have been approved by
the commission.
9.2(6) Distance markers.
a. A facility shall provide and maintain starting point
markers and distance poles in a size and position that can be clearly seen from
the stewards’ stand.
b. The starting point markers and distance poles must be
marked as follows:
1/4 poles red and white horizontal stripes
1/8 poles green and white horizontal stripes
1/16 poles black and white horizontal stripes
9.2(7) Detention barn. Each facility shall maintain a
detention barn for use by the commission for securing samples of urine, saliva,
blood, or other bodily substances or tissues for chemical analysis from horses
who have run in a race. The enclosure shall include a wash rack, commission
veterinarian office, a walking ring, at least four stalls, workroom for the
sample collectors with hot and cold running water, and glass observation windows
for viewing of the horses from the office and workroom. An owner, trainer, or
designated representative licensed by the commission shall be with a horse in
the detention barn at all times.
9.2(8) Ambulance. A facility shall maintain, on the
grounds during every day that its track is open for racing or exercising, an
ambulance for humans and an ambulance for horses, equipped according to
prevailing standards and staffed by medical doctors, paramedics, or other
personnel trained to operate them. When an ambulance is used for transfer of a
horse or patient to medical facilities, a replacement ambulance must be
furnished by the facility to comply with this rule.
9.2(9) Helmets. A facility shall not allow any person
to drive any horse on facility grounds unless that person is wearing a
protective helmet, of a type approved by the commission, securely fastened under
the chin.
9.2(10) Racetrack.
a. The surface of a racetrack, including cushion, subsurface,
and base, must be designed, constructed, and maintained to provide for the
safety of the drivers and racing animals.
b. Distances to be run shall be measured from the starting
line at a distance three feet out from the inside rail.
c. A facility shall provide an adequate drainage system for
the racetrack.
d. A facility shall provide adequate equipment and personnel
to maintain the track surface in a safe training and racing condition. The
facility shall provide backup equipment for maintaining the track
surface.
e. Rails.
(1) Racetracks shall have inside and outside rails, including
gap rails, designed, constructed, and maintained to provide for the safety of
drivers and horses. The design and construction of rails must be approved by
the commission prior to the first race meeting at the track.
(2) All rails must be constructed of materials designed to
withstand the impact of a horse running at a gallop.
9.2(11) Blacksmith. During racing hours, each
facility shall provide the services of a blacksmith within the
paddock.
9.2(12) Extra equipment. During racing hours, each
facility shall provide suitable extra equipment as may be necessary for the
conduct of racing without unnecessary delay.
9.2(13) Head numbers and saddle pads. Head numbers
and saddle pads must be used on horses when warming up and racing. The saddle
pads in use at the facility conducting extended pari–mutuel meetings shall
be standardized consistent with a format to be established by U.S.T.A.
9.2(14) Supervision of meeting. Although facilities
have the obligation of general supervision of their meeting, interference with
the proper performance of duties of any official is prohibited.
9.2(15) Patrol films or videotapes. Each facility
shall provide:
a. A videotaping system approved by the commission. Cameras
must be located to provide clear panoramic and head–on views of each race.
Separate monitors, which simultaneously display the images received from each
camera and are capable of simultaneously displaying a synchronized view of the
recordings of each race for review, shall be provided in the stewards’
stand. The location and construction of video towers must be approved by the
commission.
b. One camera, designated by the commission, to videotape the
prerace of all horses approaching the starting gate and to continue to videotape
them until the field is dispatched by the starter.
c. One camera, designated by the commission, to videotape the
apparent winner of each race from the finish line until the horse has returned
and the driver has dismounted.
d. At the discretion of the stewards, video camera operators
to videotape the activities of any horses or persons handling horses prior to,
during, or following a race.
e. At least three video cameras to record races run on an oval
track.
f. Upon request to the commission, without cost, a copy of a
videotape of a race.
g. Videotapes recorded prior to, during, and following each
race be maintained by the facility for not less than six months after the end of
the race meeting, or such other period as may be requested by the stewards or
the commission.
h. A viewing room in which, on approval by the stewards, an
owner, trainer, driver, or other interested individual may view a videotape
recording of a race.
i. Following any race in which there is an inquiry or
objection, the videotaped replays of the incident in question which were
utilized by the stewards in making their decision. The facility shall display to
the public these videotaped replays on designated monitors.
9.2(16) Communications.
a. Each facility shall provide and maintain in good working
order a communication system between the:
(1) Stewards’ stand;
(2) Racing office;
(3) Tote room;
(4) Drivers’ room;
(5) Paddock;
(6) Detention barn;
(7) Starting gate;
(8) Video camera locations;
(9) Clocker’s stand;
(10) State racing veterinarian;
(11) Track announcer;
(12) Location of the ambulances (equine and human);
and
(13) Other locations and persons designated by the
commission.
b. A facility shall provide and maintain a public address
system capable of clearly transmitting announcements to the patrons and to the
stable area.
9.2(17) Horsemen’s bookkeeper.
a. General authority. The horsemen’s bookkeeper shall
maintain the records and accounts and perform the duties described herein and
maintain such other records and accounts and perform such other duties as the
facility and commission may prescribe.
b. Records.
(1) The records shall include the name, mailing address,
social security number or federal tax identification number, and the state or
country of residence of each horse owner, trainer, or driver participating at
the race meeting who has funds due or on deposit in the horsemen’s
account.
(2) The records shall include a file of all required
statements of partnerships, syndicates, corporations, assignments of interest,
lease agreements, and registrations of authorized agents.
(3) All records of the horsemen’s bookkeeper shall be
kept separate and apart from the records of the facility.
(4) All records of the horsemen’s bookkeeper, including
records of accounts and moneys and funds kept on deposit, are subject to
inspection by the commission at any time.
c. Moneys and funds on account.
(1) All moneys and funds on account with the horsemen’s
bookkeeper shall be maintained:
1. Separate and apart from moneys and funds of the
facility;
2. In a trust account designated as “horsemen’s
trust account”; and
3. In an account insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.
(2) The horsemen’s bookkeeper shall be bonded.
d. Payment of purses.
(1) The horsemen’s bookkeeper shall receive, maintain,
and disburse the purse of each race and all stakes, entrance money, driver fees,
purchase money in claiming races, all applicable taxes, and other moneys that
properly come into the horsemen’s bookkeeper’s possession in
accordance with the provisions of commission rules.
(2) The horsemen’s bookkeeper may accept moneys due,
belonging to other organizations or recognized meetings, provided prompt return
is made to the organization to which the money is due.
(3) The horsemen’s bookkeeper shall disburse the purse
of each race and all stakes, entrance money, driver fees, purchase money in
claiming races, and all applicable taxes, upon request, within 48 hours of
receipt of notification that all tests with respect to such races have cleared
the drug testing laboratory (commission chemist) as reported by the
stewards.
(4) Absent a prior request, the horsemen’s bookkeeper
shall disburse moneys to the persons entitled to receive same within 15 days
after the last race day of the race meeting, including purses for official
races, provided that all tests with respect to such races have cleared the drug
testing laboratory as reported by the stewards, and provided further that no
protest or appeal has been filed with the stewards or the commission.
(5) In the event a protest or appeal has been filed with the
stewards or the commission, the horsemen’s bookkeeper shall disburse the
purse within 48 hours of receipt of dismissal or a final nonappealable order
disposing of such protest or appeal.
e. No portion of purse money other than driver fees shall be
deducted by the facility for itself or for another, unless so requested in
writing by the person to whom purse moneys are payable or the person’s
duly authorized representative. The horsemen’s bookkeeper shall mail to
each owner a duplicate of each record of all deposits, withdrawals, or transfers
of funds affecting the owner’s racing account at the close of each race
meeting.
9.2(18) Timer. Each facility shall provide for each
race an official timer who shall occupy the timer’s stand or other
appropriate place to observe the contesting of each race. The official timer
shall accurately record the time elapsed between the start and finish of each
race. The chief timer shall sign the stewards’ book for each race
verifying the correctness of the record.
491—9.3(99D) Facility policies. It shall be the
affirmative responsibility and continuing duty of each occupational licensee to
follow and comply with the facility policies as published and distributed by the
facility or posted in a conspicuous location.
491—9.4(99D) Racing officials.
9.4(1) General description. Every facility conducting
a race meeting shall appoint at least the following officials, who shall all
have U.S.T.A. certification:
a. One of the members of a three–member board of
stewards;
b. Racing secretary;
c. Paddock judge;
d. Horse identifier;
e. Clerk of the course;
f. Official starter;
g. Official charter;
h. Program director;
i. Any other person designated by the commission.
9.4(2) Officials’ prohibited activities. No
racing official or racing official’s assistant(s), while serving in that
capacity during any meeting, may engage in any of the following:
a. Enter into a business or employment that would be a
conflict of interest, interfere with, or conflict with the proper discharge of
duties, including a business that does business with a facility or a business
issued a concession operator’s license;
b. Participate in the sale, purchase, or ownership of any
horse racing at the meeting;
c. Sell or solicit horse insurance on any horse racing at the
meeting, or any other business sales or solicitation not a part of the
official’s duties;
d. Wager on the outcome of any race under the jurisdiction of
the commission;
e. Accept or receive money or anything of value for the
official’s assistance in connection with the official’s
duties;
f. Consume or be under the influence of alcohol or any
prohibited substance while performing official duties.
9.4(3) Single official appointment. No official
appointed to any meeting may hold more than one official position listed in
9.4(1) unless, in the determination of the stewards or commission, the holding
of more than one appointment would not subject the official to a conflict of
interest or duties in the two appointments.
9.4(4) Stewards. (For practice and procedure before
the stewards and the commission, see 491—Chapter 4.)
a. General authority.
(1) General. The stewards for each race meeting shall be
responsible to the commission for the conduct of the race meeting in accordance
with the laws of this state and the rules adopted by the commission. The
stewards shall have authority to regulate and to resolve conflicts or disputes
between all other racing officials, licensees, and those persons addressed by
491—paragraph 4.6(5)“e” which are reasonably related to the
conduct of a race or races and to discipline violators of these rules in
accordance with the provisions of these rules.
(2) Period of authority. The stewards’ authority as set
forth in this subrule shall commence 30 days prior to the beginning of each race
meeting and shall terminate 30 days after the end of each race meeting or with
the completion of their business pertaining to the meeting.
(3) Attendance. All three stewards shall be present in the
stand during the running of each race.
(4) Appointment of substitute. Should any steward be absent
at race time, the state steward(s) shall appoint a deputy for the absent
steward. If any deputy steward is appointed, the commission shall be notified
immediately by the stewards.
(5) Initiate action. The stewards shall take notice of
questionable conduct or rule violations, with or without complaint, and shall
initiate investigations promptly and render a decision on every objection and
every complaint made to them.
(6) General enforcement provisions. Stewards shall enforce
the laws of Iowa and the rules of the commission. The laws of Iowa and the rules
of the commission apply equally during periods of racing. The laws and rules
supersede the conditions of a race and the regulations of a race meeting and, in
matters pertaining to racing, the orders of the stewards supersede the orders of
the officers of the facility. The decision of the stewards as to the extent of a
disqualification of any horse in any race shall be final for purposes of
distribution of the pari–mutuel pool.
b. Other powers and authority.
(1) The stewards shall have the power to interpret the rules
and to decide all questions not specifically covered by the rules.
(2) All questions within the stewards’ authority shall
be determined by a majority of the stewards.
(3) The stewards shall have control over and access to all
areas of the facility grounds.
(4) The stewards shall have the authority to determine all
questions arising with reference to entries and racing. Persons entering horses
to run at a facility agree in so doing to accept the decision of the stewards on
any questions relating to a race or racing. The stewards, in their sole
discretion, are authorized to determine whether two or more individuals or
entities are operating as a single financial interest or as separate financial
interests. In making this determination, the stewards shall consider all
relevant information including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Whether the parties pay bills from and deposit receipts in
the same accounts.
2. Whether the parties share resources such as employees,
feed, supplies, veterinary and farrier services, tack, and equipment.
3. Whether the parties switch horses or owner/trainer for no
apparent reason, other than to avoid restrictions of being treated as a single
interest.
4. Whether the parties engage in separate racing operations in
other jurisdictions.
5. Whether the parties have claimed horses, or transferred
claimed horses after the fact, for the other’s benefit.
6. If owners, whether one owner is paying the expenses for
horses not in the owner’s name as owner.
7. If trainers, whether the relationship between the parties
is more consistent with that of a trainer and assistant trainer.
(5) The stewards shall have the authority to discipline, for
violation of the rules, any person subject to their control and, in their
discretion, to impose fines or suspensions, or both, for infractions.
(6) The stewards shall have the authority to order the
exclusion or ejection from all premises and enclosures of the facility any
person who is disqualified for corrupt practices on any race course in any
country.
(7) The stewards shall have the authority to call for proof
that a horse is itself not disqualified in any respect, or nominated by, or
wholly or in part the property of a disqualified person. In default of proof
being given to their satisfaction, the stewards may declare the horse
disqualified.
(8) The stewards shall have the authority at any time to order
an examination of any horse entered for a race or which has run in a
race.
(9) In order to maintain necessary safety and health
conditions and to protect the public confidence in horse racing as a sport, the
stewards have the authority to authorize a person(s) on their behalf to enter
into or upon the buildings, barns, motor vehicles, trailers, or other places
within the grounds of a facility, to examine same, and to inspect and examine
the person, personal property, and effects of any person within such place, and
to seize any illegal articles or any items as evidence found.
(10) The stewards shall maintain a log of all infractions of
the rules and of all rulings of the stewards upon matters coming before them
during the race meet.
(11) The state stewards must give prior approval for any
person other than the commissioners or commission representative to be allowed
in the stewards’ stand.
(12) The stewards shall determine the winner of each race and
the order of finish for each of the remaining horses in the race. In case of a
difference of opinion among the stewards, the majority opinion shall govern. In
determining places at the finish of a race, the stewards shall consider only the
noses of the placing horses. The stewards’ decision on the race shall be
final.
(13) The stewards may correct errors in their determination of
the placing of horses at the finish before the display of the official sign or,
if the official sign has been displayed in error, after that display. If the
display is in error, no person shall be entitled to any proceeds of the
pari–mutuel pool on account of the error.
c. Emergency authority.
(1) Substitute officials. When, in an emergency, any official
is unable to discharge the official’s duties, the stewards may approve the
appointment of a substitute and shall report it immediately to the
commission.
(2) Substitute driver. The stewards have the authority, in an
emergency, to designate a substitute driver for any horse. Before using that
authority, the stewards shall in good faith attempt to inform the trainer of the
emergency and to afford the trainer the opportunity to appoint a substitute
driver. If the trainer cannot be contacted, or if the trainer is contacted but
fails to appoint a substitute driver and inform the stewards of the substitution
by 30 minutes prior to post time, then the stewards may appoint a substitute
driver under this rule.
(3) Substitute trainer. The stewards have the authority in an
emergency to designate a substitute trainer for any horse.
(4) Excuse horse. In case of accident or injury to a horse or
any other emergency deemed by the stewards before the start of any race, the
stewards may excuse the horse from starting.
(5) Exercise authority. No licensee may exercise a horse on
the track between races unless upon the approval of the stewards.
(6) Nonstarter. At the discretion of the stewards, any
horse(s) precluded from having a fair start may be declared a nonstarter, and
any wagers involving said horse(s) may be ordered refunded.
d. Investigations and decisions.
(1) Investigations. The stewards may, upon direction of the
commission, conduct inquiries and shall recommend to the commission the issuance
of subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses and the production of
reports, books, papers, and documents for any inquiry. The commission stewards
have the power to administer oaths and examine witnesses. The stewards shall
submit a written report to the commission of every such inquiry made by
them.
(2) Form reversal. The stewards shall take notice of any
marked reversal of form by any horse and shall conduct an inquiry of the
horse’s owner, trainer, or other persons connected with the horse
including any person found to have contributed to the deliberate restraint or
impediment of a horse in order to cause it not to win or finish as near as
possible to first.
(3) Fouls.
1. Extent of disqualification. Upon any claim of foul
submitted to them, the stewards shall determine the extent of any
disqualification and place any horse found to be disqualified behind others in
the race with which it interfered or may place the offending horse last in the
race. The stewards, at their discretion, may determine if there was sufficient
interference or intimidation to affect the outcome of the race and take the
appropriate actions thereafter.
2. Coupled entry. When a horse is disqualified under
9.4(4)“d”(3)“1” and that horse was a part of a coupled
entry and, in the opinion of the stewards, the act which led to the
disqualification served to unduly benefit the other part of the coupled entry,
the stewards may disqualify the other part of the entry.
3. Driver guilty of foul. The stewards may discipline any
driver whose horse has been disqualified as a result of a foul committed during
the running of a race.
(4) Protests and complaints. The stewards shall investigate
promptly and render a decision in every protest and complaint made to them.
They shall keep a record of all protests and complaints and any rulings made by
the stewards and shall file reports daily with the commission.
1. Involving fraud. Protests involving fraud may be made by
any person at any time. The protest must be made to the stewards.
2. Not involving fraud. Protests, except those involving
fraud, may be filed only by the owner of a horse, authorized agent, trainer, or
the driver of the horse in the race about which the protest is made. The
protest must be made to the stewards before the race is declared
official.
3. Prize money of protested horse. During the time of
determination of a protest, any money or prize won by a horse protested or
otherwise affected by the outcome of the race shall be paid to and held by the
horsemen’s bookkeeper until the protest is decided.
4. Protest in writing. A protest, other than one arising out
of the actual running of a race, must be in writing, signed by the complainant,
and filed with the stewards not later than one hour before post time of the race
out of which the protest arises.
5. Frivolous protests. No person shall make a frivolous
protest nor may any person withdraw a protest without the permission of the
stewards.
9.4(5) Racing secretary.
a. General authority. The racing secretary is responsible for
setting the conditions for each race of the meeting, regulating the nomination
of entries, determining the amounts of purses and to whom they are due, and the
recording of racing results. The racing secretary shall permit no person other
than licensed racing officials to enter the racing secretary’s office or
work areas until such time as all entries are closed, drawn, and smoked.
Exceptions to this rule must be approved by the stewards.
b. Conditions. The racing secretary shall establish the
conditions and eligibility for entering the races of the meeting and cause them
to be published to owners, trainers, and the commission. Corrections to the
conditions must be made within 24 hours of publication.
c. Posting of entries. Upon the completion of the draw each
day, the racing secretary shall post a list of entries in a conspicuous location
in the racing office and make the list available to the media.
d. Stakes and entrance money records. The racing secretary
shall be caretaker of the permanent records of all stakes, entrance moneys, and
arrears paid or due in a race meeting and shall keep permanent records of the
results of each race of the meeting.
e. Winnings—all inclusive. For the purpose of the
setting of conditions by the racing secretary, winnings shall be considered to
include all moneys and bonus awards won up to the time when entries close, but
winnings on the closing date of eligibility shall not be considered.
f. Cancellation of a race. The racing secretary has the
authority to withdraw, cancel, or change any race which has not been closed. In
the event the canceled race is a stakes race, all subscriptions and fees paid in
connection with the race shall be refunded.
g. Coggins test or equine infectious anemia. The racing
secretary shall ensure that all horses have a current negative Coggins test or
negative equine infectious anemia test. The racing secretary shall report all
expired certificates to the stewards.
h. Rejection of declaration.
(1) The racing secretary may reject the declaration of any
horse whose eligibility certificate or electronic eligibility certificate was
not in the possession of the racing secretary on the date the condition book was
published.
(2) The racing secretary may reject the declaration of any
horse whose past performance indicates that the horse would be below the
competitive level of other horses declared, provided the rejection does not
result in a race’s being canceled.
i. Eligibility certificate or electronic eligibility
certificates. The racing secretary will receive and keep the eligibility
certificate or electronic eligibility certificate of horses competing at the
facility and return same to the owner or the owner’s representative upon
request.
j. Declaration blanks. The racing secretary will examine all
declaration blanks to verify all information set forth therein.
k. Verification of eligibility. The racing secretary will
check the eligibility of all horses drawn in to race and verify the
horses’ eligibility with the stewards.
l. Registration. The racing secretary shall be responsible
for the care and security of all registrations and supporting documents
submitted by the trainers while the horses are located on facility grounds.
Disclosure is made for the benefit of the public, and all documents pertaining
to the ownership or lease of a horse filed with the racing secretary shall be
available for public inspection.
m. Certificates. The current registration certificate of all
horses entered in claiming races must be on file with the racing secretary with
a separate notarized claiming authorization form signed by the registered owner
or owners and indicating the minimum amount for which the horse may beentered to
be claimed. To facilitate transfer of claimed horses, the steward(s) may sign
the transfer provided that the steward(s) then send the registration certificate
and notarized claiming authorization to the registrar for transfer.
9.4(6) Paddock judge.
a. General authority. The paddock judge shall:
(1) Be in charge of the paddock and shall have general
responsibility for the inspection of horses and for the equipment
used.
(2) Attempt to maintain consistency in the use of equipment on
individual horses.
(3) Supervise paddock gate men.
b. Duties. The paddock judge shall:
(1) Ensure that only properly authorized persons are permitted
in the paddock.
(2) Get the fields on the racetrack for post
parades.
(3) Properly check in and check out horses and
drivers.
(4) Immediately notify the stewards of anything that could in
any way change, delay, or otherwise affect the racing program.
(5) Report to stewards any observed cruelty to a
horse.
9.4(7) Horse identifier.
a. General authority. The horse identifier shall be present
for each race. The identifier shall inspect the horse’s tattoo number or
freeze brand number, color, and any markings prior to the horse’s
departure from the paddock to post to ensure it is the appropriate
horse.
b. Report violations. Any discrepancy detected in the tattoo
number or freeze brand number, color or markings of a horse shall be reported
immediately to the paddock judge, who shall in turn report same forthwith to the
stewards.
9.4(8) Clerk of the course. The clerk of the course
shall be responsible for keeping and verifying the stewards’ book,
eligibility certificates or electronic eligibility certificates provided by the
U.S.T.A. or C.T.A. and shall:
a. Record therein the following information:
(1) Names and addresses of owners;
(2) The standard symbols for medications, where
applicable;
(3) Notations of placing, disqualifications, and claimed
horses; and
(4) Notations of scratched or ruled out horses.
b. Return the eligibility certificate or electronic
eligibility certificate to the horse’s owner or the owner’s
representative after the race, when requested.
c. Notify owners and drivers of penalties assessed by the
official.
d. Assist in drawing post positions, if requested.
e. Maintain the stewards’ list.
9.4(9) Starter.
a. General authority. The starter is responsible for
providing a fair start for each race.
b. Disciplinary action. The official starter may recommend to
the stewards fines or suspension of the licenses of drivers for any violations
of these rules from the formation of the parade until the word “go”
is given.
9.4(10) Official charter. The charting of races is
mandatory and the facility shall employ a licensed charter from the
U.S.T.A.
9.4(11) Commission veterinarians
(veterinarian).
a. The veterinarian(s) shall advise the commission and the
stewards on all veterinary matters.
b. The veterinarian(s) shall have supervision and control of
the detention barn for the collection of test samples for the testing of horses
for prohibited medication as provided in Iowa Code sections 99D.23(2) and
99D.25(9). The commission may employ persons to assist the veterinarian(s) in
maintaining the detention barn area and collecting test samples.
c. The veterinarian(s) shall not buy or sell any horse under
veterinarian supervision; wager on a race under veterinarian supervision; or be
licensed to participate in racing in any other capacity.
d. The veterinarian(s) may request that any horse entered in a
race undergo an examination on the day of the race to determine the general
fitness of the horse for racing. During the examination, all bandages shall be
removed by the groom upon request and the horse may be exercised outside the
stall to permit the examiner to determine the condition of the horse’s
legs and feet. The examining veterinarian shall report any unsoundness in a
horse to the stewards.
e. A veterinarian shall inspect all of the horses in a race in
the paddock, during the post parade and scoring prior to the start, and shall
observe the horses upon their leaving the track after the finish of a
race.
f. The veterinarian shall place any horse determined to be
sick or too unsafe, unsound, or unfit to race on a veterinarian’s list
that shall be posted in a conspicuous place available to all owners, trainers,
and officials.
g. A horse placed on the veterinarian’s list, bleeders
exempt, may be allowed to enter only after it has been removed from the list by
the veterinarian. Requests for the removal of any horse from the
veterinarian’s list will be accepted only after three calendar days have
elapsed from the placing of the horse on the veterinarian’s list. Removal
from the list will be at the discretion of the veterinarian who may require
satisfactory workouts or examinations to adequately demonstrate that the problem
that caused the horse to be placed on the list has been rectified.
h. The veterinarian(s) shall supervise and ensure that the
administration of lasix and phenylbutazone is in compliance with Iowa Code
section 99D.25A.
i. The veterinarian(s) shall, in accordance with Iowa Code
section 99D.25(5), be present at all postmortem examinations on all horses which
have expired or been euthanized on facility grounds.
j. The veterinarian(s) or commission representative shall take
receipt of veterinary reports as required by Iowa Code section 99D.25(10).
9.4(12) Driver room custodian. The driver room
custodian shall have the following duties:
a. Maintain order, decorum and cleanliness in the
driver’s room.
b. Ensure that no person other than representatives of the
commission, representatives of the facility, and drivers are admitted to the
driver’s room on a racing day except by permission of the stewards and
ensure that no unauthorized personnel are permitted in the driver’s room
after the final race on racing days.
c. Ensure that drivers are neat in appearance and properly
attired when they leave the driver’s room to drive in a race.
d. Report any rule violations within the driver’s room
to stewards.
e. Assign to each driver a locker for the use of the driver in
storing clothing, equipment and personal effects.
9.4(13) Mutuel manager. The mutuel manager is
responsible for the operation of the mutuel department. The mutuel manager
shall ensure that any delays in the running of official races caused by
totalizator malfunctions are reported to the stewards. The mutuel manager shall
submit a written report on any delay when requested by the state
steward.
491—9.5(99D) Trainer and driver
responsibilities.
9.5(1) Trainer.
a. Responsibility. The trainer is responsible for:
(1) The condition of horses entered in any race and, in the
absence of substantial evidence to the contrary, for the presence of any
prohibited drug, medication, or other substance, including permitted medication
in excess of the maximum allowable level, in such horses, regardless of the acts
of third parties. A positive test for a prohibited drug, medication, or
substance, including permitted medication in excess of the maximum allowable
level, as reported by a commission–approved laboratory, is prima facie
evidence of a violation of this rule or Iowa Code chapter 99D.
(2) Preventing the administration of any drug, medication, or
other prohibited substance that may cause a violation of these rules.
(3) Any violation of rules regarding a claimed horse’s
participation in the race in which the trainer’s horse is
claimed.
(4) The condition and contents of stalls, tack rooms, feed
rooms, sleeping rooms, and other areas which have been assigned to the trainer
by the facility, and maintaining the assigned stable area in a clean, neat, and
sanitary condition at all times.
(5) Ensuring that fire prevention rules are strictly observed
in the assigned stable area.
(6) Providing a list to the commission of the trainer’s
employees in any area under the jurisdiction of the commission. The list shall
include each employee’s name, occupation, social security number, and
occupational license number. The commission shall be notified by the trainer,
in writing, within 24 hours of any change.
(7) The proper identity, custody, care, health, condition, and
safety of horses in the trainer’s charge.
(8) Disclosure to the racing secretary of the true and entire
ownership of each horse in the trainer’s care, custody, or control. Any
change in ownership shall be, subject to approval of
the stewards, reported immediately to and recorded by the racing
secretary. The disclosure, together with all written agreements and affidavits
setting out oral agreements pertaining to the ownership for or rights in and to
a horse, shall be attached to the registration certificate for the horse and
filed with the racing secretary.
(9) Training all horses owned wholly or in part by the trainer
which are participating at the race meeting, unless otherwise approved by the
stewards.
(10) Registering with the racing secretary each horse in the
trainer’s charge within 24 hours of the horse’s arrival on facility
grounds.
(11) Ensuring that, at the time of arrival at the facility,
each horse in the trainer’s care is accompanied by a valid health
certificate which shall be filed with the racing secretary.
(12) Having each horse in the trainer’s care that is
racing or stabled on facility grounds tested for equine infectious anemia (EIA)
in accordance with state law and for filing evidence of such negative test
results with the racing secretary. The test must have been conducted within the
previous 12 months and must be repeated upon expiration. The certificate must
be attached to the eligibility certificate or on file with the racing
secretary.
(13) Using the services of those veterinarians licensed by the
commission to attend horses that are on facility grounds.
(14) Immediately reporting the alteration of the sex of a
horse in the trainer’s care to the horse identifier and the racing
secretary.
(15) Promptly reporting to the racing secretary and the
commission veterinarian any horse on which a posterior digital neurectomy (heel
nerving) has been performed and ensuring that such fact is designated on its
certificate of registration or on file with the state veterinarian’s
office. See Iowa Code subsections 99D.25(1) to 99D.25(3).
(16) Promptly reporting to the stewards and the commission
veterinarian the serious illness of any horse in the trainer’s
charge.
(17) Promptly reporting the death of any horse on facility
grounds in the trainer’s care to the stewards, owner, and the commission
veterinarian and complying with Iowa Code subsection 99D.25(5) governing
postmortem examination.
(18) Maintaining a knowledge of the medication record and
status of all horses in the trainer’s care.
(19) Immediately reporting to the stewards and the commission
veterinarian if the trainer knows, or has cause to believe, that a horse in the
trainer’s custody, care, or control has received any prohibited drugs or
medication.
(20) Representing an owner in making entries and scratches and
in all other matters pertaining to racing.
(21) Ensuring the eligibility of horses entered and allowances
claimed.
(22) Ensuring the fitness of a horse to perform creditably at
the distance entered.
(23) Ensuring that the trainer’s horses are properly
shod, bandaged, and equipped.
(24) Presenting the trainer’s horse in the paddock at
least one hour before post time or at a time otherwise appointed before the race
in which the horse is entered.
(25) Personally attending to the trainer’s horses in the
paddock and supervising the harnessing thereof, unless excused by the
stewards.
(26) Instructing the driver to give the driver’s best
effort during a race and instructing the driver that each horse shall be driven
to win.
(27) Witnessing the collection of a urine or blood sample from
the horse in the trainer’s charge or delegating a licensed employee or the
owner of the horse to do so.
(28) Notifying horse owners upon the revocation or suspension
of the trainer’s license. Upon application by the owner, the stewards may
approve the transfer of such horses to the care of another licensed trainer and,
upon such approved transfer, such horses may be entered to race.
(29) Securing the services of a driver prior to making a
declaration.
b. Restrictions on wagering. A trainer with a horse(s)
entered in a race shall be allowed to wager only on that horse(s) or that
horse(s) in combination with other horses.
c. Assistant trainers.
(1) Upon the demonstration of a valid need, a trainer may
employ an assistant trainer as approved by the stewards. The assistant trainer
shall be licensed prior to acting in such capacity on behalf of the
trainer.
(2) Qualifications for obtaining an assistant
trainer’slicense shall be prescribed by the stewards and the
com–mission and may include requirements set forth in 491— Chapter
6.
(3) An assistant trainer may substitute for and shall assume
the same duties, responsibilities, and restrictions as are imposed on the
licensed trainer. In such case, the trainer shall be jointly responsible for
the assistant trainer’s compliance with the rules.
d. Substitute trainers.
(1) A trainer absent for more than five days from
responsibility as a licensed trainer, or on a day in which the trainer has a
horse in a race, shall obtain another licensed trainer to substitute.
(2) A substitute trainer shall accept responsibility for the
horses in writing and shall be approved by the stewards.
(3) A substitute trainer and the absent trainer shall be
jointly responsible as absolute ensurers of the condition of their horses
entered in an official workout or race.
9.5(2) Driver.
a. Driving duty. Every driver shall participate when
programmed unless excused by the stewards. A driver shall give a best effort
during a race and each horse shall be driven to win.
b. Driving colors. Drivers must wear distinguishing colors
and clean white pants and shall not be allowed to start in a race unless, in the
opinion of the stewards, they are properly dressed. No person shall drive a
horse during the time when colors are required on the racetrack unless the
person is wearing a protective helmet, painted as registered or of compatible
colors, and has a chin strap in place.
c. Driver betting. No driver shall bet, or cause any other
person to bet on the driver’s behalf, on any other horse in any race in
which the driver shall start a horse driven by the driver. No such person shall
participate in exacta, quinella, or other multiple–pool wagering on a race
in which such horse starts other than the daily double.
491—9.6(99D) Conduct of races.
9.6(1) Horses ineligible. Any horse ineligible to be
entered for a race, or ineligible to start in any race, that competes in that
race may be disqualified and the stewards may discipline the persons responsible
for that horse’s competing in that race. A horse is ineligible to start a
race when:
a. The horse is not stabled on the grounds of the licensed
facility by the time so designated by the stewards;
b. The U.S.T.A. or C.T.A. eligibility certificate or
electronic eligibility certificate has not been examined by the racing
secretary, or horse identifier, and determined to be proper and in
order;
c. The horse is not fully identified by an official tattoo on
the inside of the upper lip or a freeze brand applied by an authorized U.S.T.A.
or C.T.A. technician;
d. With respect to a horse that is entered for the first time,
the nominator has failed to identify the horse by name, color, sex, age, names
of sire and dam as registered, and present owner and trainer;
e. The horse is brought to the paddock and is not in the care
of and harnessed by a licensed trainer or assistant trainer;
f. The horse has been knowingly entered or raced in any
jurisdiction under a different name, with an altered eligibility certificate or
electronic eligibility certificate, or altered lip tattoo by a person having
lawful custody or control of the horse for the purpose of deceiving any facility
or regulatory agency;
g. The horse has been allowed to enter or start by a person
having lawful custody or control of the horse who participated in or assisted in
the entry of racing of some other horse under the name of the horse in
question;
h. The horse is wholly or partially owned by a disqualified
person or is under the direct or indirect management of a disqualified
person;
i. The horse is wholly or partially owned by the spouse of a
disqualified person or is under the direct or indirect management of the spouse
of a disqualified person; in such cases, it is presumed that the disqualified
person and spouse constitute a single financial entry with respect to the horse,
which presumption may be rebutted;
j. The horse has no current negative Coggins test certificate
or negative equine infectious anemia test certificate attached to the
eligibility certificate or on file with the racing secretary;
k. The stakes or entrance money for the horse has not been
paid;
l. The horse appears on the starter’s list,
stewards’ list, paddock list, or veterinarian’s list;
m. The horse is a first–time starter not meeting
qualifications standards for the race meeting;
n. The horse is owned in whole or in part by an undisclosed
person of interest;
o. The horse is subject to a lien that has not been approved
by the stewards and filed with the horsemen’s bookkeeper;
p. The horse is subject to a lease not filed with the
stewards;
q. The horse is not in sound racing condition;
r. The horse has been nerved by surgical neurectomy;
s. The horse has been trachea–tubed to artificially
assist breathing;
t. The horse has been blocked with alcohol or injected with
any other foreign substance or drug to desensitize the nerves of the
leg;
u. The horse has impaired eyesight in both eyes;
v. The horse appears on the starter’s list,
stewards’ list, or veterinarian’s list of any racing jurisdiction or
is barred from racing in any racing jurisdiction; or
w. The horse has started in any race on the previous calendar
day.
9.6(2) Two–year–old horses. No
two–year–old horse shall be permitted to start in a dash or heat
exceeding one mile in distance, and no two–year–old shall be
permitted to race in more than two heats or dashes in any single day.
9.6(3) Registration. All matters relating to
registration of standardbred horses shall be governed by the rules of the
U.S.T.A.
9.6(4) Eligibility certificate or electronic
eligibility certificate. A facility may refuse to accept any declaration
without the eligibility certificate or electronic eligibility certificate for
the proper gait first being presented. Fax or telephone declarations may be
sent and accepted without penalty, provided the declarer furnished adequate
program information, but the eligibility certificate or electronic eligibility
certificate must be presented when the horse arrives at the facility and before
it races. The racing secretary shall check each certificate and certify to the
stewards as to the eligibility of all the horses.
9.6(5) Canadian track information. Prior to the
declaration, owners of horses having Canadian certificates shall furnish the
racing secretary with a Canadian certificate completely filled out for the
current year, which has a U.S.T.A. validation certificate attached.
9.6(6) Foreign entries. No eligibility certificate or
electronic eligibility certificate will be issued on a horse coming from a
country other than Canada unless the following information, certified by the
trotting association or governing body of that country from which the horse
comes, is furnished:
a. The number of starts during the preceding year, together
with the number of firsts, seconds, and thirds for the
horse, and the total amount of money won during the current
period.
b. The number of races in which the horse has started during
the preceding year, together with the number of firsts, seconds, and thirds for
the horse, and the total amount of money won during the
current period.
c. A detailed list of the last six starts giving the date,
place, track condition, post position or handicap, if it was a handicap race,
distance of the race, position at the finish, the time of the race, the
driver’s name, and the first three horses in the race.
9.6(7) Time bars. No time records or bars shall be
used as an element of eligibility.
9.6(8) Date when eligibility is determined.
a. Horses must be eligible when entries close, but winnings on
the closing date of eligibility shall not be considered.
b. In mixed races, trotting and pacing, a horse must be
eligible to the class at the gait at which it is stated in the entry the horse
will perform.
9.6(9) Conflicting conditions. In the event there are
conflicting published conditions and neither is withdrawn by the facility, the
more favorable to the nominator shall govern.
9.6(10) Overnight events.
a. Standards for overnight events. When time standards are
established at a meeting for both trotters and pacers, trotters shall be given a
minimum of two seconds allowance in relation to pacers.
b. Posting of overnight conditions. At extended
pari–mutuel meetings, condition books will be prepared and races may be
divided or substituted only when regularly scheduled races fail to fill except
where racing is conducted less than five days a week. Books containing at least
three days’ racing programs will be available to horsemen at least 24
hours prior to closing declarations on any race program contained. When
published, the conditions must be clearly stated and not printed as TBA—To
Be Announced. The racing secretary shall forward copies of each condition book
and overnight sheet to the commission and U.S.T.A. office as soon as it is
available to the horsemen.
9.6(11) Supplemental purse payments. Supplemental
purse payments made by a track after the termination of a meeting will be
charged and credited to the winnings of any horse at the end of the racing year
in which they are distributed and will appear on the eligibility certificate or
electronic eligibility certificate for the subsequent year. Distribution shall
not affect the current eligibility until placed on the next eligibility
certificate or electronic eligibility certificate.
9.6(12) Substitute and divided races.
a. Substitute races may be provided for each day’s
program and shall be so designated. Entries in races not filling shall be
posted. A substitute race or a race divided into two divisions shall be used
only if regularly scheduled races fail to fill.
b. If a regular race fills, it shall be raced on the day it
was offered.
c. Overnight events and substitutes shall not be carried over
to the next racing day.
9.6(13) Qualifying races. A horse qualifying in a
qualifying race for which no purse is offered shall not be deprived by reason of
that performance of the right to start in any conditioned race.
9.6(14) Start. The definition of the word
“start” in any type of condition unless specifically so stated will
include only those performances in a purse race. Qualifying and matinee races
are excluded.
9.6(15) Claiming races.
a. Eligibility.
(1) No person may file a claim for any horse unless the person
is a current active member of the U.S.T.A. and:
1. Is a licensed owner at the meeting who has started a horse
at the meeting. A temporary horse owner’s license is not valid for
claiming purposes; or
2. Is a licensed authorized agent, authorized to claim for an
owner eligible to claim; or
3. Has a valid open claim certificate. Any person not licensed
as an owner, or a licensed authorized agent for the account of the same, or a
licensed owner who has not started a horse at the meeting may request an open
claim certificate from the commission. The person must submit a completed
application for a prospective owner’s license to the commission. The
applicant must give the name of the trainer licensed by the commission who will
be responsible for the claimed horse. A nonrefundable fee must accompany the
application along with any financial information requested by the commission.
The names of the prospective owners shall be prominently displayed in the
offices of the commission and the racing secretary. The application will be
processed by the commission and when the open claim certificate is exercised, an
owner’s license will be issued.
(2) One stable claim. No stable that consists of horses owned
by more than one person and which has a single trainer may submit more than one
claim in any race. An authorized agent may submit only one claim in any race
regardless of the number of owners represented.
b. Procedure for claiming. To make a claim for a horse, an
eligible person shall:
(1) Deposit to the person’s account with the
horsemen’s bookkeeper the full claiming price and applicable taxes as
established by the racing secretary’s conditions.
(2) File in a locked claim box, maintained for that purpose by
the stewards or their designee, a claim filled out completely in writing and
with sufficient accuracy to identify the claim on forms provided by the facility
at least ten minutes before the time of the race.
c. Claim box.
(1) The claim box shall be approved by the commission and kept
locked until ten minutes prior to the start of the race when it shall be
presented to the stewards or their representative for opening and publication of
the claims.
(2) The claim box shall include a time clock which
automatically stamps the time on the claim envelope prior to its being dropped
in the box.
(3) No official of a facility shall give any information as to
the filing of claims therein until after the race has been run.
d. Claim irrevocable. After a claim has been filed in the
claim box, it shall not be withdrawn.
e. Multiple claims on single horses. If more than one claim
is filed on a horse, the successful claim shall be determined by lot conducted
by the stewards or their representatives.
f. Successful claims; later races.
(1) Sale or transfer. No successful claimant may sell or
transfer a horse, except in a claiming race, for a period of 30 days from the
date of claim.
(2) Eligibility price. A horse that is declared the official
winner in the race in which it is claimed may not start in a race in which the
claiming price is less than the amount for which it was claimed. After the
first start back or 30 days, whichever occurs first, a horse may start for any
claiming price. A horse which is not the official winner in the race in which
it is claimed may start for any claiming price. No right, title, or interest
for any claimed horse shall be sold or transferred except in a claiming race for
a period of 30 days following the date of claiming. The day claimed shall not
count, but the following calendar day shall be the first day.
(3) Racing elsewhere. A horse that was claimed under these
rules may not participate at a race meeting other than that at which it was
claimed until the end of the meeting, except with written permission of the
stewards. This limitation shall not apply to stakes races.
(4) Same management. A claimed horse shall not remain in the
same stable or under the control or management of its former owner.
(5) When a horse is claimed out of a claiming race, the
horse’s engagements are included.
g. Transfer after claim.
(1) Forms. Upon a successful claim, the stewards shall issue
in triplicate, upon forms approved by the commission, an authorization of
transfer of the horse from the original owner to the claimant. Copies of the
transfer authorization shall be forwarded to and maintained by the commission,
the stewards, and the racing secretary. No claimed horse shall be delivered by
the original owner to the successful claimant until authorized by the stewards.
Every horse claimed shall race for the account of the original owner, but title
to the horse shall be transferred to the claimant from the time the horse
becomes a starter. The successful claimant shall become the owner of the horse
at the time of starting, regardless of whether it is alive or dead, sound or
unsound, or injured during or after the race. The original trainer of the
claimed horse shall be responsible for the postrace test results.
(2) Other jurisdiction rules. The commission will recognize
and be governed by the rules of any other jurisdiction regulating title and
claiming races when ownership of a horse is transferred or affected by a
claiming race conducted in that other jurisdiction.
(3) Determination of sex and age. The claimant shall be
responsible for determining the age and sex of the horse claimed notwithstanding
any designation of sex and age appearing in the program or in any racing
publication. In the event of a spayed mare, the (s) for spayed should appear
next to the mare’s name on the program. If it does not, and the claimant
finds that the mare is in fact spayed, claimant may then return the mare for
full refund of the claiming price.
(4) Affidavit by claimant. The stewards may, if they
determine it necessary, require any claimant to execute a sworn statement that
the claimant is claiming the horse for the claimant’s own account or as an
authorized agent for a principal and not for any other person.
(5) Delivery required. No person shall refuse to deliver a
properly claimed horse to the successful claimant. The claimed horse shall be
disqualified from entering any race until delivery is made to the
claimant.
(6) Obstructing rules of claiming. No person or licensee
shall obstruct or interfere with another person or licensee in claiming any
horse, enter into any agreement with another to subvert or defeat the object and
procedures of a claiming race, or attempt to prevent any horse entered from
being claimed.
h. Elimination of stable. An owner whose stable has been
eliminated by claiming may claim for the remainder of the meeting at which
eliminated or for 30 racing days, whichever is longer. With the permission of
the stewards, stables eliminated by fire or other casualty may claim under this
rule.
i. Deceptive claim. The stewards may cancel and disallow any
claim within 24 hours after a race if they determine that a claim was made upon
the basis of a lease, sale, or entry of a horse made for the purpose of
fraudulently obtaining the privilege of making a claim. In the event of a
disallowance, the stewards may further order the return of a horse to its
original owner and the return of all claim moneys.
j. Protest of claim. A protest to any claim must be filed
with the stewards before noon of the day following the date of the race in which
the horse was claimed. Nonracing days are excluded from this rule.
9.6(16) Entries. All entries must:
a. Be made in writing.
b. Be signed by the owner or authorized agent, except as
provided in this chapter.
c. Give name and address of the owner and agent or registered
stable name or lessee.
d. Give name, color, sex, sire, and dam of horse.
e. Name the event or events in which the horse is to be
entered.
9.6(17) Entries and starters; split races.
a. Entries required. The facility must specify how many
entries are required for overnight events and, after the condition is fulfilled,
the event must be contested.
b. Elimination heats or two divisions. In any race where the
number of horses declared to start exceeds 11 on a half–mile track, or 14
on a larger track, unless lesser numbers are specified in the conditions of the
race, the race, at the option of the facility and stated before positions are
drawn, may be raced in elimination heats.
In the absence of conditions providing for a lesser number of
starters, no more than two tiers of horses, allowing eight feet per horse, will
be allowed to start in any race.
c. Elimination plans.
(1) Whenever elimination heats are required, or specified in
the published conditions, the race shall be raced in the following manner unless
otherwise stated in the conditions or conducted under another segment of these
rules. The field shall be divided by lot and the first division shall race a
qualifying dash for 30 percent of the purse, the second division shall race a
qualifying dash for 30 percent of the purse, and the horses so qualified shall
race in the main event for 40 percent of the purse. The winner of the main
event shall be the race winner.
(2) In the event there are more horses declared to start than
can be accommodated by the two elimination dashes, there shall be added enough
elimination dashes to take care of the excess. The percent of the purse raced
for each elimination dash will be determined by dividing the number of
elimination dashes into 60. The main event will race for 40 percent of the
purse.
1. Draw positions to determine which of the dash winners has
the pole and which the second position; which of the two horses that have been
second shall start in third position and which in fourth; and subsequent
positions, or
2. Have an open draw to determine the positions in which the
horses are to start in the main event; that is, all positions shall be drawn by
lot from among all horses qualified for the main event. In the event the sponsor
fails to prescribe in the conditions for the event the method to be used for the
drawing of post positions, the provisions of paragraph “1” above
shall apply.
d. Overnight events. In overnight events at extended
pari–mutuel meetings, not more than eight horses shall be allowed to start
on a half–mile track and not more than ten horses on larger
tracks.
e. Qualifying race for stake. Where qualifying races are
provided in the conditions of any early closing event, stakes, or futurity, the
qualifying race must be held not more than seven days prior to contesting the
main event, omitting the day of the race.
9.6(18) Declaration to start; drawing horses.
a. Declaration.
(1) Declaration time shall be determined by the
stewards.
(2) No horse shall be declared to start in more than one race
on any one racing day.
(3) Declaration box (box). The facility shall provide a
locked box with an aperture through which declarations shall be
deposited.
(4) Responsibility for box. The stewards shall be in charge
of the box.
(5) Search for declarations by the steward(s) before opening
box. Just prior to opening of the box at extended pari–mutuel meetings
where futurities, stakes, early closing, or late closing events are on the
program, the steward(s) shall check with the racing secretary to ascertain if
any declarations by mail, fax, or otherwise are in the office and not deposited
in the box and shall see that they are declared and drawn in the proper
event.
(6) Opening of box. The box shall be opened by the steward(s)
at the advertised time and the steward(s) will be responsible for ensuring that
at least one horseman or the horseman’s official representative is
present. No owner or agent for a horse with a declaration in the box shall be
denied the privilege of being present. Under the supervision of the steward(s),
all declarations shall be listed, the eligibility verified, the preference
ascertained, starters selected, and post positions drawn. If it is necessary to
reopen any race, public announcement shall be made at least twice and the box
reopened at a defined time.
(7) Drawing of post positions for heats in races of more than
one dash or heat. In races of a duration of more than one dash or heat, the
stewards may draw post positions from the stand for succeeding dashes or
heats.
(8) Declarations by mail, fax, or telephone. Declarations by
mail, fax, or telephone actually received and evidence of which is deposited in
the box before the time specified to declare shall be drawn in the same manner
as the others. Drawings shall be final. Mail, fax, and telephone declarations
must state the name and address of the owner or lessee; the name, color, sex,
sire and dam of the horse; the name of the driver and colors; the date and place
of last start; a current summary, including the number of starts, firsts,
seconds, thirds, earnings, and best winning time for the current year; and the
event or events in which the horse is to be entered.
(9) Effect of failure to declare on time. When a facility
requires a horse to be declared by a stated time, failure to declare as required
shall be considered a withdrawal from the event.
(10) Drawings of horses after declaration. After declaration
to start has been made, no horse shall be drawn except by permission of the
stewards.
(11) Horses omitted through error. Drawings shall be final
unless there is conclusive evidence that a horse properly declared was omitted
from the race through the error of the facility or its agent or employee, in
which event the horse shall be added to the race but given the last post
position, provided the error is discovered prior to scratch time or the printing
of the program, whichever is sooner. However, in the case of early closers of
more than $10,000 and stake and futurity races, the race shall be redrawn. This
shall not apply at extended pari–mutuel meetings in overnight
events.
b. Qualifying races. At all extended pari–mutuel
meetings, eligibility to declare for overnight events shall be governed by the
following:
(1) Within 30 days of being declared in, a horse that has not
raced previously at the gait chosen must go through a qualifying race under the
supervision of a steward and acquire at least one charted line by a licensed
charter. In order to provide complete and accurate chart information on time
and beaten lengths, a standard photo finish shall be in use.
(2) A horse that does not show a charted line for the previous
season or a charted line within its last six starts must go through a qualifying
race as set forth above. Uncharted races contested in heats of more than one
dash and consolidated according to subparagraph 9.6(18)“b”(4) below
will be considered one start.
(3) A horse that has not started at a charted meeting by April
1 of a season must go through a qualifying race and meet the qualifying
standards of the meet.
(4) When a horse has raced at a charted meeting during the
current season, then gone to meetings where the races are not charted, the
information from the uncharted races may be summarized, including each start,
and consolidated in favor of charted lines. The requirements of subparagraph
9.6(18)“b”(2) above would not then apply.
(5) The consolidated line shall carry date, place, time,
driver, finish, track condition, and distance if race is not at one
mile.
(6) The stewards may require any horse that has been on the
stewards’ list to go through a qualifying race. A horse that is on the
stewards’ list for breaks or refusing to come to the gate must qualify in
a qualifying race.
(7) If a horse has not raced an individual time meeting the
qualifying standards for that class of horse, the horse may be required to go
through a qualifying race.
(8) The stewards may permit a fast horse to qualify by means
of a timed workout consistent with the time of the races in which it will
compete in the event adequate competition is not available for a qualifying
race.
(9) To enable a horse to qualify, qualifying races should be
held at least one full week prior to the opening of any meeting and shall be
scheduled once a week during the meeting and through the last week of the
meeting.
(10) When a race is conducted for the purpose of qualifying
drivers and not horses, the race need not be charted, timed, or recorded. This
subparagraph is not applicable to races qualifying both drivers and
horses.
(11) If a horse takes a win race record in a qualifying race,
the record must be prefaced with the letter “Q” wherever it
appears, except in a case where, immediately prior to or following the race, the
horse taking the record has had a specimen taken and tested. It will be the
responsibility of the steward to report the results of the test on the
stewards’ sheet.
(12) Any horse that fails to race at a charted meeting within
30 days after having started in a current year shall start in a charted race or
a qualifying race and meet the standards of the meeting before being allowed to
start.
c. Coupled entries.
(1) When one owner or lessee enters more than one horse in the
same race, the horses shall be coupled as an entry. Horses shall be regarded as
having a common owner when an owner of one horse, either as an individual, a
licensed member of a partnership, or a licensed shareholder of a corporation,
has an aggregate commonality of ownership of 5 percent interest in another
horse, either as an individual, a licensed member of a partnership, or a
licensed shareholder of a corporation. If the race is split in two or more
divisions, horses in an “entry” shall be seeded insofar as possible,
first by owners, then by trainer, then by stables; but the divisions in which
the horses compete and their post positions shall be drawn by lot. The above
provision shall also apply to elimination heats.
(2) Coupled entry limitations on owner. No more than two
horses coupled by a common ownership or trainer shall be entered in an overnight
race.
(3) Coupling entries by stewards. The stewards shall couple
as a single entry any horses which, in the determination of the stewards, are
connected by common ownership, common lessee, or when the stewards determine
that coupling is necessary in the interest of the regulation of a
pari–mutuel wagering industry or is necessary to ensure the public’s
confidence in racing.
d. Also eligibles. No more than two horses may be drawn as
also eligibles for a race and their positions shall be drawn along with the
starters in the race. In the event one or more horses are excused by the
stewards, the also eligible horse(s) shall race and take the post position drawn
by the horse that it replaces, except in handicap races. In handicap races the
also eligible horse shall take the place of the horse that it replaces in the
event that the handicap is the same. In the event the handicap is different,
the also eligible horse shall take the position on the outside of horses with a
similar handicap. No horse may be added to a race as an also eligible unless
the horse was drawn as such at the time declarations closed. No horse may be
barred from a race to which it is otherwise eligible by reason of its preference
due to the fact that it has been drawn as an also eligible. A horse put into the
race from the also eligible list cannot be drawn except by permission of the
stewards, but the owner or trainer of the horse shall be notified that the horse
is to race and the notification shall be posted at the racing secretary’s
office. All horses on the also eligible list and not moved into the race by
scratch time for the race shall be released.
e. Preference.
(1) Preference shall be given in all overnight events
according to a horse’s last purse race during the current year. The
preference date on a horse that has drawn to race and been scratched is the date
of the race from which it was scratched.
(2) When a horse is racing for the first time in the current
year, the date of the first declaration shall be considered its last race date
and preference shall be applied accordingly.
(3) If an error has been made in determining or posting a
preference date and the error deprives an eligible horse of an opportunity to
race, the trainer involved shall report the error to the racing secretary within
one hour of the announcement of the draw. If in fact a preference date error
has occurred, the race will be redrawn.
(4) Exclusion of single interest. Horses having the same
owner, lessee, or trainer shall not be permitted to enter or start if the effect
would deprive a single interest from starting in overnight races.
(5) Whenever horses have equal preference in a race, the
actual preference of said horses in relation to one another shall be determined
from the most recent previous starts which do not result in equal
preference.
(6) When an overnight race has been reopened because it did
not fill, all eligible horses declared into the race prior to the reopening
shall receive preference over other horses subsequently declared, irrespective
of the actual preference dates.
f. Stewards’ list.
(1) A horse that is unfit to race because it is dangerous,
unmanageable, sick, lame, unable to show a performance to qualify for races at
the meeting, or is otherwise unfit to race at the meeting, may be placed on a
stewards’ list by the stewards, and declarations of the horse shall be
refused. The owner or trainer shall be notified in writing of such action, and
the reason as set forth above shall be clearly stated on the notice. When any
horse is placed on the stewards’ list, the clerk of the course shall make
a note on the certificate or electronic eligibility certificate of such horse
showing the date the horse was put on the stewards’ list, the reason, and
the date of removal if the horse has been removed.
(2) No steward or other official at a nonextended meeting
shall have the power to remove from the stewards’ list and accept as an
entry any horse which has been placed on a stewards’ list for the reason
that it is a dangerous or unmanageable horse. Meetings may refuse declarations
on any horse that has been placed on the stewards’ list and has not been
removed.
(3) A horse scratched from a race because of lameness or
sickness may not race or enter another race for at least three days from the
date scheduled to race.
g. Driver. Declarations shall state who shall drive the horse
and give the driver’s colors. Drivers shall be named at the time of the
draw after which no driver may be changed without good cause and permission of
the steward(s). When a nominator starts two or more horses, the stewards shall
approve or disapprove the second and third drivers.
9.6(19) Starting.
a. With starting gate.
(1) Starter’s control. The starter shall have control
of the horses from the formation of the parade until giving the word
“go.”
(2) Scoring. After one or two preliminary warming up scores,
the starter shall notify the drivers to fasten their helmet chin straps and come
to the starting gate. During or before the parade, the drivers must be informed
as to the number of scores permitted.
(3) Starting gate. The horses shall be brought to the
starting gate as near to one–quarter of a mile before the start as the
facility will permit.
(4) Speed of gate. Allowing sufficient time so that the speed
of the gate can be increased gradually, the following minimum speeds will be
maintained.
1. For the first one–eighth mile, not less than 11 miles
per hour.
2. For the next one–sixteenth of a mile, not less than
18 miles per hour.
3. From the above point to the starting point, the speed will
be increased gradually to maximum speed.
(5) On mile tracks, horses will be brought to the starting
gate at the head of the stretch, and the relative speeds stated in subparagraph
(4) of this subrule will be maintained.
(6) The starting point will be a point on the inside rail a
distance of not less than 200 feet from the first turn. The starter shall give
the word “go” at the starting point.
(7) When a speed has been reached in the course of a start,
there shall be no decrease except in the case of a recall.
(8) Recall notice. In case of a recall, a light plainly
visible to the drivers shall be flashed and a recall sounded, and whenever
possible the starter shall leave the wings of the gate extended and gradually
slow the speed of the gate to assist in stopping the field of horses. In an
emergency, the starter shall use discretion to close the wings of the
gate.
(9) There shall be no recall after the word “go”
has been given and any horse, regardless of position or an accident, shall be
deemed a starter from the time entered into the starter’s control unless
dismissed by the starter.
(10) Breaking horse. The starter shall endeavor to get all
horses away in position and on gait but there shall be no recall for a breaking
horse.
(11) Reason for recall. The starter may sound a recall only
for the following reasons:
1. A horse scores ahead of the gate.
2. There is interference.
3. A horse has broken equipment.
4. A horse falls before the word “go” is
given.
5. A starting gate malfunctions.
(12) Riding in gate. No person(s) shall be allowed to ride in
the starting gate except the starter, driver or operator, and a patrol judge
unless permission has been granted by the stewards.
(13) Loudspeaker. Use of a mechanical loudspeaker for any
purpose other than to give instructions to drivers is prohibited. The volume
shall be no higher than necessary to carry the voice of the starter to the
drivers.
b. Holding horses before start. Horses may be held on the
backstretch not to exceed two minutes awaiting post time, except when delayed by
an emergency.
c. Two tiers. In the event there are two tiers of horses, the
withdrawing of a horse that has drawn or earned a position in the front tier
shall not affect the position of the horses that have drawn or earned positions
in the second tier. Whenever a horse is withdrawn from any tier, horses on the
outside shall move in to fill up the vacancy.
d. Starters. The horses shall be deemed to have started when
the word “go” is given by the starter and all the horses must go the
course except in case of an accident, broken equipment, or any other reason in
which the stewards determine that it is impossible to go the course.
e. Unmanageable horse.
(1) If, in the opinion of the stewards or the starter, a horse
is unmanageable or liable to cause accidents or injury to any other horse or to
any driver, it may be sent to the barn. When this action is taken, the stewards
will notify the public.
(2) A horse shall be considered unmanageable if it causes more
than one recall in the same dash or heat and the horse shall be excused by the
starter.
f. Post positions; heat racing. The horse winning the first
heat shall take the pole (or inside position) in the succeeding heat, unless
otherwise specified in the published conditions, and all others shall take their
positions in the order they were placed in the last heat. When two or more
horses have made a dead heat, their positions shall be settled by lot.
9.6(20) Racing and track.
a. Although a leading horse is entitled to any part of the
track, except after selecting its position in the home stretch, neither the
driver of the first horse nor any other driver in the race shall do any of the
following:
(1) Change either to the right or left during any part of the
race when another horse is so near that altering its position compels the horse
behind to shorten its stride or causes the driver of the other horse to pull out
of its stride.
(2) Jostle, strike, hook wheels, or interfere with another
horse or driver.
(3) Cross sharply in front of a horse or cross over in front
of a field of horses in a reckless manner, endangering other drivers.
(4) Swerve in and out or pull up
quickly.
(5) Crowd a horse or driver by “putting a wheel under
them.”
(6) “Carry a horse out” or “sit down in
front” of a horse or take up abruptly in front of other horses so as to
cause confusion or interference among the trailing horses.
(7) Let a horse pass inside needlessly or otherwise help
another horse to improve its position in the race.
(8) Lay off a normal pace and leave a hole when it is well
within the horse’s capacity to keep the hole closed.
(9) Commit any act which shall impede the progress of another
horse or cause it to “break.”
(10) Change course after selecting a position in the home
stretch, swerve in or out, or bear in or out to interfere with another horse or
cause it to change course or take back.
(11) Drive in a careless or reckless manner.
(12) Whip under the arch of the sulky.
(13) Kick the horse.
(14) Fail to set or maintain a pace comparable to the class in
which the driver is racing by going an excessively slow quarter or any other
distance that changes the normal pattern, overall timing, or general outcome of
the race.
(15) Cross the inside limits of the course.
b. Complaints—reports of interference.
(1) Complaints. All complaints by drivers of any foul driving
or other misconduct during the heat must be made to the starter at the
termination of the heat, unless the driver is prevented from doing so by an
accident or injury. Any driver desiring to enter a claim of foul or other
complaint of violation of the rules must, before dismounting, indicate to the
starter the desire to enter the claim or complaint and, upon dismounting, shall
proceed to the telephone or stewards’ stand where the claim, objection, or
complaint shall be immediately entered. The stewards shall not cause the
official sign to be displayed until the claim, objection, or complaint has been
entered and considered.
(2) Report of interference. It is the duty of every driver to
report to the official designated for that purpose, as promptly as possible
after the conclusion of a race in which the driver has participated, any
material interference to the driver or the horse by another horse or driver
during a race.
c. If any of the above violations are committed by a person
driving a horse coupled as an entry in the betting, the stewards shall set the
offending horse back. The horse coupled in the entry with the offending horse
shall also be set back if the stewards find that it improved its finishing
position as a direct result of the offense committed by the offending
horse.
d. In the case of interference, collision, or violation of any
of the above restrictions, whether occurring before or after the start, the
offending horse may be placed back one or more positions in that heat or dash
and, in the event the collision or interference prevents any horse from
finishing the heat or dash, the offending horse may be disqualified from
receiving any winnings; and the driver may be subject to discipline. In the
event a horse is set back, it must be placed behind the horse with whom it
interfered.
e. Unsatisfactory drive—fraud. Every heat in a race
must be contested by every horse in the race and every horse must be driven to
the finish. If the stewards believe that a horse is being driven or has been
driven to prevent winning a heat or dash which it was evidently able to win, in
an inconsistent manner, or to perpetrate or to aid a fraud, they shall consider
it a violation and the driver and anyone in concert with the driver to so affect
the outcome of the race(s) may be subject to disciplinary action. The stewards
may substitute a competent and reliable driver at any time. The substitute
driver shall be paid at the discretion of the stewards and the fee shall be
retained from the purse money due the horse, if any.
In the event a drive is unsatisfactory due to lack of effort
or carelessness, and the stewards believe that there is no fraud, gross
carelessness, or a deliberate inconsistent drive, they shall impose a
penalty.
f. If, in the opinion of the stewards, a driver is for any
reason unfit or incompetent to drive, refuses to comply with the directions of
the stewards, or is reckless in conduct and endangers the safety of horses or
other drivers in the race, the driver may be removed and another driver
substituted at any time after the positions have been assigned in a race, and
the offending driver shall be subject to discipline. The substitute driver
shall be properly compensated.
g. If, for any cause other than being interfered with or
broken equipment, a horse fails to finish after starting in a heat, that horse
shall be ruled out.
h. Loud shouting or other improper conduct is forbidden in a
race. After the starting gate is in motion, both feet must be kept in the
stirrups until after the finish of the race, except that a driver shall be
allowed to remove a foot from the stirrups temporarily for the purpose of
pulling earplugs.
i. Drivers will be allowed whips not to exceed three feet nine
inches, plus a snapper not longer than six inches. Provided further that the
following actions may be considered as excessive or indiscriminate use of the
whip:
(1) Causing visible injury to a horse.
(2) Whipping a horse after a race.
j. A driver using any goading device, chain, or mechanical
devices or appliances, other than the ordinary whip or crop, upon any horse in
any race shall be subject to discipline.
k. The brutal, excessive, or indiscriminate use of the whip or
crop shall be considered a violation. A driver may use a whip only in the
conventional manner. Welts, cuts, or whip marks on a horse resulting from
whipping shall constitute a violation of this subrule. Drivers are prohibited
from punching or jabbing a horse, or using the whip so as to interfere with or
cause disturbance to any other horse or driver in a race.
l. No horse shall wear hopples in a race unless it starts with
the hopples in the first heat and, having so started, it shall continue to wear
them to the finish of the race. Any person found guilty of removing or altering
a horse’s hopples during a race, or between races, for the purpose of
fraud, shall be suspended or expelled. Any horse habitually wearing hopples
shall not be permitted to start in a race without them except by permission of
the stewards. Any horse habitually racing free–legged shall not be
permitted to wear hopples in a race except with the permission of the stewards.
No horse shall be permitted to wear a head pole protruding beyond its
nose.
m. Breaking.
(1) When any horse breaks from its gait in trotting or pacing,
its driver shall at once, where clearance exists, take such horse to the outside
and pull it to its gait.
(2) The following shall be considered violations of
subparagraph 9.6(20)“m”(1):
1. Failure to properly attempt to pull the horse to its
gait.
2. Failure to take to the outside where clearance
exists.
3. Failure to lose ground by the break.
(3) Any breaking horse shall be set back when a contending
horse on its gait is lapped on the hind quarter of the breaking horse at the
finish.
(4) Any horse making a break which causes interference to
other contending horses may be placed behind all offended horses; if there has
been no failure on the part of the driver of the breaking horse in complying
with subparagraph9.6(20)“m”(2) above, no fine or suspension shall be
imposed on the driver as a consequence of the interference.
(5) The stewards may set any horse back one or more places if,
in their judgment, any of the above violations have been committed.
If, in the opinion of the stewards, a driver allows the horse
to break for the purpose of fraudulently losing a heat, then the driver shall be
subject to the penalties elsewhere provided for fraud and fouls.
To assist in determining the matters contained in paragraphs
9.6(20)“m” and 9.6(20)“n,” it shall be the duty of one
of the stewards to call out every break made, and the clerk shall at once note
the break and character of it in writing.
n. The time between separate heats of a single race shall be
no less than 40 minutes. The time between the heats shall not exceed one hour
and 30 minutes. No heat shall be called after sunset when the track is not
lighted for night racing.
o. Horses called for a race shall have the exclusive right of
the course, and all other horses shall vacate the track at once, unless
permitted to remain by the stewards.
p. In the case of accidents, only so much time shall be
allowed as the stewards may deem necessary and proper.
q. A driver must be mounted in the sulky at the finish of the
race or the horse must be placed as not finishing.
r. It shall be the responsibility of the owner and trainer to
provide every sulky used in a race with unicolored or colorless wheel discs on
the inside and outside of the wheel of a type approved by the commission. In
their discretion, the stewards may order the use of mudguards at
pari–mutuel tracks.
s. Sulky. Only sulkies of the conventional dual–shaft
and dual–hitch type shall be permitted to be used in any races. A
conventional–type sulky is one having two shafts that must be parallel to
and securely hitched on each side of the horse. No point of hitch or any part
of a shaft shall be above a horizontal level equal to the lowest point of the
horse’s back. Shafts must be hooded separately on each side.
t. Excessive or unnecessary conversation between and among
drivers while on the racetrack during the time when colors are required is
prohibited.
u. If, at any racetrack which does not have a continuous solid
inside hub rail, a horse or part of the horse sulky leaves the course by going
inside the hub rail or other demarcation which constitutes the inside limits of
the course, the offending horse shall be placed back one or more positions
where, in the opinion of the stewards, the action gave the horse an unfair
advantage over other horses in the race, or the action helped the horse improve
its position in the race. In addition, when an act of interference causes a
horse or part of the horse’s sulky to cross the inside limits of the
course, and the horse is placed by the judges, the offending horse shall be
placed behind the horse with which it interfered.
9.6(21) Protests.
a. Protests may be made only by an owner, manager, trainer, or
driver of one of the contending horses at any time before the winnings are paid
over and shall be in writing, sworn to, and contain at least one specific charge
which, if true, would prevent the horse from winning or competing in the
race.
b. The stewards shall in every case of protest demand that the
driver, and the owner or owners if present, immediately testify under oath and,
in case of their refusal to do so, the horse shall not be allowed to start or
continue in the race, but shall be ruled out, with a forfeit of entrance
money.
c. Unless the stewards find satisfactory evidence to warrant
excluding the horse, they shall allow the horse to start or continue in the race
under protest, and the premium, if any, won by that horse shall be forthwith
transmitted to the commission to allow the parties interested an opportunity to
sustain the allegation of the protest or furnish information which will warrant
an investigation of the matter. When no action is taken to sustain the protest
within 30 days, payment may be made as if such protest had not been
filed.
d. Any person found guilty of protesting a horse falsely and
without cause, or merely with intent to embarrass a race, shall be subject to
discipline.
e. Nothing here contained shall affect the distribution of
pari–mutuel pools when the distribution is made upon the official placing
at the conclusion of the heat or dash.
f. In case of an appeal or protest, the purse money affected
will be deposited with the commission in trust funds pending the decision of the
appeal.
9.6(22) Timing and records.
a. Timing races. In every race, the time of each heat shall
be accurately taken by three timers or an approved electric timing device, in
which case there shall be one timer; placed in the record in minutes, seconds,
and fifths of seconds; and, upon the decision of each heat, the time shall be
publicly announced or posted. No unofficial timing shall be announced or
admitted to the record and, when the timers fail to act, no time shall be
announced or recorded for that heat.
b. Error in reported time. In any case of alleged error in
the record, announcement, or publication of the time made by a horse, the time
so questioned shall not be changed to favor the horse or owner, except upon the
sworn statement of the stewards and timers who officiated in the race.
c. Time, where lapped on. The leading horse shall be timed
and that time only shall be announced. No horse shall obtain a win race record
by reason of the disqualification of another horse unless the horse’s
actual race time can be determined by photo finish or electronic
timing.
d. Time for dead heat. In case of a dead heat, the time shall
constitute a record for the horses making a dead heat and both shall be
considered winners.
e. Timing procedure. The time shall be recorded from the
instant that the first horse leaves the point from which the distance is
measured until the first horse reaches the finish line. The time of the leading
horse at the quarter, half, three–quarters and the finish shall be
taken.
f. Fraudulent misrepresentation. Any person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation of time or the alteration of the record in any
public race shall be fined, suspended, or expelled, and the time declared not a
record.
9.6(23) Post time; entry number.
a. Post time. A delay in the first post of not more than ten
minutes from the established post time may be taken without prior approval of
the commission or stewards.
b. Heat number and saddle pads. Each competing horse shall be
equipped with numbers of style, type, and design approved by the commission or
its representatives. Numbers shall be so arranged that coupled entries may be
distinguished.
9.6(24) Paddock. The paddock or receiving barn must
be completely enclosed with a secure fence and each opening through the fence
shall be policed by a person or persons licensed by this commission so as to
exclude unauthorized personnel. A daily record of all persons entering or
leaving the paddock from one hour prior to post time until all races of that
program have been completed shall be maintained on forms approved by the
commission.
9.6(25) Other facility conditions.
a. Default in payment of purses. Any facility that defaults
in the payment of a premium that has been raced for shall stand suspended,
together with its officers.
b. If, at a meeting of a facility, a race is contested which
has been promoted by another party or parties, and the promoters default in the
payment of the amount raced for, the same liability shall attach to the facility
as if the race had been offered by it.
c. Removal of horses from facility grounds. No horse shall be
ordered off the grounds without at least 72 hours’ notice (excluding
Sunday) to the person in charge of the horse.
491—9.7(99D) Medication and administration, sample
collection, chemists, and practicing veterinarian.
9.7(1) Medication and administration.
a. No horse, while participating in a race, shall carry in its
body any medication, drug, foreign substance, or metabolic derivative thereof,
which is a narcotic or which could serve as a local anesthetic or tranquilizer
or which could stimulate or depress the circulatory, respiratory, or central
nervous system of a horse, thereby affecting its speed.
b. Also prohibited are any drugs or foreign substances that
might mask or screen the presence of the prohibited drugs, or prevent or delay
testing procedures.
c. Proof of detection by the commission chemist of the
presence of a medication, drug, foreign substance, or metabolic derivative
thereof, prohibited by paragraph 9.7(1)“a” or “b” in a
saliva, urine, or blood sample duly taken under the supervision of the
commission veterinarian from a horse immediately prior to or promptly after
running in a race shall be prima facie evidence that the horse was administered,
with the intent that it would carry or that it did carry in its body while
running in a race, prohibited medication, drug, or foreign substance in
violation of this rule.
d. Administration or possession of drugs.
(1) No person shall administer, cause to be administered,
participate or attempt to participate in any way in the administration of any
medication, drug, foreign substance, or treatment by any route to a horse
registered for racing on the day of the race for which the horse is entered
prior to the race.
(2) No person except a veterinarian shall have in the
person’s possession any prescription drug. However, a person may possess
a noninjectable prescription drug for animal use if:
1. The person actually possesses, within the racetrack
enclosure, documentary evidence that a prescription has been issued to said
person for such a prescription drug.
2. The prescription contains a specific dosage for the
particular horse or horses to be treated by the prescription drug.
3. The horse or horses named in the prescription are in said
person’s care within the racetrack enclosure.
(3) No veterinarian or any other person shall have in their
possession or administer to any horse within any racetrack enclosure any
chemical substance which:
1. Has not been approved for use on equines by the Food and
Drug Administration pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21
U.S.C. Section 301 et seq., and implementing regulations, without the prior
written approval from a commission veterinarian, after consulting with the
stewards.
2. Is on any of the schedules of controlled substances as
prepared by the Attorney General of the United States pursuant to 21 U.S.C.
Sections 811 and 812, without the prior written approval from a commission
veterinarian after consultation with the stewards. The commission veterinarian
shall not give such approval unless the person seeking the approval can produce
evidence in recognized veterinary journals or by recognized equine experts that
such chemical substance has a beneficial therapeutic use in horses.
(4) No veterinarian or any other person shall dispense, sell,
or furnish to any person any feed supplement, tonic, veterinary preparation,
medication, or any substance that can be administered or applied to a horse by
any route within the grounds of the facility unless there is a label specifying
the name of the substance dispensed, the name of the dispensing person, the name
of the horse or horses for which the substance is dispensed, the purpose for
which said substance is dispensed, the dispensing veterinarian’s
recommendations for withdrawal before racing (if applicable), and the name of
the person to which dispensed, or is otherwise labeled as required by
law.
(5) No person shall have in the person’s possession or
in areas under said person’s responsibility on facility grounds any feed
supplement, tonic, veterinary preparation, medication, or any substance that can
be administered or applied to a horse by any route unless it complies with the
labeling requirements in 9.7(1)“d”(4).
e. Any person found to have administered or caused,
participated in, or attempted to participate in any way in the administration of
a medication, drug, or foreign substance that caused or could have caused a
violation of this rule, shall be subject to disciplinary action.
f. The owner, trainer, groom, or any other person having
charge, custody, or care of the horse is obligated to protect the horse properly
and guard it against the administration or attempted administration of a
substance in violation of this rule. If the stewards find that any person has
failed to show proper protection and guarding of the horse, or if the stewards
find that any owner, lessee, or trainer is guilty of negligence, they shall
impose discipline and take other action they deem proper under any of the rules
including referral to the commission.
g. In order for a horse to be placed on the bleeder list in
Iowa through reciprocity, that horse must be certified as a bleeder in another
state or jurisdiction. A certified bleeder is a horse that has raced with lasix
in another state or jurisdiction in compliance with the laws governing lasix in
that state or jurisdiction.
9.7(2) Sample collection.
a. Urine, blood, and other specimens shall be taken and tested
from any horse that the stewards, commission veterinarian, or the
commission’s representatives may designate. The samples shall be
collected by the commission veterinarian or other person or persons the
commission may designate. Each sample shall be marked or numbered and bear
information essential to its proper analysis; but the identity of the horse from
which the sample was taken or the identity of its owners or trainer shall not be
revealed to the official chemist or the staff of the chemist. The container of
each sample shall be sealed as soon as the sample is placed therein.
b. A facility shall have a detention barn under the
supervision of the commission veterinarian for the purpose of collecting body
fluid samples for any tests required by the commission. The building, location,
arrangement, furnishings, and facilities including refrigeration and hot and
cold running water must be approved by the commission. A security guard,
approved by the commission, must be in attendance at each access to the
detention barn during the hours designated by the commission.
c. No unauthorized person shall be admitted at any time to the
building or the area utilized for the purpose of collecting the required body
fluid samples or the area designated for the retention of horses pending the
obtaining of body fluid samples.
d. During the taking of samples from a horse, the owner,
responsible trainer, or a representative designated by the owner or trainer may
be present and witness the taking of the sample and so signify in writing.
Failure to be present and witness the collection of the samples constitutes a
waiver by the owner, trainer, or representative of any objections to the source
and documentation of the sample.
e. The commission veterinarian, the stewards, agents of the
division of criminal investigation, or commission representative may take
samples of any medicine or other materials suspected of containing improper
medication, drugs, or other substance which could affect the racing condition of
a horse in a race, which may be found in barns or elsewhere on facility grounds
or in the possession of any person connected with racing, and the same shall be
delivered to the official chemist for analysis.
f. Nothing in these rules shall be construed to
prevent:
(1) Any horse in any race from being subjected by the order of
a steward or the commission veterinarian to tests of body fluid samples for the
purpose of determining the presence of any foreign substance.
(2) The state steward or the commission veterinarian from
authorizing the splitting of any sample.
(3) The commission or commission veterinarian from requiring
body fluid samples to be stored in a frozen state for future analysis.
g. Before leaving the racing surface, the trainer shall
ascertain the testing status of the horse under the trainer’s care from
the commission veterinarian or designated detention barn
representative.
9.7(3) Chemists.
a. Tests are to be under the supervision of the commission
which shall employ one or more chemists or contract with one or more qualified
chemical laboratories to determine by chemical testing and analysis of body
fluid samples whether a foreign substance, medication, drug, or metabolic
derivative thereof is present.
b. All body fluid samples taken by or under direction of the
commission veterinarian or commission representative shall be delivered to the
laboratory of the official chemist for analysis.
c. The commission chemist shall be responsible for
safeguarding and testing each sample delivered to the laboratory by the
commission veterinarian.
d. The commission chemist shall conduct individual tests on
each sample, screening the samples for prohibited substances, and conducting
other tests to detect and identify any suspected prohibited substance or
metabolic derivative thereof with specificity. Pooling of samples shall be
permitted only with the knowledge and approval of the commission.
e. Upon the finding of a test negative for prohibited
substances, the remaining portions of the sample may be discarded. Upon the
finding of tests suspicious or positive for prohibited substances, the tests
shall be reconfirmed, and the remaining portion, if available, of the sample
preserved and protected for two years following close of the meet.
f. The commission chemist shall submit to the commission a
written report as to each sample tested, indicating by sample tag identification
number, whether the sample tested negative or positive for prohibited
substances. The commission chemist shall report test findings to no person
other than the administrator or commission representative, with the exception of
notifying the state stewards of all positive tests.
g. In the event the commission chemist should find a sample
suspicious for a prohibited medication, additional time for test analysis and
confirmation may be requested.
h. In reporting to the state steward a finding of a test
positive for a prohibited substance, the commission chemist shall present
documentary or demonstrative evidence acceptable in the scientific community and
admissible in court in support of the professional opinion as to the positive
finding.
i. No action shall be taken by the state steward until an
official report signed by the chemist properly identifying the medication, drug,
or other substance as well as the horse from which the sample was taken has been
received.
j. The cost of the testing and analysis shall be paid by the
commission to the official chemist. The commission shall then be reimbursed by
each facility on a per–sample basis so that each facility shall bear only
its proportion of the total cost of testing and analysis. The commission may
first receive payment from funds provided in Iowa Code chapter 99D, if
available.
9.7(4) Practicing veterinarian.
a. Prohibited acts.
(1) Ownership. A licensed veterinarian practicing at any
meeting is prohibited from possessing any ownership, directly or indirectly, in
any racing animal racing during the meeting.
(2) Wagering. Veterinarians licensed by the commission as
veterinarians are prohibited from placing any wager of money or other thing of
value directly or indirectly on the outcome of any race conducted at the meeting
at which the veterinarian is furnishing professional service.
(3) Prohibition of furnishing injectable materials. No
veterinarian shall within the facility grounds furnish, sell, or loan any
hypodermic syringe, needle, or other injection device, or any drug, narcotic, or
prohibited substance to any other person unless with written permission of the
stewards.
b. The use of other than single–use disposable syringes
and infusion tubes on facility grounds is prohibited. Whenever a veterinarian
has used a hypodermic needle or syringe the veterinarian shall destroy the
needle and syringe and remove the needle and syringe from the facility
grounds.
c. Veterinarians must submit daily to the commission
veterinarian on a prescribed form a report of all medications and other
substances which the veterinarian prescribed, administered, or dispensed for
racing animals registered at the current race meeting as provided in Iowa Code
section 99D.25(10). Reports shall be submitted in a manner and at a time
determined by the commission veterinarian not later than the day following the
treatments being reported. Reports shall include the racing animal, trainer,
medication or other substance, dosage or quantity, route of administration, date
and time administered, dispensed, or prescribed.
d. Within 20 minutes following the administration of lasix,
the veterinarian must deliver to the commission veterinarian or commission
representative a signed affidavit certifying information regarding the treatment
of the horse. The statement must include, at a minimum, the name of the
practicing veterinarian, the tattoo number or freeze brand number of the horse,
the location of the barn and stall where the treatment occurred, the race number
of the horse, the name of the trainer, and the time that the lasix was
administered. Lasix shall be administered only in a dose level of 250
milligrams.
e. Each veterinarian shall report immediately to the
commission veterinarian any illness presenting unusual or unknown symptoms in a
racing animal entrusted into the veterinarian’s care.
f. Practicing veterinarians may have employees working under
their direct supervision licensed as “veterinary assistants” or
“veterinary technicians.” Activities of these employees shall not
include direct treatment or diagnosis of any racing animal. A practicing
veterinarian must be present if an employee is to have access to injection
devices or injectables.
g. Equine dentistry is considered a function of veterinary
practice by the Iowa veterinary practice Act. Any dental procedures performed
at the facility must be performed by a licensed veterinarian or a licensed
veterinary assistant.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
99D.
ARC 0424B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 132, “Iowa Scenic Byway Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The rules were originally adopted in 1998. One two–year
program cycle is complete. Members of the scenic byway advisory council made
suggestions to improve the rules based on their experience with the first
program cycle. The Department is amending the rules as a result of these
suggestions. The amendments:
• Add a table setting out
the sequence of events of a two–year program cycle.
• Clarify that the
Department will provide necessary signs and accompanying posts and hardware for
newly designated scenic byways.
• Clarify that the overall
rating calculated for a potential route is a quality rating, and that, in
addition to an overall quality rating that is above “average,” at
least 50 percent of the length of the route must be rated above
“average.”
• Correct the name of the
Department’s contact office for scenic byways.
Waivers are not provided because the purpose of the amendments
is to clarify and improve the readability of the existing rules.
Any person or agency may submit written comments concerning
these proposed amendments or may submit a written request to make an oral
presentation. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed rule, as
given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
presentation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of Transportation,
Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa 50010; fax
(515)239–1639; Internet E–mail address julie.
fitzgerald@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than February 27, 2001.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Thursday, March 1, 2001, at 10 a.m. in the Commission Conference Room of the
Department of Transportation, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
306D.
Proposed rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 132.1(2) and
132.1(3) as follows:
132.1(2) Overview. Under the Iowa scenic byway
program, proposed routes are identified via an application process. The
department inventories and evaluates the proposed routes. The advisory council
selects the routes to be designated. The department designates the
routes as scenic byways and provides identifying signs for the
designated routes.
132.1(3) Information and forms. Information,
instructions and application forms may be obtained from the
Corridor Development, Office of Project Planning
Design, Iowa Department of Transportation, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa
50010.
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 132.5(1) and
132.5(2) as follows:
132.5(1) Program cycle. The scenic byway program
shall operate on a two–year cycle, with the following steps and
timetable:
Step
|
Timetable
|
Deadline for submission of applications
|
October 1 of even– numbered
years
|
Field inventories of proposed routes
|
April to October of odd–numbered years
|
Evaluation and rating of proposed routes
|
November to February fol–lowing field
inventories
|
Designation and signing of routes
|
March to August of even–numbered years
|
Subrules 132.5(2) to 132.5(7) further explain each step of
the program cycle.
132.5(2) Application. Application to designate
a route as a scenic byway shall be on a form provided by the department and
shall be submitted to the office of project planning
corridor development by the application deadline. The application must
be accompanied by a document indicating approval of the designation from the
city council of each city and the board of supervisors of each county through
which the proposed route passes.
132.5(2) Deadline for
submission. The deadline for submission of applications is October 1 every
other year. However, the first deadline is November 1, 1998. This is the
beginning of a program cycle. Applications shall be submitted to the office of
project planning.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 132.5(4),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
132.5(4) Field inventory. In the spring,
summer and fall following the application deadline, the The
department shall conduct a field inventory of proposed routes. The department
shall collect the following information for each proposed route:
ITEM 4. Amend subrules 132.5(5) to
132.5(7) as follows:
132.5(5) Rating and evaluation. In the fall
or winter of the second year of the program cycle, the Evaluation
and rating. The department shall compile and evaluate the
field inventory data for each proposed route,
develop calculate an overall quality rating for
each proposed route, and prepare a written evaluation of each proposed
route report documenting these findings. The
A potential quality rating for a particular route
ranges from “excellent” to “very poor.” The midpoint is
“average.”
132.5(6) Selection. The advisory council shall review
the ratings and evaluations and ratings and select the
routes to be designated based on this information and any other information the
council may have obtained regarding the routes. To be selected, a
route For a route to be designated, it must have
a an overall quality rating that is above
“average.” Also, at least 50 percent of the length of the route
must be rated above “average.”
132.5(7) Designation and signing. In the
spring or early summer of the second year of the program cycle, the department
shall designate the selected routes as scenic byways and provide scenic byway
signs. Signing. The department shall provide the necessary state
scenic byway signs and accompanying posts and hardware for the newly designated
scenic byways.
NOTICE—USURY
In accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 535.2,
subsection 3, paragraph “a,” the Superintendent of Banking has
determined that the maximum lawful rate of interest shall be:
January 1, 2000 — January 31, 2000 8.00%
February 1, 2000 — February 29, 2000 8.25%
March 1, 2000 — March 31, 2000 8.75%
April 1, 2000 — April 30, 2000 8.50%
May 1, 2000 — May 31, 2000 8.25%
June 1, 2000 — June 30, 2000 8.00%
July 1, 2000 — July 31, 2000 8.50%
August 1, 2000 — August 31, 2000 8.00%
September 1, 2000 — September 30, 2000 8.00%
October 1, 2000 — October 31, 2000 7.75%
November 1, 2000 — November 30, 2000 7.75%
December 1, 2000 — December 31, 2000 7.75%
January 1, 2001 — January 31, 2001 7.75%
February 1, 2001 — February 28, 2001 8.00%
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 0474B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 17, “Renewal of Licenses,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendment to 282—17.4(272) rescinds the
reference to the August 31 expiration date of licenses and related information.
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1070, eliminated the August 31 expiration date for
practitioner licenses and established the practitioner’s birthday as the
expiration date.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds
that notice and public participation are unnecessary and contrary to the public
interest. The amendment brings the rule into conformity with the Iowa Code and
removes any confusion with regard to the recency of units for renewal.
In compliance with Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), the Board finds that this amendment confers a
benefit and removes a restriction on the public, and that the normal effective
date of the amendment should be waived and the amendment should be made
effective upon publication.
The Board of Educational Examiners adopted this amendment on
January 5, 2001.
This amendment will become effective on February 7,
2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
272.7.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 282—17.4(272) as follows:
282—17.4(272) Recency of units for renewal. If
a license is renewed at, or before, date of
expiration (a person may file as early as 12 months prior to expiration date),
the units for renewal are acceptable if earned during the term of the license.
Persons have until August 31 of the year in which the license expires to
meet this recency requirement; however, if a person is employed at any time from
July 1 to August 31 of that year, they must hold a license valid for that
position. If a license is not renewed at date of expiration, the units
for renewal must have been completed within a five–year period immediately
preceding the date of application for the renewal.
[Filed Emergency 1/19/01, effective 2/7/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0437B
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542B.6, the
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board adopts amendments to Chapter 1,
“Administration,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments revise the requirements for licensure by
comity for engineers who are licensed in another jurisdiction and are seeking
licensure in Iowa.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 29, 2000, as ARC 0330B.
No public comment was received on these amendments. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2),
these amendments shall become effective upon publication on February 7, 2001.
The Board finds that these amendments confer a benefit upon engineers who are
licensed in another jurisdiction and are seeking licensure in Iowa by providing
a mechanism for licensure of applicants, who were allowed to complete the
professional engineering examination before completing the practical engineering
experience required of Iowa applicants, without further written
examination.
These amendments will become effective February 7,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
542B.20.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 1.4(5) as
follows:
1.4(5) Licensure by comity. Any person who has
been licensed as a professional engineer in a foreign jurisdiction may be
considered for licensure in Iowa without the need for further examination if the
original license based on approved examination is in active status.
Applications for licensure by comity will be evaluated on the following
basis:
a. The applicant’s foreign licensure must have been
granted only after satisfaction of requirements equal to or more stringent than
those which would be required by Iowa Code section 542B.14, if the
applicant’s original licensure was sought in Iowa; and
b. The applicant’s present record of education,
references, practical experience, and successful completion of approved
examinations currently satisfies the substantive requirements of Iowa Code
section 542B.14.
c. A comity applicant for licensure in land surveying shall
comply with subrule 1.4(5), paragraphs “a” and “b,”
above; be interviewed by the land surveyor member(s) of the board; complete
successfully the Iowa State Specific Examination; and complete successfully
other examinations as determined by the board.
d. In lieu of the detailed personal history requested on an
application for licensing, an applicant for licensure by comity may submit
educational and professional records as verified by that person’s NCEES
Council Record.
e. A temporary permit to practice engineering in the state may
be granted to a comity applicant upon approval of a professional engineer member
of the board. The temporary permit shall expire at the next regularly scheduled
meeting of the board. Temporary permits shall be granted only to applicants who
meet all requirements and who are expected to qualify for approval by the full
board at the next meeting.
f. If a comity applicant did not have the required
four years of experience before writing the professional examination, the board
may approve the application for licensure if the applicant satisfies all other
conditions of licensure, the applicant has not been disciplined in any other
jurisdiction, and the applicant has had at least five years of practical
engineering experience of a character satisfactory to the board since initial
licensure.
ITEM 2. Renumber subrule 1.4(6) as
1.4(7) and adopt new subrule 1.4(6) as follows:
1.4(6) Comity licensure for applicants who complete
the professional examination before completing the experience
requirement.
a. Purpose. Licensure requirements for professional
engineers are generally consistent across jurisdictions, but occasionally the
board receives an application for comity licensure from an applicant who was
allowed to complete the professional engineering examination before completing
the practical engineering experience required of Iowa applicants. This subrule
is intended to provide a mechanism for comity applicants faced with this
situation to become licensed in Iowa without retaking the professional
examination.
b. Licensure conditions. If an applicant for comity
licensure as a professional engineer satisfies all four of the licensing
requirements set forth in Iowa Code section 542B.14(1) (i.e., education,
fundamentals examination, four or more years of practical engineering experience
of a character satisfactory to the board, and professional examination) at the
time of application, but the applicant was permitted by the jurisdiction of
initial licensure to complete the professional examination with a shortfall of
the practical experience required of professional examination candidates in
Iowa, the board may approve the applicant for comity licensure without further
written examination pursuant to Iowa Code section 542B.20, if the applicant has
had, since initial licensure, additional practical engineering experience of a
character satisfactory to the board of at least twice the shortfall. Under no
circumstances will the amount of additional experience required be less than six
months.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 1/18/01, effective
2/7/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0431B
HISTORICAL
DIVISION[223]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 303.1A, the
Historical Division of the Department of Cultural Affairs hereby adopts Chapter
48, “State Income Tax Credit for Rehabilitation,” Iowa
Administration Code.
These rules set forth a statement of purpose, definitions,
project eligibility, application procedures, review standards, and review fees
for the state rehabilitation tax credit program.
These rules are being Adopted and Filed Emergency to implement
Iowa Code chapter 404A which became effective July 1, 2000, and creates the
state income tax credit for rehabilitation of historic property. Because the
legislation is somewhat complex and may be controversial, the Historical
Division held several public meetings across the state in late summer and early
fall for public input. However, the potential for controversy still exists due
to the cap on the amount of credit available per calendar year, and because the
Division finds it necessary to charge an administrative review fee.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
has bypassed the normal rule–making process so tax credits for
rehabilitation of historic properties will be available for costs incurred
between July 1, 2000, and December 31, 2000. Applicants for the tax credits
must have certificates attached to state tax forms for the year ending December
31, 2000.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the
Historical Division finds that the normal effective date of these rules should
be waived and these rules should be made effective upon filing on January 16,
2001, to allow applicants who have submitted projects after July 1, 2000, to be
able to access the $2.4 million in tax credits available in calendar year
2000.
These rules are also published herein under Notice of Intended
Action as ARC 0432B to allow for public comment.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 303
and 404A.
These rules became effective January 16, 2001.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 48
STATE INCOME TAX CREDIT FOR
REHABILITATION
223—48.1(303,404A) Purpose. The state income
tax credit for rehabilitation of eligible commercial and residential property
and barns located in this state is provided to owners of approved projects,
subject to availability of the credit, to apply against the income tax imposed
under Iowa Code chapter 422, division II or division III.
223—48.2(303,404A) Definitions.
“Assessed value” means the amount of the most
current property tax assessment.
“Commercial property” means a building with three
or more residential units.
“Encumbered” means that the proposed tax credit
will be set aside from the available tax credit fund.
223—48.3(303,404A) Eligible
properties.
1. Property verified as listed on the National Registerof
Historic Places or eligible for such listing through the state historic
preservation office (SHPO).
2. Property designated as of historic significance to a
district listed in the National Register of Historic Places or eligible for such
designation by being located in an area previously surveyed and evaluated as
eligible for the National Register of Historic Places.
3. Property or district designated a local landmark by a city
or county ordinance.
4. Any barn constructed prior to 1937.
223—48.4(303,404A) Ineligible costs and
deductions.
48.4(1) Qualified rehabilitation costs must include
costs used in computing the tax base. Amounts treated as expenses and deducted
in the tax year in which they are paid and incurred and amounts that are
otherwise not added to the base for tax purposes are not qualified for
rehabilitation costs.
48.4(2) Architectural and engineering fees, site
survey fees, legal fees, insurance premiums, development fees and other
construction–related costs are not eligible unless they are added to the
tax basis of the property.
48.4(3) Sidewalks, parking lots and landscaping costs
are not eligible to be considered as rehabilitation costs.
48.4(4) Any costs incurred prior to receiving SHPO
approval for the rehabilitation project are not eligible for state tax credits.
Only those costs incurred between the date of project approval by the state
historic preservation office and project completion date, or two years prior to
the project completion date, may be claimed for credit. Costs that were incurred
prior to SHPO project approval may not be claimed.
48.4(5) Rehabilitation costs used in computation of
this credit are not to be deducted for individual income tax or corporate income
tax purposes.
223—48.5(303,404A) Eligibility of projects and
amount of credit.
48.5(1) For commercial property, the amount of the
credit equals 25 percent of the qualified rehabilitation costs. Rehabilitation
costs must equal at least 50 percent of the assessed value of the property,
excluding the land, prior to rehabilitation.
48.5(2) For barns built before 1937 or residential
property, the amount of the rehabilitation costs must equal at least $25,000 or
25 percent of the assessed value, excluding the land, prior to the
rehabilitation, whichever is less.
48.5(3) For property classified as commercial or
residential but with multifamily residential units, the rehabilitation costs
shall not exceed $100,000 per residential unit.
223—48.6(303,404A) Application and review
process.
48.6(1) Application forms are available from the State
Tax Credit Program Manager, State Historic Preservation Office, Department of
Cultural Affairs, 600 E. Locust,Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0290. The
telephone number is (515)281–4137. Applications will be accepted on or
after July 1, 2000, until such time as the available credits allocated for each
calendar year are encumbered. Applications will continue to be received and
recorded in the event additional tax credits become available.
a. Part I of the application identifies the eligibility of the
project and the property for this program. Part I must include all requested
information, or it will be considered incomplete and not processed as
received.
b. Part II provides the description of the rehabilitation
project for review by the preservation architect. Part II must include all
requested information, or it will be considered incomplete and not submitted or
processed as received. The Part II review will have one of three
responses:
(1) That the rehabilitation described is consistent with the
historic character of the property as identified through the National Register
criteria, the local landmark designation,or the historic district nomination;
and that the project asproposed meets the Secretary of the Interior’s
Standards for Rehabilitation.
(2) That the rehabilitation project will meet the Secretary of
the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation if identified conditions are
met.
(3) That the rehabilitation is not consistent with the
historic character of the property or the district in which it is located and
that it does not meet the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for
Rehabilitation.
c. Part III provides the information and documentation
required to request the certification of project completion. Part III must
include all requested information, or it will be considered incomplete and will
not be processed as received. Part III will have one of two responses, either
(1) or (3) as provided in 48.6(1)“b” above.
48.6(2) Any applicant that has been certified under
Section 47 of the Internal Revenue Code by the National Park Service for federal
rehabilitation tax credits shall submit verification to the state historic
preservation office. Upon receipt from the project applicant of verification
and intent to apply for the state tax credits through receipt of state tax
credit application forms, the proposed project will automatically become
approved through Part II of the application, and tax credits, if available, will
be encumbered.
48.6(3) Once complete information has been submitted
and received, the review process shall not exceed 90 days. After the
90–day limit, the rehabilitation project is deemed to be
approved.
223—48.7(303,404A) Tax credit
certification.
48.7(1) Once the state historic preservation office
approves Part II of the project application, in writing, an estimated tax credit
shall be encumbered under the name of the applicant(s). A project
identification number will be assigned to the project based on the information
provided in Part II of the application. Applicants must submit amendments for
approval if changes from the approved Part II are desired. If the date of the
estimated completion is estimated to exceed the calendar year for which tax
credits were first encumbered, the applicant must notify the state historic
preservation office as soon as possible, but in no case less than 60 days prior
to year’s end. This is to determine if tax credits for a subsequent year
will be available to be encumbered for that project.
48.7(2) Upon completion of the project, Part III of
the application must be submitted. All required information shall be provided
before the request for certification will be considered complete and processed
as received. Part III shall provide documentation that the rehabilitation
project has been completed as outlined in the approved Part II of the
application or in subsequent approved amendments.
48.7(3) Authorized staff from the state historic
preservation office may inspect the completed work to ensure that the Secretary
of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation have been
followed.
48.7(4) Once Part III of the application is approved
by the state historic preservation office, a tax credit certificate which shall
contain the taxpayer’s name, address, and tax identification number, the
date of project start and completion, the amount of the tax credit, and other
information that may be required by the department of revenue and finance shall
be presented to the applicant.
48.7(5) The tax credit certificate to be attached to
the taxpayer’s state income tax return when submitted to the department of
revenue and finance shall be sent to the applicant taxpayer.
223—48.8(303,404A) Excess tax credits.
48.8(1) Any applicant whose tax credit exceeds the tax
liability for the tax year in which the project is completed is entitled to a
refund of the excess, at a discounted rate, up to five years after the year of
completion.
48.8(2) The discounted value of any excess tax credit
shall be calculated by the department of economic development, in consultation
with the department of revenue and finance. Any refunded tax credit shall not
exceed 75 percent of the excess allowable tax credit.
223—48.9(303,404A) Tax credit status. An
individual may claim a property rehabilitation tax credit allowed a partnership,
limited liability company, S corporation, estate, or trust electing to have the
income taxed directly to the individual. The amount claimed by the individual
shall be based upon the pro–rata share of the individual’s earnings
of a partnership, limited liability company, S corporation, estate, or
trust.
223—48.10(303,404A) Application processing fees.
A nonrefundable fee for application processing will be charged for review of
requests for certification of rehabilitation fortax credits. An initial review
fee of $250 will be due with the Part II application filing. An additional fee
for review of completed rehabilitation work will be due with the Part III
application filing and will be based on the amount of the re–habilitation
costs. Projects with rehabilitation costs of $15,000 to $49,999 will be charged
an additional fee of $250. The additional fee will continue to increase by $250
for each $50,000 in added rehabilitation costs over $49,999, up to a maximum fee
of $2,500. No tax credit certification certificate will be awarded until the
review fee is paid in full.
223—48.11(303,404A) Appeals.
48.11(1) Applicants may appeal a decision of the state
historic preservation office on any of the following bases:
a. Action was outside statutory authority;
b. Decision was influenced by a conflict of
interest;
c. Action violated state law or administrative
rules;
d. Insufficient public notice was given; or
e. Alteration of the review and certification process was
detrimental to the applicant.
48.11(2) Appeals in writing may be directed to the
director of the department within 30 days of the tax credit certification or the
incident. All appeals shall be directed to the Director, Department of Cultural
Affairs, 600 E. Locust, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; telephone
(515)281–7471.
48.11(3) All appeals shall contain:
a. Facts of the case;
b. Argument in favor of the appeal; and
c. Remedy sought.
48.11(4) The director of the department of cultural
affairs shall consider and rule on the appeal after receiving all documentation
from the appellant and shall notify the appellant in writing of the decision
within 30 days. The decision of the director of the department of cultural
affairs shall be final except as provided in Iowa Code sections 17A.19 and
17A.20.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 303
and 404A.
[Filed Emergency 1/16/01, effective 1/16/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0425B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 83, “Medicaid Waiver
Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments January
10, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 29, 2000, as ARC
0312B.
These amendments eliminate the 30–day institutional stay
requirement for the Home– and Community–Based (HCBS) Physical
Disability waiver program and provide that all waiver slots are available on a
first–come, first–served basis. The subrule regarding appeal to the
county is rescinded because the county has no responsibility for management of
or payment for these cases.
Under current policy, a person must be a resident of a medical
institution and have been a resident for at least 30 consecutive days at the
time of initial application for the physical disability waiver. The Legislature
did provide an exception to that policy, allowing up to ten persons, two per
departmental region, who are in need of the skilled nursing facility or
intermediate nursing and who are not residents of a medical institution at the
time of application, to receive physical disability waiver services.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly, in 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1228, section 8, subsection 6, did direct the Department to aggressively
pursue options to expand the waiver to the limit of the number approved in the
waiver by the Secretary of the United States Department of Health and Human
Services (currently 120 persons). The General Assembly directed the openings to
be available on a first–come, first–served basis.
At the current time less than one–fourth of the
available slots are being accessed.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because these changes are required by legislation and the changes
confer a benefit on persons needing the services offered by the waiver who have
not been institutionalized.
The Department finds that these amendments confer a benefit on
persons with a physical disability by eliminating the institutional stay
requirement. This will allow more persons to access this waiver and remain in
their own homes. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code
section 17A.5(2)“b”(2).
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
These amendments became effective February 1, 2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—83.102(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.102(1) by rescinding and reserving
paragraph “g.”
Amend subrule 83.102(3) as follows:
83.102(3) Slots. The total number of persons
receiving HCBS physical disability waiver services in the state shall be limited
to the number provided in the waiver approved by the Secretary of the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services. Of these, ten slots during any
waiver year (two in each departmental region) shall be reserved for persons who
were not residents of a medical institution at the time of initial application
for the physical disability waiver as allowed by the exception under paragraph
83.102(1)“g.” These slots shall be available on a
first–come, first–served basis.
Amend subrule 83.102(5), paragraph
“b,” as follows:
b. On the third day after the receipt of the completed Form
470–0442 or 470–0660, if no slot is available, the division of
medical services shall enter persons on the HCBS physical disabilities waiver
state waiting list for institutionalized persons or on
a regional waiting list for the slots reserved for persons who are not
institutionalized according to the following:
(1) Persons not currently eligible for Medicaid shall be
entered on the basis of the date a completed Form 470–0442, Application
for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary Assistance, is submitted on or
after April 1, 1999, and date–stamped in the county department office.
Consumers currently eligible for Medicaid shall be added on the basis of the
date the consumer requests HCBS physical disability program services as
documented by the date of the consumer’s signature on Form 470–0660
submitted on or after April 1, 1999. In the event that more than one
application is received on the same day, persons shall be entered on the waiting
list on the basis of the day of the month of their birthday, the lowest number
being first on the list. Any subsequent tie shall be decided by the month of
birth, January being month one and the lowest number.
(2) Persons who do not fall within the available slots shall
have their applications rejected but their names shall be maintained on the
state waiting list for institutionalized persons or on
a regional waiting list for the slots reserved for persons who are not
institutionalized. As slots become available, persons shall be
selected from the waiting lists list to maintain the
number of approved persons on the program based on their order on the waiting
lists list.
Amend subrule 83.102(7) as follows:
83.102(7) HCBS physical disability waiver waiting
lists list. When services are denied because the
statewide limit for institutionalized persons
on the number of slots is reached, a notice of decision denying service
based on the limit and stating that the person’s name shall be put on a
statewide waiting list shall be sent to the person by the
department.
When services are denied because the two slots per
region for persons already residing in the community at the time of application
are filled, a notice of decision denying service based on the limit on those
slots and stating that the person’s name shall be put on a waiting list by
region for one of the community slots shall be sent to the person by the
department.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve subrule
83.109(1).
[Filed Emergency After Notice 1/10/01, effective
2/1/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
FILED
ARC 0454B
COLLEGE STUDENT AID
COMMISSION[283]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 261.3 and
261.37(5), the College Student Aid Commission adopts Chapter 7, “Uniform
Rules for Waivers,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The new chapter provides uniform rules governing petitions for
waiver from provisions in Commission rules as required by Executive Order Number
11. Executive Order Number 11 directs state rule–making authorities to
adopt uniform rules governing waivers from published rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the October 18,
2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0225B. No comments were
received. The adopted chapter is identical to that published under
Notice.
This chapter was approved during the January 16, 2001, meeting
of the Iowa College Student Aid Commission.
These rules will become effective March 14, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11 and Iowa Code section 17A.9A.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 7] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0225B, IAB 10/18/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0457B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 1, “Definitions,”
Chapter 10, “General,” and Chapter 29, “Deep Sedation/General
Anesthesia, Conscious Sedation and Nitrous Oxide Inhalation Analgesia,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 of the amendments updates the definition of the
“practice of dental hygiene” to include the administration of
nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia by a dental hygienist if the administration
has been delegated by a dentist in accordance with new subrules 29.6(4) and
29.6(5). In Item 2, subrule 10.3(1) is amended to require direct supervision of
a dental hygienist during the administration of nitrous oxide inhalation
analgesia. Item 3 of the amendments creates two new subrules. The first new
subrule establishes minimum training standards for dental hygienists to meet
prior to administering nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia. The second new
subrule requires a dentist to provide direct supervision of a hygienist
administering nitrous oxide and to establish a written office protocol
concerning the delegation of nitrous oxide.
These amendments are not subject to waiver or variance as the
rules establish minimum training standards and supervision requirements that
must be followed in order to protect public health, safety, and
welfare.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0255B. A public
hearing on the amendments was held on December 5, 2000. No oral comments on the
amendments were received. Sixteen written comments were received; fifteen
expressed support for the amendments. The amendments are identical to those
published under Notice.
These amendments were approved at the January 18, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners. The Board of Dental Examiners
ratified a recommendation of the Dental Hygiene Committee of the Board regarding
the training needed by a hygienist to administer nitrous oxide in subrule
29.6(4).
These amendments will become effective on March 14,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147 and 153.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [1.1, 10.3(1), 29.6(4), 29.6(5)] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0255B,
IAB 11/15/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0458B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 7, “Rules,” Chapter
15, “Fees,” Chapter 27, “Standards of Practice and Principles
of Professional Ethics,” and Chapter 30, “Discipline,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Item 1 updates the implementation clause for rules in Chapter
7 to reflect other statutory provisions that the rules implement.
Item 2 implements Executive Order Number 11 executed and
signed by the Governor on September 14, 1999. The Executive Order directs state
rule–making authorities to adopt uniform rules regarding waivers from
administrative rules. These amendments are in response to that Order. The
amendments also implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1176, which establishes
additional terms and conditions concerning the issuance of waivers.
Item 3 exempts from waiver or variance the Board’s rules
on fees. Iowa Code section 147.80 requires the Board to set fees based upon
costs of sustaining the Board and the actual cost of licensing, and requires the
Board to generate revenues to equal projected costs. The Board must be able to
collect fees uniformly in order to meet this statutory provision.
Items 4 and 5 exempt from waiver or variance Board rules that
establish principles of professional ethics and grounds for discipline. These
rules establish standards for the profession that must be maintained in order
to protect public health, safety, and welfare. The Board has determined that
there are no circumstances in which professional ethics, incompetency,
malpractice, fraud, or other grounds for discipline should be subject to waiver
or variance.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0261B. A public
hearing on the amendments was held on December 5, 2000. No oral or written
comments on the amendments were received. The amendments are identical to those
published under Notice.
These amendments were approved at the January 18, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, and 153.
These amendments will become effective on March 14,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [7.1, 7.2, 7.4, 7.5, 15.5, 27.12, 30.4] is being omitted. These
rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0261B, IAB
11/15/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0459B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 13, “Special
Licenses,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments update the Board’s rules on resident
dentist licenses and faculty permits to clarify application requirements. The
Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review formed pursuant to Executive Order
Number 8 recommended the amendments.
These rules will be subject to waiver at the sole discretion
of the Board in accordance with the rules adopted governing the issuance of
waivers or variances.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0260B. A public
hearing on the amendments was held on December 5, 2000. No oral or written
comments on the amendments were received. The amendments are identical to those
published under Notice.
These amendments were approved at the January 18, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
153.
These amendments will become effective on March 14,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [13.1, 13.2] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as
ARC 0260B, IAB 11/15/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0460B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 16, “Prescribing,
Administering, and Dispensing Drugs,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments update the Board’s rules on
prescribing, administering, and dispensing drugs by making the rules consistent
with rules of the Board of Pharmacy Examiners. The amendments also allow
dentists to electronically transmit prescriptions. In addition, Item 2 of the
amendments waives the requirement for a dentist to conduct a dental examination
of patients who receive fluoride dispensed under protocols of the Dental Health
Bureau of the Department of Public Health. This amendment will facilitate the
fluoride program of the Dental Health Bureau. The Board’s Committee for
Regulatory Review formed pursuant to Executive Order Number 8 recommended the
amendments.
These rules will be subject to waiver at the sole discretion
of the Board in accordance with the rules adopted governing the issuance of
waivers or variances.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0259B. A public
hearing on the amendments was held on December 5, 2000. One written comment on
the amendments was received. In response to the comment, the Board made two
changes from the Notice.
Subrule 16.5(2) was changed by adding the phrase “except
as the use of electronic signatures may be limited by federal or state
law” because current federal and state law does not recognize electronic
signatures for controlled substance prescriptions. The second change was made
in new subrule 16.5(3) by deleting the words “written or electronic”
to refer to the signature required on prescriptions issued by a
dentist.
The subrules now read as follows:
16.5(2) The dentist’s signature on a
prescription must be original or an electronic signature, not a copy or stamp,
except as the use of electronic signatures may be limited by federal or state
law.
16.5(3) On each occasion when medication is prescribed
to a patient, the prescription issued to the patient shall contain the following
information: the name of the patient for whom the prescription is intended; the
name, quantity, and strength of the medication; the directions for its use; the
date of issuance; and the name, address, and signature of the dentist issuing
the prescription.
These amendments were approved at the January 18, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments will become effective on March 14,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
153.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [16.1, 16.2(2), 16.2(4), 16.2(5), 16.3(2), 16.3(3), 16.3(6),
16.4(1), 16.4(2), 16.5(2) to 16.5(4), 16.6, 16.7, 16.7(1)] is being omitted.
With the exception of the changes noted above, these amendments are identical to
those published under Notice as ARC 0259B, IAB 11/15/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0463B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 26, “Advertising,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment eliminates the requirement that if a
communication is paid for by a dentist, this must be disclosed unless the
nature, format, or medium makes it apparent. Rule 650—26.4(153) already
requires that advertisements must disclose the name and address of the
practitioner who placed the ad. The Board’s Committee for Regulatory
Review formed pursuant to Executive Order Number 8 recommended the
amendment.
This amendment is not subject to waiver because it eliminates
a requirement imposed on licensees.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0258B. A public
hearing on the amendment was held on December 5, 2000. No oral or written
comments on the amendment were received. The amendment is identical to that
published under Notice.
This amendment was approved at the January 18, 2001, regular
meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
This amendment will become effective on March 14,
2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
153.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 650—26.1(153), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
650—26.1(153) General. Communications by
inclusion or omission to the public must be accurate. They must not convey
false, untrue, deceptive, or misleading information through statements,
testimonials, photographs, graphics or other means. Communications must not
appeal to an individual’s anxiety in an excessive or unfair way; and they
must not create unjustified expectations of results. If communications refer to
benefits or other attributes of dental procedures or products that involve
significant risks, realistic assessments of the safety and efficacy of those
procedures or products must also be included, as well as the availability of
alternatives and, where necessary to avoid deception, descriptions or
assessments of the benefits or other attributes of those alternatives.
Communications must not misrepresent a dentist’s credentials, training,
experience or ability, and must not contain material claims of superiority that
cannot be substantiated. If a communication is paid for by a dentist,
this must be disclosed unless the nature, format or medium makes it
apparent.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0462B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 28, “Designation of
Specialty,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments change the name of the specialty “oral
pathology” to “oral and maxillofacial pathology,” which is the
currently accepted name recognized by the American Dental Association (ADA).
The amendments also change the rules to reflect that programs are accredited
rather than certified and that the accreditation body is the Commission on
Dental Accreditation rather than the Council on Dental Education and Licensure
of the ADA. The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review formed pursuant
to Executive Order Number 8 recommended the amendments.
These amendments are not subject to waiver because they make
only technical corrections to the rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0257B. A public
hearing on the amendments was held on December 5, 2000. No oral or written
comments on the amendments were received. The amendments are identical to those
published under Notice.
These amendments were approved at the January 18, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments will become effective on March 14,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
153.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 650—28.1(153) as
follows:
650—28.1(153) General review. A dentist may
represent that the dentist is a specialist in the specialties of dental public
health, endodontics, oral and maxillofacial pathology, oral and
maxillofacial surgery, orthodontics, pediatric dentistry, periodontics, or
prosthodontics provided the requirements of that area of specialty have been
met. The board recognizes there are overlapping responsibilities among the
recognized areas of dental practice. However, as a matter of principle, a
specialist shall not routinely provide procedures that are beyond the scope of
the specialty as defined below.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraphs
28.2(2)“b,” 28.3(2)“b,” 28.5(2)“c,”
28.6(2)“b,” 28.7(2)“b,” 28.8(2)“b,” and
28.9(2)“b” by replacing the phrase “certified by the
Council on Dental Education” with the phrase “accredited by the
Commission on Dental Accreditation.”
ITEM 3. Amend rule 650—28.4(153) as
follows:
650—28.4(153) Oral and maxillofacial
pathology.
28.4(1) Definition. Oral and maxillofacial
pathology is the specialty of dentistry and discipline of pathology that
deals with the nature, identification, and management of diseases affecting the
oral and maxillofacial regions. It is a science that investigates the causes,
processes, and effects of these diseases. The practice of oral and
maxillofacial pathology includes research and diagnosis of diseases
using clinical, radiographic, microscopic, biochemical, or other examinations.
28.4(2) Requirements.
a. Be a diplomate of the American Board of Oral and
Maxillofacial Pathology; or
b. Be a fellow in the American Board of Oral and
Maxillofacial Pathology; or
c. Have successfully completed a formal graduate or residency
training program in oral and maxillofacial pathology
certified accredited by the Council on Dental
Education Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American
Dental Association; or
d. Have limited practice to this area prior to January 1,
1965, and have been permitted to continue to do so pursuant to resolution of the
ADA House of Delegates.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0461B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 29, “Deep Sedation/General
Anesthesia, Conscious Sedation and Nitrous Oxide Inhalation Analgesia,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments change the renewal date of
deepsedation/general anesthesia and conscious sedation permits to coincide with
the license renewal date. The amendments also clarify that the Anesthesia
Credentials Committee may perform other duties as delegated by the Board or
Board chairperson. The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review formed
pursuant to Executive Order Number 8 recommended the amendments.
These amendments are not subject to waiver because they change
the renewal date of permits and clarify the responsibilities of a Board
committee.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0256B. A public
hearing on the amendments was held on December 5, 2000. No oral or written
comments on the amendments were received. The amendments are identical to those
published under Notice.
These amendments were approved at the January 18, 2001,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
153.
These amendments will become effective on March 14,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 29.5(5) as
follows:
29.5(5) Permits shall be renewed biennially at the
time of license renewal following submission of proper application and may
involve board reevaluation of credentials, facilities, equipment, personnel, and
procedures of a previously qualified dentist to determine if the dentist is
still qualified. The appropriate fee for renewal as specified in
650—Chapter 15 of these rules must accompany the application.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 29.10(2) by
adopting new paragraph “d” as
follows:
d. Other duties as delegated by the board or board
chairperson.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0468B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development adopts amendments to Chapter
58, “New Jobs and Income Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0340B on December 13, 2000. The IDED
Board adopted the amendments on January 18, 2001.
The amendments add a definition of “eligible
business,” “tax credit certificate” and
“value–added agricultural products”; allow a refund of unused
investment tax credit forvalue–added agricultural projects; make real
property an eligible capital expenditure for the insurance premium tax credit;
define how refunds of investment tax credit will be administered; and allow
insurance companies which increase their employment by at least 10 percent to
receive a new jobs tax credit on Iowa’s insurance premium tax.
A public hearing was held on January 2, 2001. No comments
concerning the proposed amendments were received from the public. The adopted
amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.333A and Iowa Code Supplement section 15.333 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1213, section 1.
These amendments will become effective on March 14,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [58.2, 58.4(3)] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0340B, IAB
12/13/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0469B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development adopts amendments to Chapter
59, “Enterprise Zones,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0341B on December 13, 2000. The IDED
Board adopted the amendments on January 18, 2001.
The amendments add definitions of “eligible
business,” “tax credit certificate” and
“value–added agricultural products,” extend the deadline to
establish Enterprise Zones to July 1, 2003, and allow for the establishment of
Enterprise Zones in counties which contain areas of distress and in communities
that experience a significant business closure. The amendments also allow for a
refund of unused investment tax credit for value–added agricultural
projects, make real property an eligible capital expenditure for the insurance
premium tax credit, define how refunds of investment tax credit will be
administered, and allow insurance companies that increase their employment by at
least 10 percent to receive a new jobs tax credit on Iowa’s insurance
premium tax.
A public hearing was held on January 3, 2001. No comments
concerning the proposed amendments were received from the public. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
15.333, 15.333A and 15E.192.
These amendments will become effective March 14,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [59.2, 59.3, 59.3(3)“d,” 59.3(4), 59.3(5),
59.6(3)“c” and “f,” 59.7(2)] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0341B,
IAB 12/13/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0478B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby adopts Chapter 6, “Waivers or
Variances from Administrative Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This new chapter allows for waivers or variances in compliance
with 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1176.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the
IowaAdministrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0291B. A public
hearing on the proposed new chapter was held on December 5, 2000. No one
attended the hearing, and no written comments were received.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
This amendment shall become effective March 14,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 6] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0291B, IAB 11/15/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0476B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 14,
“Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments clarify the methods and student teaching
requirements for the addition of a secondary endorsement. These amendments also
provide an option for present– ing verification of competence in lieu of a
traditional practicum. Finally, the amendments clarify the appeal process in
the current rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the
IowaAdministrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0289B. A public
hearing on the proposed amendments was held on December 5, 2000. No one
attended the hearing, and no written comments were received.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The amendments become effective March 14, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [14.6] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to
those published under Notice as ARC 0289B, IAB 11/15/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0477B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby adopts an amendment to Chapter 14,
“Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This amendment modifies the teaching experience requirement
for the administrative license from five years to three years.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the
IowaAdministrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0290B. A
public hearing on the proposed amendment was held on December 5, 2000. No one
attended the hearing, and no written comments were received.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
This amendment shall become effective March 14,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 282—14.14(272) as follows:
282—14.14(272) Requirements for a professional
administrator’s license.
1. Holder of or eligible for an educational license.
2. Five Three years of teaching
experience.
3. Completion of an area of endorsement as listed in
282—14.23(272).
4. Meet the requirements for the evaluator approval.
The professional administrator’s license is valid for
five years and may be renewed by meeting requirements listed in
282—17.7(272).
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0475B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 21,
“Behind–the–Wheel Driving Instructor Authorization,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments remove the requirement for a current Iowa
teacher or administrator license authorizing service at the elementary or
secondary level and substitute in lieu thereof new qualifications.
These amendments were simultaneously Adopted and Filed
Emergency as ARC 0288B and published under Notice of Intended Action as
ARC 0287B in the November 15, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin. A
public hearing was held on December 5, 2000. No one attended the meeting and no
written comments were received. These rules are identical to those published
under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272 and section 321.178.
These amendments shall become effective on March 14, 2001, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [21.1 to 21.6] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0287B and Adopted and
Filed Emergency as ARC 0288B, IAB 11/15/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0433B
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 256.7(24), the
Department of Education hereby adopts an amendment to Chapter 12, “General
Accreditation Standards,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This subrule in Chapter 12 requires the board of directors of
each school district and the authorities in charge of an accredited nonpublic
school to adopt a local policy relating to the provision of health services,
media services programs and guidance programs. The subrule does not require the
provision of the services. The subrule simply requires a policy stating whether
or not the board or the authorities in charge of an accredited nonpublic school
will make the programs and services available.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 4, 2000, as ARC 0185B. The adopted
amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended
Action.
Interested persons were allowed to comment on the proposed
amendment prior to Notice and in public hearings held October 24, 2000, and
November 3, 2000. One person attended each of the public hearings; three written
comments were received.
The State Board of Education adopted this amendment on January
11, 2001.
This amendment will become effective on March 14,
2001.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
256.7(24).
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 281—12.3(256) by adopting the following
new subrule:
12.3(11) Policy required relating to health services,
media services programs and guidance programs. The board of directors of each
school district and the authorities in charge of an accredited nonpublic school
shall adopt a local policy relating to health services, media services programs
and guidance programs. The policy shall state whether or not the
services shall be provided. This subrule shall not be
interpreted to require schools and school districts to provide or to offer
health services, media services or guidance programs.
[Filed 1/16/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0434B
EMPOWERMENT BOARD,
IOWA[349]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 28.4(9), the
Iowa Empowerment Board hereby amends Chapter 1, “Iowa Empowerment
Board,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 amends the parenthetical implementation for each rule
in Chapter 1.
Item 2 clarifies the purpose of community empowerment and sets
forth desired results.
Item 3 defines “fiscal agent” to include community
action agencies and rescinds a definition not needed for
implementation.
Item 4 establishes an office of empowerment in the Department
of Management.
Item 5 increases the citizen members of the Iowa Empowerment
Board from 12 to 13 and adds the Director of the Department of Human
Rights.
Item 6 clarifies reporting requirements on local indicators of
performance.
Item 7 clarifies the process for establishing the process for
reporting results.
Item 8 adds language regarding community empowerment areas
acquiring necessary insurance coverage and developing a five– and
ten–year Iowa Empowerment Board plan; directs the Empowerment Board to
make funding formula proposals; identifies grant award time lines; and describes
funding formula for school ready dollars.
Item 9 clarifies which entities may serve as fiscal
agents.
Item 10 directs that core functions be established for home
visitation, parent support and preschool services.
Item 11 clarifies membership of community empowerment
boards.
Item 12 defines community empowerment boards as units of local
government for tort liability purposes.
Item 13 defines the terms of office for community empowerment
boards.
Item 14 adds community action agencies as possible fiscal
agents for community empowerment boards.
Item 15 describes the role of the decategorization
board.
Item 16 describes the components of the empowerment grant
program.
Item 17 describes appropriate use of school ready
dollars.
Item 18 describes statewide indicators and performance to be
described in the annual report.
Item 19 clarifies the funding of grant awards.
Item 20 describes eligibility for early childhood
funds.
Item 21 describes school ready application period.
Item 22 describes Iowa empowerment fund and early childhood
programs grant account.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0331B on November 29, 2000. No public
comments were received. The adopted amendments are identical to those published
under Notice.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
28 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1223.
These amendments will become effective March 14,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [1.2, 1.4 to 1.7, 1.10, 1.12, 1.13(2), 1.16, 1.19, 1.23, 1.25,
1.26(1), 1.28, 1.29, 1.31] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to
those published under Notice as ARC 0331B, IAB 11/29/00.
[Filed 1/18/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0472B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.133, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 22, “Controlling
Pollution,” Chapter 23, “Emission Standards for Contaminants,”
and Chapter 25, “Measurement of Emissions,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 14, 2000, as ARC 9885A. An information
meeting was held on June 15, 2000, and a public hearing was held on July 20,
2000, at the Air Quality Bureau in Urbandale. Oral and written comments were
provided by 13 organizations.
The following proposed amendments from the Notice of Intended
Action have not been adopted:
• The amendments to subrule
22.1(3) proposing to add a construction permit for emission points emitting less
than 1.0 lb/hr of a pollutant have been removed. The Department has removed
this item to reevaluate the construction permit exemptions.
• The amendment to subrule
23.2(3) proposing to ban open burning of tree trimmings, landscape waste,
residential waste and certain agricultural product containers when a local
recycling program has a collection program for these materials was removed from
this rule making. The Department has decided to submit another Notice of
Intended Action due to significant changes to the open burning ban rule
previously noticed.
• Amendments to rule
567—24.1(455B) pertaining to the policy on excess emissions have also been
removed. The Department has removed this item until the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency resolves particular issues with the federal excess emissions
policy.
Other changes from the Notice are noted in the description of
the amendments below.
Item 1 incorporates a notification to the Department upon
request for certain types of emission units falling under a construction permit
exemption. This record–keeping proc–ess will ensure that the
Department has access to information on equipment for which certain exemptions
are being claimed. Information required to be submitted to the Department for
exemptions under 22.1(2)“g” and “i” has been
incorporated into the introductory paragraph.
Item 2 amends paragraph “g” to reflect the
record–keeping amendments made in Item 1. The revision is for
administrative purposes only.
Item 3 amends paragraph “i” to reflect the
record–keeping amendments made in Item 1. This revision is for
administrative purposes only.
Item 4 is a new construction permit exemption that is specific
to emissions from specified equipment at educational institutions. These
sources are anticipated to have minimal emissions.
Item 5 corrects an internal rule citation and changes the
reference to one which pertains to the calculation of emission limits based on
stack height.
Item 6 adds a new subrule that requires the Department to be
notified when the ownership of equipment covered by a construction permit
changes. This proposal will require facilities to keep the Department informed
of who owns equipment covered by a construction permit.
Item 7 corrects the date of the latest revision of Appendix W
to 40 CFR Part 51. Also in the same subrule, the reference to 40 CFR 52.21(1)
should read 40 CFR 52.21(l), replacing the number 1 with the letter
“l.”
Item 8 deletes a referenced date that implies that there is a
level established by the EPA administrator that has defined the level of
radionuclides for major source status. The federal regulations reserve the
right of the administrator to set these levels, but at this time no levels have
been established by the Environmental Protection Agency.
Item 9 clarifies the deadline for submitting annual Title V
fees to the Department of Natural Resources. The existing wording requires
payment to be made on July 1 of each year. The revised wording allows for
payment to be made on or before July 1 of each year.
Item 10 reduces the number of copies of different forms that
must be submitted with the annual emissions fee. These fees only apply to Title
V facilities.
Item 11 reduces the number of copies of each form required to
be submitted with the annual emissions inventory. Instead of the required four
copies, only two will now be required except for emissions in Polk County or
Linn County which will require three copies.
Items 12 through 15 update references to 40 CFR Part 63. Item
12 identifies provisions of the three new national emission standards for
hazardous air pollutants (NESHAPS) that are not delegated to the Department
which are adopted by reference in this rule. Items 13 through 15 pertain to the
promulgation of three new NESHAPS for hazardous waste combustors at waste
incinerators, cement kilns, and at lightweight aggregate kilns, amino/phenolic
resin production units, and publicly owned treatment works,
respectively.
Items 16 through 18 update the emission guidelines for
hospital/medical infectious waste incinerators (Part 63, Subpart Ce) by
incorporating compliance dates. Compliance dates were based on the date the
Department’s implementation plan was approved by EPA. The
Department’s 111(d) plan was approved August 16, 1999.
Item 19 corrects a gap in the regulations from a previous rule
making. A revised general particulate emission rate became effective as of July
21, 1999. The regulations did not cover sources that were constructed, modified
or reconstructed on July 21, 1999. The adopted rules clarify that the new
general particulate emission rate applies to sources constructed after as well
as on July 21, 1999, the effective date of the regulations. This item also
includes the abbreviation, “dscf,” for the term “dry standard
cubic feet.”
Item 20 incorporates procedures approved by EPA to calculate
calibration drift in continuous opacity monitors in accordance with 40 CFR Part
60, Appendix B, Performance Specification 1 into “Iowa Compliance Sampling
Manual.” This procedure applies only to boilers covered by
567—subrule 25.1(1). This item also clarifies the references to the
appendices in the subrule and identifies where they may be found.
These amendments were approved during the January 16, 2001,
meeting of the Environmental Protection Commission.
These amendments shall become effective on March 14,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
455B.133.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 22.1(2),
introductory paragraph, by adopting the following new unnumbered
paragraphs:
Records shall be kept at the facility for exemptions that have
been claimed under the following paragraphs: 22.1(2)“a” (for
equipment > 1.0 MMBTU/hour), 22.1(2)“b,” 22.1(2)“e,”
22.1(2)“r” or 22.1(2)“s.” The records shall contain the
following information: the specific exemption claimed and a description of the
associated equipment. These records shall be made available to the department
upon request.
The following paragraphs are applicable to
22.1(2)“g” and “i.” A facility claiming to be exempt
under the provisions of paragraph “g” or “i” shall
provide to the department the information listed below. If the exemption is
claimed for a source not yet constructed or modified, the information shall be
provided to the department at least 30 days in advance of the beginning of
construction on the project. If the exemption is claimed for a source that has
already been constructed or modified and that does not have a construction
permit for that construction or modification, the information listed below shall
be provided to the department within 60 days of March 20, 1996. After that
date, if the exemption is claimed by a source that has already been constructed
or modified and that does not have a construction permit for that construction
or modification, the source shall not operate until the information listed below
is provided to the department:
• A detailed emissions
estimate of the actual and potential emissions, specifically noting increases or
decreases, for the project for all regulated pollutants (as defined in
22.100(455B)), accompanied by documentation of the basis for the emissions
estimate;
• A detailed description of
each change being made;
• The name and location of
the facility;
• The height of the emission
point or stack and the height of the highest building within 50 feet;
• The date for beginning
actual construction and the date that operation will begin after the changes are
made;
• A statement that the
provisions of rules 22.4(455B) and 22.5(455B) do not apply; and
• A statement that the
accumulated emissions increases associated with each change under paragraph
22.1(2)“i,” when totaled with other net emissions increases at the
facility contemporaneous with the proposed change (occurring within five years
before construction on the particular change commences), have not exceeded
significant levels, as defined in 40 CFR 52.21(b)(23) as amended through March
12, 1996, and adopted in rule 22.4(455B), and will not prevent the attainment or
maintenance of the ambient air quality standards specified in 567—Chapter
28. This statement shall be accompanied by documentation for the basis of these
statements.
The written statement shall contain certification by a
responsible official as defined in rule 22.100(455B) of truth, accuracy, and
completeness. This certification shall state that, based on information and
belief formed after reasonable inquiry, the statements and information in the
document are true, accurate, and complete.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 22.1(2),
paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Equipment or control equipment which reduces or eliminates
all emission to the atmosphere. If a source wishes to obtain credit for
reductions under the prevention of significant deterioration requirements, it
must apply for a permit for the reduction prior to the time the reduction is
made. If a construction permit has been previously issued for the equipment or
control equipment, the conditions of the construction permit remain in effect.
In order to use this exemption, the facility must comply with paragraph
“s” below.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 22.1(2),
paragraph “i,” as follows:
i. Construction, modification or alteration to equipment which
will not result in a net emissions increase (as defined in
22.5(1)“f”) of more than 1.0 lb/hr of any regulated air pollutant
(as defined in 22.100(455B)). Emission reduction achieved through the
installation of control equipment, for which a construction permit has not been
obtained, does not establish a limit to potential emissions.
Pollutants covered under the provisions of Section 112(g) of
the Clean Air Act are not included in this exemption except for those listed in
Table 1. Further, the net emissions rate INCREASE must not equal or exceed the
values listed in Table 1.
Table 1
|
Pollutant
|
Ton/year
|
Lead
|
0.6
|
Asbestos
|
0.007
|
Beryllium
|
0.0004
|
Vinyl Chloride
|
1
|
Fluorides
|
3
|
This exemption is ONLY applicable to vertical discharges with
the exhaust stack height 10 or more feet above the highest building within 50
feet. If a construction permit has been previously issued for the equipment or
control equipment, the conditions of the construction permit remain in effect.
In order to use this exemption, the facility must comply with
paragraph “s” below the information
submission to the department as described above.
The department reserves the right to require proof that the
expected emissions from the source which is being exempted from the air quality
construction permit requirement, in conjunction with all other emissions, will
not prevent the attainment or maintenance of the ambient air quality
standardsspecified in 567—Chapter 28. If the department finds, at any
time after a change has been made pursuant to this exemption, evidence of
violations of any of the department’s rules, the department may require
the source to submit to the department sufficient information to determine
whether enforcement action should be taken. This information may include, but
is not limited to, any information that would have been submitted in an
application for a construction permit for any changes made by the source under
this exemption, and air quality dispersion modeling.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 22.1(2) by
rescinding paragraph “s” and adopting the following
new paragraph in lieu thereof:
s. Equipment that is not related to the production of goods or
services and used exclusively for academic purposes, located at educational
institutions (as defined in Iowa Code section 455B.161). The equipment covered
under this exemption is limited to: lab hoods, art class equipment, wood shop
equipment in classrooms, wood fired pottery kilns, and fuel–burning units
with a capacity of less than one million Btu per hour fuel capacity. This
exemption does not apply to incinerators.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 22.3(1),
paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. That the applicant has not relied on emission limits based
on stack height that exceeds good engineering practice or any other dispersion
techniques as defined in 567—subrule 23.1(4)
23.1(6), and
ITEM 6. Amend 567—22.3(455B) by
adopting the following new subrule:
22.3(8) Ownership change of permitted equipment. The
new owner shall notify the department in writing no later than 30 days after the
change in ownership of equipment covered by a construction permit pursuant to
567—22.1(455B). The notification to the department shall include the
following information:
a. The date of ownership change;
b. The name, address and telephone number of the responsible
official, contact person and the owner of the equipment both before and after
ownership change; and
c. The construction permit number of the equipment changing
ownership.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 22.4(1) as
follows:
22.4(1) Federal rules 40 CFR 52.21(a) (Plan
Disapproval), 52.21(q) (Public Participation), 52.21(s) (Environmental Impact
Statement), and 52.21(u) (Delegation of Authority) are not adopted by reference.
Also, for the purposes of 40 CFR 52.21(1) 52.21(l), the
department adopts by reference Appendix W to 40 CFR 51, Guideline on Air Quality
Models (Revised), as adopted March August 12,
1996.
ITEM 8. Amend
567—22.100(455B), definition of “major source,”
numbered paragraph “2,” as follows:
2. A major source of hazardous air pollutants according to
Section 112 of the Act as follows:
For pollutants other than radionuclides, any stationary source
or group of stationary sources located within a contiguous area and under common
control that emits or has the potential to emit, in the aggregate, 10 tpy or
more of any hazardous air pollutant which has been listed pursuant to Section
112(b) of the Act and these rules or 25 tpy or more of any combination of such
hazardous air pollutants. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, emissions from
any oil or gas exploration or production well (with its associated equipment)
and emission from any pipeline compressor or pump station shall not be
aggregated with emissions from other similar units, whether or not such units
are in a contiguous area or under common control, to determine whether such
units or stations are major sources.
For Title V purposes, all fugitive emissions of hazardous air
pollutants are to be considered in determining whether a stationary source is a
major source.
For radionuclides, “major source” shall have the
meaning specified by the administrator by rule as of January 18,
1994.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 22.106(1) as
follows:
22.106(1) Fee established. Any person required to
obtain a Title V permit shall pay an annual fee based on the total tons of
actual emissions of each regulated air pollutant, beginning November 15, 1994.
Beginning July 1, 1996, Title V operating permit fees will be paid on or
before July 1 of each year. The fee shall be based on actual emissions
required to be included in the Title V operating permit application and the
annual emissions statement for the previous calendar year. The department and
the commission will review the fee structure on an annual basis and adjust the
fee as necessary to cover all reasonable costs required to develop and
administer the programs required by the Act. The department shall submit the
proposed budget for the following fiscal year to the commission no later than
the March meeting. The commission shall set the fee based on the reasonable
cost to run the program and the proposed budget no later than the May commission
meeting of each year. The commission shall provide an opportunity for public
comment prior to setting the fee. The commission shall not set the fee higher
than $29 per ton without adopting the change pursuant to formal rule
making.
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 22.106(3),
paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
a. The fee shall be submitted annually by July 1. For
emissions located in Polk County or Linn County, the fee shall be submitted with
three copies of the following forms. For emissions in all remaining
counties, The the fee shall be submitted with
four two copies of the following forms:
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 22.106(3),
paragraph “b,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. For emissions located in Polk County or Linn County,
three Four copies of the following forms shall be submitted
annually by March 31 documenting actual emissions for the previous calendar
year:. For emissions in all other counties, two
copies of the following forms shall be submitted:
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 23.1(4),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
23.1(4) Emission standards for hazardous air
pollutants for source categories. The federal standards for emissions of
hazardous air pollutants for source categories, 40 Code of Federal Regulations
Part 63 as amended through June 29, 1999 January 20,
2000, are adopted by reference, except 40 CFR §§63.6(g)
and (h)(9), 63.7(c)(2)(i), 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), 63.8(f), 63.10(f), 63.12,
63.14, 63.15, 63.40(a), 63.42(a) and (b), 63.43(c) and (f) to (m), 63.177,
63.560(b) and (e)(2) and (3), 63.562(c) and (d), 63.772, 63.777, 63.1157,
63.1158, 63.1161(d)(1), 63.1162(a)(2) to (5), 63.1162(b)(1) to (3), 63.1165,
63.1282, and 63.1287, and shall apply to the following affected
facilities. those provisions which cannot be delegated to the
states. The corresponding 40 CFR Part 63 Subpart designation is in
parentheses. 40 CFR Part 63 Subpart B incorporates the requirements of Clean
Air Act Sections 112(g) and 112(j) and does not adopt standards for a specific
affected facility. Test methods (Appendix A), sources defined for early
reduction provisions (Appendix B), and determination of the fraction biodegraded
(Fbio) in the biological treatment unit (Appendix C) of Part 63 also
apply to the affected activities or facilities. For the purpose of this
subrule, “hazardous air pollutant” has the same meaning found in
567—22.100(455B). For the purposes of this subrule, a “major
source” means any stationary source or group of stationary sources located
within a contiguous area and under common control that emits or has the
potential to emit considering controls, in the aggregate, 10 tons per year or
more of any hazardous air pollutant or 25 tons per year or more of any
combination of hazardous air pollutants, unless a lesser quantity is
established, or in the case of radionuclides, where different criteria are
employed. For the purposes of this subrule, an “area source” means
any stationary source of hazardous air pollutants that is not a major stationary
source as defined in this paragraph. Paragraph 23.1(4)“a,” general
provisions (Subpart A) of Part 63, shall apply to owners or operators who are
subject to subsequent subparts of 40 CFR 63 (except when otherwise specified in
a particular subpart or in a relevant standard) as adopted by reference
below.
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 23.1(4) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“be”:
be. Emission standards for hazardous air pollutants from
hazardous waste combustors. These standards apply to all hazardous waste
combustors: hazardous waste incinerators, hazardous waste burning cement kilns,
and hazardous waste burning lightweight aggregate kilns, except as provided in
the rule. Both area sources and major sources are subject to this subpart as of
April 19, 1996, and are subject to the requirement to apply for and obtain a
Title V permit. (Part 63, Subpart EEE)
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 23.1(4) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“bo”:
bo. Emission standards for hazardous air pollutants for
amino/phenolic resins production. These standards apply to new or existing
facilities that own or operate an amino or phenolic resins production unit.
(Part 63, Subpart OOO)
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 23.1(4) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“bv”:
bv. Emission standards for hazardous air pollutants publicly
owned treatment works (POTW). (Part 63, Subpart VVV)
ITEM 16. Amend subrule 23.1(5),
paragraph “b,” subparagraphs (4), (5) and
(6), as follows:
(4) Operator training and qualification requirements.
Designated facilities shall meet the requirements for operator training and
qualification listed in 40 CFR §60.53c by August 16, 2000 (which is
within one year from EPA’s approval of the state’s
111(d) plan for HMIWI).
(5) Waste management requirements. Designated facilities
shall meet the requirements for a waste management plan listed in 40 CFR
§60.55c by June 16, 2002 (which is within 34 months
from EPA’s approval of the state’s 111(d) plan for
HMIWI).
(6) Inspection requirements. Each remote HMIWI subject to the
emission limits under numbered paragraph “2” of subparagraph
23.1(5)“b”(3) must conduct an initial equipment inspection by
August 16, 2000 (which is within one year from EPA’s
approval of the state’s 111(d) plan for HMIWI), and perform
equipment inspections annually, no more than 12 months after the previous
inspection. The facility must complete all necessary repairs within ten
operating days following an inspection. If the repairs cannot be accomplished
within this period, then the owner or operator must obtain written approval from
the department requesting an extension. All inspections shall include the
following:
1. through 17. No change.
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 23.1(5),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (12), as
follows:
(12) Compliance times for designated facilities planning to
retrofit. Designated facilities planning to retrofit existing HMIWI shall
comply with the emission limits specified in subparagraph
23.1(5)“b”(3) by August 16, 2002 (which is
within three years from EPA’s approval of the
state’s 111(d) plan for HMIWI), but not later than
September 16, 2002. To ensure compliance, these facilities must also
comply with the following increments of progress:
1. Submit construction permit application to the department,
as required by rule 567—22.1(455B), to outline the addition of control
equipment and the modification of existing processes by August 16, 2000
(which is within one year from EPA’s approval of the
state’s 111(d) plan for HMIWI);
2. Award contracts for control systems or process
modifications, or orders for purchase of components by February 16, 2001
(which is within 18 months from EPA’s approval of the
state’s 111(d) plan for HMIWI);
3. Initiate on–site construction or installation of the
air pollution control device(s) or process changes by August 16, 2001 (which
is within two years from EPA’s approval of the
state’s 111(d) plan for HMIWI);
4. Complete on–site construction or installation of air
pollution control device(s) or process changes by May 16, 2002 (which is
within 33 months from EPA’s approval of the state’s
111(d) plan for HMIWI); and
5. Complete initial compliance test(s) on the air pollution
control equipment by June 16, 2002 (which is within 34
months from EPA’s approval of the state’s 111(d) plan for
HMIWI).
ITEM 18. Amend subrule 23.1(5),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (13), as follows:
(13) Compliance times for designated facilities planning to
shut down. Designated facilities planning to shut down an existing HMIWI shall
shut down by August 16, 2000 (which is within one year
from EPA’s approval of the state’s 111(d) plan for HMIWI).
Designated facilities may request an extension from the department to operate
the HMIWI for up to two additional years. The request for extension must be
submitted to the department by May 16, 2000 (which is
within nine months from EPA’s approval of the
state’s 111(d) plan for HMIWI) and include the following:
1. Documentation to support the need for the requested
extension;
2. An evaluation of the option to transport the waste off site
to a commercial medical waste treatment and disposal facility on a temporary or
permanent basis; and
3. A plan that documents measurable and enforceable
incremental steps of progress to be taken toward compliance with paragraph
23.1(5)“b,” including final compliance date which can be no later
than September 16, 2002.
ITEM 19. Amend subrule 23.3(2),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) For sources constructed, modified or reconstructed on
or after July 21, 1999, the emission of particulate matter from any process
shall not exceed an emission standard of 0.1 grain per dry standard cubic foot
(dscf) of exhaust gas, except as provided in 567—21.2(455B),
23.1(455B), 23.4(455B), and 567—Chapter 24.
ITEM 20. Amend subrule 25.1(9) as
follows:
25.1(9) Methods and procedures. Stack sampling and
associated analytical methods used to evaluate compliance with emission
limitations of 567—Chapter 23 or a permit condition are those specified in
the “Compliance Sampling Manual*” adopted by the commission on May
19, 1977, as revised through January 1, 1995 March 14,
2001. Sampling methods, analytical determinations, minimum performance
specifications and quality assurance procedures for performance evaluations of
continuous monitoring systems are those found in Appendices A (as amended
through March 12, 1996), B (as amended through December 15, 1994) and F (as
amended through February 11, 1991,) of 40 CFR Part 60,
and 40 CFR 75, Appendices A (as amended through May 22, 1996),
B (as amended through May 17, 1995), and H (as amended through July 30, 1993)
of 40 CFR Part 75.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0471B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.474, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 135, “Technical
Standards and Corrective Action Requirements of Owners and Operators of
Underground Storage Tanks,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Subrule 135.19(3) provides for when sampling for methyl
tertiary–butyl ether (MTBE) is not required. This amendment adds new
conditions under which owners and operators can stop analyzing for MTBE. MTBE
analysis would nolonger be required after it is not found in soil and
groundwater samples during RBCA Tier 1, Tier 2 or Tier 3 assessments and ongoing
monitoring.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 18, 2000, as ARC 0217B. Only one
comment, in support of the amendment, was received. In addition, the amendment
was simultaneously Adopted and Filed Emergency as ARC 0216B. This
amendment is identical to the amendment published under Notice of Intended
Action and Adopted and Filed Emergency.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
455B.474.
This amendment shall become effective March 14, 2001, at which
time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendment is hereby rescinded.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 135.19(3) by adopting the following
new paragraphs:
c. If prior analysis at a site under 135.19(2) has not shown
MTBE present in soil or groundwater.
d. If the department determines MTBE analysis is no longer
needed at a site.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0426B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6 and
237.5A, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 156,
“Payments for Foster Care and Foster Parent Training,” appearing in
the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments January
10, 2001. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC
0273B.
These amendments increase the rates paid for emergency foster
care and provide flexibility in the rate paid to qualified trainers of foster
care preservice. The rate paid for children up to 12 years of age is increased
from $14 per day to $20.09 per day. The rate paid for children 12 years of age
and over is increased from $21.63 per day to $21.84 per day.
The current rate paid for emergency care has not been
increased for several years and the basic maintenance rate currently paid to
foster parents has exceeded the amount for children up to 12 years of age. In
order to recruit and retain foster parents willing to care for children needing
this service, the rates need to be increased for all ages of children.
Foster parents and social workers who serve as trainers for
approved preservice training programs shall each be paid a contract fee per
class hour appropriate to community standards based on the education and
experience of each trainer. These rates shall be negotiated between the entity
that contracts with the Department and the trainer.
The Department is in need of trainers who are able to provide
the preservice training for persons desiring to be basic level foster parents
and for those desiring to be certified to provide treatment. The pool of
trainers is inadequate to meet the demand. The current payment rate does not
meet community standards. This change will allow the contractor to pay a rate
that is competitive.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specific
situations because they confer a benefit on foster parents and children in
foster care by increasing the rate foster parents are paid to care for children
on an emergency basis and trainers are paid to conduct preservice training,
thereby increasing the number of homes available and increasing the pool of
trainers across the state to meet the demand for foster care preservice
training.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.35 and 237.5A.
These amendments shall become effective April 1,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—156.11(234)
as follows:
Amend subrule 156.11(2) as follows:
156.11(2) Foster family home payment. Foster family
homes may be designated to provide emergency care and may be paid on a daily
rate per child when a child is placed. Rates for children shall be:
|
Age of Child
|
Rate
|
|
Age 0–11
|
$14.00 $20.09 per day
|
|
Age 12 and over
|
$21.63 $21.84 per day
|
Amend the implementation clause as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.38 234.35.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 156.18(3) as
follows:
156.18(3) Foster parent and social worker
trainers. Foster parents and social workers who serve as trainers for
approved 12–hour preservice training programs shall each
be paid a contract fee of $14.00 per class hour appropriate
to community standards based on the education and experience of each
trainer. These rates shall be negotiated between the entity that
contracts with the department and the trainer.
[Filed 1/10/01, effective 4/1/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0446B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 14B.105, the
Information Technology Council hereby adopts Chapter 1, “Organization and
Operation,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter sets forth a description of the Information
Technology Department’s mission, general information, and
administration.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 18, 2000, as ARC 0205B. A public
hearing was held on November 7, 2000.
There are no changes as a result of the public hearing, and
these rules are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
The Information Technology Council adopted these rules on
January 11, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 14B
and 17A.
These rules shall become effective March 14, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 1] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0205B, IAB 10/18/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0448B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 14B.105, the
Information Technology Council hereby adopts Chapter 2, “Fair Information
Practices,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter facilitates both broad public access to open
records and sound agency determinations regarding the handling of confidential
records and the implementation of the Fair Information Practices Act. This
chapter defines specific terms used by the department regarding information
practices, and it specifies which records are confidential and may be withheld
from public inspection under Iowa law.
The chapter also lays out the manner in which open and
confidential records held within the Department can be accessed, the approach
taken in treating records as confidential, and the procedures by which
additions, dissents, or objections may be entered into particular records. In
addition, the chapter explains the procedure by which a person who is the
subject of a confidential record can consent to the disclosure of such record
and the procedure by which the Department shall notify suppliers of information
as to the use of such information.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the
IowaAdministrative Bulletin on October 18, 2000, as ARC 0206B. A public
hearing was held on November 7, 2000. There are no changes as a result of the
public hearing, and these rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
The Information Technology Council adopted these rules on
January 11, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A
and 22.
These rules shall become effective March 14, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 2] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0206B, IAB 10/18/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0447B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 14B.105, the
Information Technology Council hereby adopts Chapter 3, “Petitions for
Rule Making,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter creates a policy by which any person or agency
may file a petition for rule making with the Information Technology Department.
The chapter details how such a person or agency is to file the petition and what
must be included in the submitted petition. The chapter explains how briefs in
support of an action may be attached to the petition and how persons or agencies
may inquire into the status of a submitted petition. In addition, the chapter
specifies what considerations the Department must take into account regarding
such submitted petitions.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 18, 2000, as ARC 0208B. A public
hearing was held on November 7, 2000.
There are no changes as a result of the public hearing, and
these rules are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
The Information Technology Council adopted these rules on
January 11, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 14B
and 17A.
These rules shall become effective March 14, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 3] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0208B, IAB 10/18/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0442B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 14B.105, the
Information Technology Council hereby adopts Chapter 4, “Agency Procedure
for Rule Making,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter creates measures that the Information Technology
Department is to follow when making rules. It provides that the Department
shall give notice to the public and solicit comments from the public on a
subject matter of possible rule making, and that the Department shall maintain a
current public rule–making docket and shall explain what should be
included in the docket. In addition, the chapter sets forth the procedures by
which the public may participate in the Department’s rule
making.
The chapter explains the procedures by which the Department is
to register small businesses or organizations on the Department’s small
business impact list, and it supplies the Department with guidelines concerning
the issuing of fiscal impact statements.
The chapter also describes policies concerning the time and
manner of rule adoption, the variance between the adopted rule and the published
notice of proposed rule adoption, the exemptions from the public
rule–making procedures, and the content, style, and form of
rules.
The chapter gives details about the Department’s
maintaining an official rule–making record for each rule it proposes,
about the Department’s filing of rules, and about the effectiveness of
rules prior to publication. In addition, the chapter provides for a general
statement of policy and how the Department is to review rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 18, 2000, as ARC 0209B. A public
hearing was held on November 7, 2000.
There are no changes as a result of the public hearing, and
these rules are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
The Information Technology Council adopted these rules on
January 11, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 14B
and 17A.
These rules shall become effective March 14, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 4] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0209B, IAB 10/18/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0443B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 14B.105, the
Information Technology Council hereby adopts Chapter 5, “Declaratory
Orders,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter creates a policy by which any person may file a
petition with the Information Technology Department for declaratory orders. The
chapter details how such a person is to file the petition and what must be
included in the submitted petition. In addition, the chapter specifies what
considerations the Department must take regarding such submitted
petitions.
The chapter creates a policy by which qualified persons shall
be allowed to intervene in a proceeding for a declaratory order. The chapter
details how such a person is to file the petition and what must be included in
the submitted petition.
The chapter allows for either the petitioner or any intervenor
to file a brief in support of the position urged, and it allows for inquiries to
be made concerning the status of a declaratory order proceeding. The chapter
also explains the procedures for the service and filing of petitions and other
papers.
The chapter sets forth procedures by which the Department is
to consider the petitions filed, act on petitions, and refuse declaratory
orders. In addition, the chapter explains the policies to be followed by the
Department regarding the contents of declaratory orders, copies of orders, and
the effects of declaratory orders.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 18, 2000, as ARC 0207B. A public
hearing was held on November 7, 2000.
There are no changes as a result of the public hearing. The
only changes to these rules allow the Information Technology Council to adopt or
approve declaratory orders as opposed to the Information Technology
Department.
The Information Technology Council adopted these rules on
January 11, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 14B
and 17A.
These rules shall become effective March 14, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 5] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted
above, these rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC
0207B, IAB 10/18/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0445B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 14B.105, the
Information Technology Council hereby adopts Chapter 6, “Contested
Cases,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter applies to contested case proceedings conducted
by the Information Technology Council. It allows for any person claiming an
entitlement to a contested case proceeding to file for such a proceeding with
the Information Technology Council.
The chapter details with specificity what procedures are to be
followed by both the Council and any involved parties regarding contested case
proceedings conducted by the Information Technology Council.
The chapter sets forth circumstances in which persons involved
in a contested case proceeding shall withdraw from participation in the making
of any proposed or final decisions. Also, the chapter allows for the
consolidation or severance of contested case proceedings under particular
circumstances.
The chapter includes policies regarding prohibited
communications in a contested case proceeding, and it sets forth which
communications are subject to such prohibition. In addition, the chapter
creates a procedure regarding emergency adjudicative proceedings by which the
Information Technology Department may take necessary emergency action to prevent
or avoid immediate danger to the public health, safety, or welfare.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 29, 2000, as ARC 0297B. A public
hearing was held on December 19, 2000.
There are no changes as a result of the public hearing, and
these rules are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
The Information Technology Council adopted these rules on
January 11, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 14B
and 17A.
These rules shall become effective March 14, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 6] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0297B, IAB 11/29/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0444B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 14B.105, the
Information Technology Council hereby adopts Chapter 7, “Waivers,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter creates a policy by which the Information
Technology Council may grant waivers from rules adopted by the Council. It
establishes applicable standards and a uniform procedure for granting such
waivers to individuals.
The chapter describes the manner in which a petition must be
presented to the Council and what information shall be included in the petition
when submitted. In addition, the chapter allows for the Council to request any
additional information from the individual relative to the petition.
The chapter includes policies regarding the notice of the
petition for waiver and the Council’s ruling on a particular petition. It
also provides that all orders granting or denying a waiver petition shall be
made available for public inspection as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.3.
The chapter sets forth circumstances in which the Information
Technology Council may withdraw, cancel, or modify a waiver previously issued.
In addition, the chap–ter includes policies for violations of a condition
in a waiver, for treatment of the waiver as a defense, and for judicial
review.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 29, 2000, as ARC 0328B. A public
hearing was held on December 19, 2000.
There are no changes as a result of the public hearing, and
these rules are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
The Information Technology Council adopted these rules on
January 11, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 14B
and 17A.
These rules shall become effective March 14, 2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 7] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0328B, IAB 11/29/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published
2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0452B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.53, the
Professional Licensure Division hereby adopts Chapter 18, “Waivers or
Variances from Administrative Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This chapter allows for waivers or variances in compliance
with Iowa Code section 17A.9A and is being adopted by the Division to save
duplication in each individual board’s administrative rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 9, 2000, as ARC 0043B. A public
hearing was held on September 6, 2000, from 1 to 3 p.m. in the Fifth Floor Board
Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa. No public
comments were received at the hearing. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice.
The Division has determined that the rules will have favorable
impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section
17A.4A(2)“b.”
These rules were adopted by the Professional Licensure
Division on December 7, 2000.
These rules will become effective on March 14, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
21, 22, 147 and 272C.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 18] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0043B, IAB 8/9/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0451B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Physician Assistant Examiners hereby amends Chapter 325,
“Physician Assistants,” and adopts new Chapter 328,
“Continuing Education for Physician Assistants,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments change cross references to rules, rescind the
current continuing education rules, and adopt a new chapter for continuing
education.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 15, 2000, as ARC 0275B. A public
hearing was held on December 6, 2000, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Professional
Licensure Conference Room, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines,
Iowa. No public comments were received at the hearing.
There is one change from the Notice of Intended Action. In
rule 328.5(148C), a provision was added to the list of conditions that must be
met in order to reinstate a license or registration. Numbered paragraphs
328.5“2” to 328.5“5” were renumbered as
328.5“3” to 328.5“6.” New numbered paragraph
“2” reads as follows:
“2. Submits the application fee;”
These amendments were adopted by the Board of Physician
Assistant Examiners on January 17, 2001.
These amendments will become effective March 14,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapters 148C and 272C.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [325.4(1)“a”(2), 325.5(1)“d,” 325.5(3),
325.19, Ch 328] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted
above, these amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC
0275B, IAB 11/15/00.
[Filed 1/19/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0439B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147A.4, the
Department of Public Health hereby amends Chapter 132, “Emergency Medical
Services—Service Program Authorization,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The adopted amendments implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1009,
by allowing EMS providers to function in a hospital or other entity in which
health care is ordinarily provided.
These amendments were published in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin under Notice of Intended Action as ARC 0326B on November
29, 2000. The Department of Public Health held a public hearing over the Iowa
Communications Network (ICN) on Tuesday, December 19, 2000. Comments were
received at the hearing from the Iowa Society for Respiratory Care and the Iowa
Emergency Medical Services Association (IEMSA). The respiratory therapists were
concerned that the proposed amendments would not provide adequate protection to
Iowans relative to proper credentialing and training of EMS providers in the
delivery of respiratory care. IEMSA was supportive of the amendments.
The Department has provided specific provisions for a waiver
or variance from rules in Chapter 132. A party seeking a waiver or variance
from the rules should do so pursuant to the waiver provisions contained in
subrule 132.8(11).
The Department’s Emergency Medical Services Advisory
Council unanimously approved the amendments at its October 11, 2000, meeting.
On November 7, 2000, the Iowa Medical Society, Iowa Osteopathic Medical
Association, Iowa Nurses Association, and the Iowa Nursing Board unanimously
approved the amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147A.8.
The Iowa State Board of Health adopted these amendments
January 10, 2001.
These amendments will become effective March 14,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [132.1, 132.2] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0326B, IAB
11/29/00.
[Filed 1/18/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0438B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147A.4, the
Department of Public Health hereby amends Chapter 134, “Trauma Care
Facility Categorization and Verification,” and Chapter 135, “Trauma
Triage and Transfer Protocols,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The adopted amendments update the cross references to
documents adopted by reference in each chapter and replace outdated language in
preparation for implementation of Iowa’s trauma system in January 2001.
The Department’s Trauma System Advisory Council approved the proposed
amendments at the October 18, 2000, meeting.
These amendments were published in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin under Notice of Intended Action as ARC 0274B on November
15, 2000. The Department of Public Health held a public hearing over the Iowa
Communications Network (ICN) on Tuesday, December 5, 2000. No comments were
received during the hearing. The amendments remain the same as published under
Notice of Intended Action.
The Department has not provided specific provisions for a
waiver or variance from rules in Chapters 134 and 135. A party seeking a waiver
or variance from rules in Chapter 134 or 135 should do so pursuant to the
Department’s variance and waiver provisions contained in 641—Chapter
178.
The Iowa State Board of Health adopted these amendments on
January 10, 2001.
These amendments will become effective March 14,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
147A.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 134.2(3) and
134.2(5) as follows:
134.2(3) Adoption by reference.
a. “Iowa Trauma System Level I & II Hospital and
Emergency Care Facility Categorization Criteria” (June
1996) (October 1999) is incorporated and adopted by reference
for Level I and II hospital and emergency care facility categorization
criteria, and the “Iowa Trauma System Level III & IV Hospital
and Emergency Care Facility Categorization Criteria” (June
1996) (May 1999) is incorporated by reference and adopted for
Level III and IV hospital and emergency care facility categorization criteria.
For any differences which may occur between the adopted references and these
administrative rules, the administrative rules shall prevail.
b. “The Iowa Trauma System Level I
& II Hospital and Emergency Care Facility Categorization Criteria”
(June 1996) (October 1999) and the “Iowa Trauma
System Level III & IV Hospital and Emergency Care Facility Categorization
Criteria” (June 1996) (May 1999)
is are available through the Iowa Department of Public
Health, Bureau of Emergency Medical Services, Lucas State Office Building, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
134.2(5) A hospital, emergency care facility, or
trauma care facility may apply to the department for a change in level of
categorization through submission of a self–assessment categorization
application.
Hospitals and emergency care facilities seeking
categorization at Levels I or II shall submit the categorization application to
the department prior to January 1, 1998. Hospitals and emergency care
facilities seeking categorization at Level III or IV shall submit the
categorization application to the department prior to January 1,
1999.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph
135.2(1)“a” as follows:
a. Adoption by reference. The
“Out–of–Hospital Trauma Triage Destination Decision
Protocol” (September 1996) (October 1999) and the
“Inter–Trauma Care Facility Triage and Transfer Protocol”
(August 1996) are incorporated by reference and adopted as the
out–of–hospital trauma triage destination decision and the
intertrauma care facility triage and transfer protocols. For any differences
which may occur between the adopted references and these administrative rules,
the administrative rules shall prevail.
[Filed 1/18/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0430B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 68B.4, 307.10
and 307.12, the Department of Transportation, on January 9, 2001, adopted
amendments to Chapter 26, “Consent for the Sale of Goods and
Services,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the November 29, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0300B.
Iowa Code section 68B.4 requires the Department of
Transportation to adopt rules specifying the method by which officials may
obtain agency consent for the sale of goods and services. The following
amendments are made to update this chapter. The definition of
“official” is expanded to include division directors and reflects
the current definition in Iowa Code chapter 68B. The Director of Transportation
is authorized to grant consent to sales by the division directors. The person
who grants the consent to sales by the Director of Transportation is changed
from the Deputy Director of Transportation to the Division Director of the
Director’s Staff Division. The Department of Transportation no longer has
a Deputy Director of Transportation.
The Department does not intend to grant waivers for this
requirement because the requirement is statutory and cannot be waived.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
68B.
These amendments will become effective March 14,
2001.
Rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend rule
761—26.1(68B), definition of “official,” as
follows:
“Official” means the director of
transportation, or a member of the transportation
commission, or a division director.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 26.4(2) as
follows:
26.4(2) Who may consent. The deputy director
of transportation director of the director’s staff
division is authorized to consent to sales by the director of
transportation. The director of transportation is authorized to consent to
sales by a member of the transportation commission or a division
director.
[Filed 1/16/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0429B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10,
307.12, and 321E.15, the Department of Transportation, on January 9, 2001,
adopted amendments to Chapter 511, “Special Permits for Operation and
Movement of Vehicles and Loads of Excess Size and Weight,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the November 29, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0299B.
Chapter 511 is being amended to comply with current law as
follows:
Items 7, 8 and 9 implement 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 104,
section 28 (Iowa Code section 321E.11). These proposed amendments permit
movement 30 minutes prior to sunrise to 30 minutes following sunset.
Item 17 implements 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 100, section 11
(Iowa Code section 321E.14). This proposed amendment adds a fee for an annual
oversize/overweight permit. The fee amount for an all–systems permit is
also added.
Items 25 and 26 implement 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 13, section
20 (Iowa Code section 321E.8). These proposed amendments increase the maximum
length and height limits allowed for an indivisible vehicle or indivisible load
when moved on a highway under an annual permit.
Item 30 implements 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 100, section 8
(Iowa Code section 321E.8) and 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 13, section 20 (Iowa Code
section 321E.8). This proposed amendment adds a new rule concerning the
issuance of annual oversize/overweight permits.
Items 34 and 35 implement 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 13, section
20 (Iowa Code section 321E.8). These proposed amendments increase the maximum
length and height limits allowed for an indivisible vehicle or indivisible load
when moved on a highway under an all–systems permit.
Item 48 implements 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 100, sections 7, 8
and 9 (Iowa Code sections 321E.7, 321E.8 and 321E.9) and 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter
13, section 20 (Iowa Code section 321E.8). This proposed amendment allows a
crane to have a maximum of 24,000 pounds per axle for movement under a
single–trip permit and also adds the maximum axle weights and maximum
gross weights for vehicles and loads moved under an annual oversize/overweight
permit. These amendments also add information concerning the maximum gross
weights for vehicles and loads moved under an all–systems permit.
Other amendments are made to Chapter 511 to add or amend
definitions, add references to the annual oversize/overweight permit where
needed, rewrite some introductory sentences to explain the various types of
permits, add or amend implementation clauses, eliminate obsolete language,
provide clarification, edit language for consistency, correct form numbers and
reflect the renumbering of rules to allow for the addition of the annual
oversize/overweight permit rule.
Waiver provisions are not included because Iowa Code chapter
321E and this chapter already provide for exceptions to be made in special or
emergency situations.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
321 and 321E.
These amendments will become effective March 14,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [511.1 to 511.16] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0299B, IAB
11/29/00.
[Filed 1/16/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
2/7/01.]
ARC 0436B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 476.1, 476.2, 479.29,
479A.14, and 479B.20(2000), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on
January 10, 2001, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–99–10,
In re: Restoration of Agricultural Lands During and After Pipeline
Construction, “Order Adopting Rules.” Notice of Intended Action
for this rule making was published in IAB Vol. XXII, No. 25 (6/14/00) p. 1917,
as ARC 9878A.
The Board issued a previous “Order Commencing Rule
Making,” on September 15, 1999, in Docket No. RMU–99–10 to
receive public comment on the adoption of the land restoration rules. The
previous Notice of Intended Action was published in the IAB Vol. XXII, No. 7
(10/6/99) p. 573, as ARC 9400A. Written comments were filed and a
workshop to receive oral comments was held in that previous rule making.
Additional comments were filed on or before December 8, 1999.
On May 15, 2000, the Board issued an order In re:
Restoration of Agricultural Lands During and After Pipeline Construction,
“Order Terminating Rule Making.” The previous rule making was
terminated pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.” The Board began a new rule making to receive
additional written and oral comments on proposed land restoration rules based
upon the written and oral comments in the previous rule making. The proposed
new rules incorporate written and oral comments regarding ARC 9400A. The
new rule–making docket retained the designation as Docket No.
RMU–99–10, to facilitate continuity between the previous and current
rule–making proceeding.
In this proceeding, the Board rescinds current 199 IAC Chapter
9 and replaces it with a new Chapter 9. Currently, Chapter 9 sets the standards
for underground improvements, soil conservation structures, and restoration of
agricultural lands after pipeline construction. The rules apply to pipelines
transporting any solid, liquid, or gaseous substance except water, including
intrastate and interstate natural gas pipelines and hazardous liquid
pipelines.
The new Chapter 9 is intended to implement the statutory
changes adopted in 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 85, including prescribing standards
for the restoration of land for agricultural purposes during and after pipeline
construction. The legislation amended Iowa Code sections 479.29, 479.45,
479.48, 479A.14, 479A.24, 479A.27, 479B.20, 479B.29, and 479B.32.
The legislation broadened the Board’s authority to
establish standards for the restoration of agricultural lands during and after
pipeline construction. The amendments directed the Board to adopt rules that
include a list of requirements in the statutes. The legislation affirms the
county boards of supervisors’ authority to inspect projects and gives the
county boards of supervisors the authority to file a complaint with the Board in
order to seek civil penalties for noncompliance with various requirements. The
adopted rules, pursuant to the statute, allow landowners and pipeline companies
to negotiate separate agreements with provisions different from those found in
the statute and rules.
In new Chapter 9, the Board establishes a procedure for review
of land restoration plans. Those pipeline companies that are subject to Iowa
Code chapters 479 and 479B, and that must file a petition for pipeline permit,
shall file a land restoration plan at the time they file a petition for permit
or application for amendment of permit with the Board. Those interstate
pipeline companies that are subject to Iowa Code chapter 479A and have
construction projects requiring a certificate from the Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission (FERC) must file a land restoration plan at least 120 days prior to
construction. The adopted rules describe the contents of a land restoration
plan and set out detailed requirements for land restoration.
Written statements of position on the proposed rules were to
be filed no later than July 5, 2000. Written comments were filed by MidAmerican
Energy Company (MidAmerican), Northern Natural Gas Company and Northern Border
Pipeline Company (Northern), the Consumer Advocate Division of the Iowa
Department of Justice (Consumer Advocate), Iowa Farm Bureau Federation (Farm
Bureau), Iowa Association of Municipal Utilities (IAMU), and landowners Donald
Langbehn, Terry Shultz, Lorraine Klaes, Marilyn E. Helfter, Gordon E. Mau,
Lenora K. Olson, Richard L. Soules, Robin Hewer, David R. Whitman, Donald and
Sue Sweeney, John Henry Dirks, Paul Ketelsen, Gene and Wanda Heitz, Thomas
Jasper, Hans and Rose Siemers, and Bernice Claeys. On July 6, 2000, landowners
Robert R. Garner and Martin and Marge Curtis filed comments. Landowners Jack
and Deb Hartman and James L. Shover filed comments on July 7, 2000. On July 10,
2000, comments were filed by State Senator Kitty Rehberg. On July 11, 2000, the
rule making came before the Administrative Rules Review Committee.
A public meeting to receive comments on the proposed rules was
held on July 19, 2000. Northern, MidAmerican, Farm Bureau, Consumer Advocate,
Alliance Pipeline L.P. (Alliance), Shirley Helmrichs, Gordon Mau, Myron Zumbach,
Mike Ryan, Terry Ryan, Jim Shover and Rick Mormann participated. At the oral
presentation, interested persons requested to file additional comments
addressing matters raised during the oral presentation. On August 3, 2000, the
Board issued an order scheduling additional comments to be filed on or before
August 18, 2000. Comments were received from Consumer Advocate, MidAmerican,
Alliance, Northern, Property Rights Association II, and landowners Myron L.
Zumbach, Thomas L. Jasper, Gordon Mau, Robert and Bernice Claeys, Charles G.
Gregorie, and Mark A. Hughes.
Many of the oral and filed comments concerned the recent
Alliance pipeline project. As described by the landowners, the Alliance
pipeline construction project had many problems with land restoration. Although
this rule making is not the proper forum to correct the problems that occurred
on the Alliance project, the issues raised and the comments of the landowners
have been very helpful and informative in developing these rules. These rules
will apply to all future pipeline construction, and the Board has attempted to
apply the statutes and develop standards in a reasonable and practical manner.
Compliance with these rules will not guarantee that problems will not occur, but
by following the standards implemented by these rules the number of problems
with any future pipeline should be greatly reduced.
The Board has made some revisions to the rules as published on
June 14, 2000, in IAB Vol. XXII, No. 25, p. 1917, as ARC 9878A. The
Board will address the comments concerning the proposed rules and the revisions
below.
Comments were received concerning subrule 9.1(1). IAMU
recommended the proposed subrule 9.1(1) be modified to state that, pursuant to
Iowa Code section 479.29(1), the subrule would not apply to land located within
city boundaries unless the land is used for agricultural purposes. The Board
believes that IAMU’s suggestion has merit. Iowa Code chapters 479A and
479B each contain a similar provision. The subrule will be adopted as proposed
with the addition of the following sentence at the end of the subrule, “In
addition, the requirements of this chapter do not apply to land located within
city boundaries, unless the land is used for agricultural
purposes.”
No comments were specifically directed to the provisions of
subrule 9.1(2). There were several comments that the Board finds demonstrate a
need to modify the subrule for clarity with regard to the intent of the rules.
First, it should be stated that these rules constitute the minimum land
restoration standards for pipeline construction that does not require a
project–specific land restoration plan. Second, when a
project–specific plan is filed, the Board reserves the right to impose
requirements that are in addition to or more stringent than these rules, to
address issues specific to the nature and location of the particular pipeline
project. The Board finds that the review of a site–specific plan and
acceptance of comments would be of little purpose if such discretion were not
reserved. The Board will add the following clarifying language after the second
sentence of the subrule: “The rules in this chapter shall constitute the
minimum land restoration standards for any pipeline construction for which a
project–specific plan is not required. When a project–specific land
restoration plan is required, following notice and comment, the Board may impose
additional or more stringent standards as necessary to address issues specific
to the nature and location of the particular pipeline project.”
Comments were made concerning paragraph 9.1(3)“a.”
IAMU suggested that the paragraph be clarified by including deference to
municipal zoning to exclude planned industrial parks from the application of
these rules. It appears from the comments that IAMU wishes to exclude from
these rules agricultural land that is in the process of being developed, and the
utility installing the gas pipe may be a municipal utility and therefore subject
to these rules for land restoration. IAMU suggests that applying land
restoration standards intended to maintain agricultural productivity may be
without purpose and unnecessarily burdensome if the property is in the process
of conversion to other uses.
The Board finds that the proposed rules do not need to be
modified as IAMU suggests. If the agricultural land where pipeline construction
occurs is in the process of being converted to other uses these rules would not
apply. Municipal zoning is one indication that the use of the land had changed
from agricultural use, but is not necessarily determinative. Zoning may occur
many years in advance of a change in use. The Board believes that the statute
is clear about restoration where the land is used for agricultural purposes.
Whether a specific parcel of land is subject to these rules is a determination
to be made on a case–by–case basis.
No comments were received concerning paragraph
9.1(3)“b.”
Comments were received concerning paragraph
9.1(3)“c.” Farm Bureau requested that farm tenants be included in
the definition of “landowner” in the paragraph. Farm Bureau argued
that the tenant has a legitimate and valid interest in the property being
restored and will be affected if improper restoration results in additional work
and reduced crop yields. In the Notice of Intended Action, published on
June 14, 2000, the Board addressed this issue. In the Notice, the Board stated,
“with the possible exception of contract purchasers, tenants do not
usually possess property rights that allow the tenants to dictate how the
property is treated. Where the legislature intended the term
“landowner” to have more than its usual meaning, or to give rights
to persons who are not the landowner, it has specifically done so. Expanding
the term creates ambiguities and difficulty in determining who is entitled.
Nonowners can be difficult to identify and locate. See Anstey v. Iowa State
Commerce Commission, 292 N.W.2d 380 (Iowa 1980).” The Board finds that
Farm Bureau’s comment was considered when this rule making was published
and no evidence was presented subsequently to support a modification to the
paragraph. The tenant is protected from injury to land, crops, and other
personal property and is specifically entitled to damages pursuant to Iowa Code
sections 479.46(7), 479A.25(7), and 479B.30(7).
No comments were received concerning paragraphs
9.1(3)“d” and “e.”
Comments were received concerning paragraph
9.1(3)“f.” Farm Bureau, Consumer Advocate, Senator Rehberg and
several landowners were concerned that pipelines would abuse the exclusion for
“emergency construction” as a loophole to avoid application of these
rules during routine activities. Additionally, the pipeline companies asserted
the rules could hamper their ability to respond promptly and effectively to
emergency situations. Farm Bureau and Senator Rehberg suggested limiting
emergencies to instances of imminent danger to life or property. The pipeline
companies contended emergencies should include the risk of a major service
outage. MidAmerican stated that it is unlikely that a definition could be
crafted to encompass every conceivable definition of an emergency. Farm Bureau
noted that the rule as drafted would exclude not only actions during excavation
to expose the pipeline, but also restoration activities such as tile repair when
the emergency had passed.
Consumer Advocate recommended modifying the paragraph by
adding the phrase “or any other activity” to the definition.
Northern suggested deletion of the word “operation” because
operation of the pipeline does not involve construction activities. MidAmerican
proposed a definition that would exempt projects under a mile in length.
Northern recommended “substantial disturbance to the land” be
defined as “having or likely to have a significant adverse effect on the
environment or the agricultural productivity of the affected land absent
compliance with the restoration standards established by these rules.”
Northern also maintained that it is unclear in proposed paragraph
“f” that “substantial disturbance” applies to all types
of activities and not just to maintenance.
The commenters did not dispute that it is reasonable to
provide an exception for emergencies. The objections and comments were to the
language crafted to avoid abuse. Based upon the comments, the Board finds that
limiting emergency situations to those only involving imminent danger to life
and property might unreasonably limit a pipeline company’s ability to
correct emergency situations that involve major service outages. The pipeline
companies supported the inclusion of these emergencies. A major service outage
could affect many Iowa communities that are served by single feed (radial) gas
feeder lines. An incident that threatens service interruption to hundreds or
thousands of Iowa citizens may not pose an imminent danger to life or property,
but warrants the fastest possible response.
Iowa Code section 480.1 is the response of the Legislature to
a similar question in a similar context. The Board believes that incorporating
a definition consistent with section 480.1 in the definition of “pipeline
construction” will address the concerns expressed in the comments. The
term “emergency” is defined in Iowa Code section 480.1, as “a
condition where there is clear and immediate danger to life or health, or
essential services, or a potentially significant loss of property.” The
Board finds that this definition of “emergency” meets the
requirements of these rules and should be added to the proposed definition in
paragraph “f.”
In addition, the Board will add a sentence to the end of the
paragraph to ensure that it is clear that the standards established by these
rules must be complied with for restoration after the emergency situation is
concluded. The Board will also modify the paragraph to clarify that the
exemption for emergencies includes only work done during the emergency. The
paragraph will be modified by revising “but shall not include emergency
repairs” to “but shall not include work performed during an
emergency.”
Consumer Advocate suggested the addition of the phrase
“or any other activity” and Northern proposed removal of the word
“operation.” The Board finds neither argument persuasive. Consumer
Advocate gave no example of any activity that might not be included in the
language proposed by the Board, and other pipeline companies might not interpret
the term “operation” as Northern does.
MidAmerican proposed a definition that would exempt projects
under a mile in length. It appears, however, thatMidAmerican’s primary
concern was the 120–day before construction requirement for filing a land
restoration plan. The 120–day requirement would apply only to certain
interstate pipeline projects and does not affect intrastate gas pipeline
operators such as MidAmerican. The proposed exemption will not be
adopted.
Northern suggested modification of the rule by adding a new
definition of “substantial disturbance to the land.” The Board
finds that Northern’s suggestion is too subjective, open to interpretation
and would detract from, rather than add to, the clarity of the rules. No other
commenter expressed a need for further definition of this term.
Northern also stated a concern that it is not clear that
“substantial disturbance” applies to all types of activities, not
just maintenance. Northern’s proposed language appears unnecessarily
wordy, but the proposed rule could be clearer. Paragraph “f” will
be modified to state “or” rather than “and” to specify
that the rules would apply to any single type of action.
In addition, the Board notes that the statutes specifically
provide that “construction” includes removal of a previously
constructed pipeline. A removed pipeline will not necessarily be replaced. The
term “removal” will be added to the first sentence of paragraph
“f.”
Making the revisions as discussed above, the adopted paragraph
will state that pipeline construction means “a substantial disturbance to
agricultural land associated with the installation, replacement, removal,
operation or maintenance of a pipeline, but shall not include work performed
during an emergency. Emergency means a condition where there is clear and
immediate danger to life or health, or essential services, or a potentially
significant loss of property. Work performed at the site of the emergency
condition shall comply with these rules, once the emergency situation has
ended.”
Comments were received concerning paragraph
9.1(3)“g.” Farm Bureau agreed with the paragraph as proposed.
Northern stated that it might not know who to provide the notice to, and
proposed allowing notice to the county inspector, county board of supervisors,
or other person or group responsible for the inspection. Shirley Helmrichs, a
member of the Delaware County Board of Supervisors, contended the paragraph was
excellent as written. She indicated supervisors would not be appropriate
contacts. The Hartmans, landowners, noted that there were no fewer than six
county inspectors on their stretch of pipeline, and they did not know who was
accountable for inspection on their property. Northern also suggested the
notice be provided by the pipeline company “or the contractor”
rather than “and the contractor.”
The Board finds that Northern’s proposal would allow
notice to almost anyone it could locate. The Board believes that this is too
broad, could cause confusion and could result in the appropriate person not
being informed. The Boardunderstands that a lack of clarity concerning whom to
contact could create similar problems. However, because not all projects are
the same, a rigid rule concerning whom to contact would not seem appropriate.
The Board will therefore add a sentence to the end of the definition that allows
the pipeline company to request the county designate someone to receive notice.
The Board finds that Northern’s recommendation that the notice be provided
by the pipeline company “or” its contractor rather than
“and” its contractor is reasonable and will be adopted.
No comments were received concerning paragraphs
9.1(3)“h,” “i,” and “j.” The Board will
correct a typographical error in “j.”
Comments were received concerning paragraph
9.1(3)“k.” Several commenters noted a typographical error in the
last sentence of the paragraph. Farm Bureau supported paragraph “k”
as proposed. Consumer Advocate objected to the phrase “ordinarily moved
in tillage,” arguing that topsoil may be deeper than that. Consumer
Advocate recommended “Ap horizon” rather than “A
horizon.” Landowner Mau had similar objections to the term “plow
layer,” equated the Ap horizon to the plow layer, and further stated that
topsoil may be more than A or Ap horizons. The only part of the proposed
definition that received broad support was the reference to organic content and
color. Mau suggested use of the term “surface soil” instead of
topsoil, and a definition that referred to multiple soil layers and used terms
such as “solum” and “substratum.” Property Rights
Association II indicated general support for this approach.
Even if other terms may have greater technical accuracy, the
Board believes the familiar and generally understood term “topsoil”
is more appropriate for these rules. It appeared from Mau’s testimony at
the oral presentation that “surface soil” may include more than what
is usually considered the topsoil, and “surface soil” has no clearer
or more easily understood definition than “topsoil.” However, the
Board finds that the focus by Mau on topsoil as the upper part of the soil which
is the most favorable material for plant growth to be more appropriate language
for paragraph “k” than the definition in the proposed
paragraph.
The Board finds that the terms as proposed might be
interpreted to limit the depth of the topsoil. The Board will therefore
eliminate those terms that might be limiting from the definition. The Board
emphasizes that its primary concern and the primary concern of these rules is
the protection and restoration of topsoil to land that has been disturbed by
pipeline construction. The Board has determined that a broader definition will
be more likely to ensure that it is understood that all topsoil needs to be
removed and protected, not just to a certain horizon, or a tillable or plow
layer. Accordingly the Board will define “topsoil” as “the
upper part of the soil which is the most favorable material for plant growth,
and which can ordinarily be distinguished from subsoil by its higher organic
content and darker color.”
Comments were received concerning rule 9.2(479,479A,479B).
Some of the comments, especially those filed by MidAmerican, indicate continuing
confusion over the criteria for the filing of project–specific land
restoration plans for pipelines, which are not interstate natural gas pipelines.
In the second sentence of the proposed rule, Northern recommended referencing
“case–specific” FERC certificates, and citing the federal law,
which dictates when a FERC certificate is required. Northern also recommended
adding a sentence specifying that for all other interstate natural pipeline
projects, these rules will be deemed to constitute the land restoration plan
unless a specific plan is filed.
The continued confusion over the criteria for the filing of
project–specific land restoration plans for pipelines, which are not for
interstate natural gas, indicates that clarification of the first sentence of
this rule is necessary. The Board will delete the first sentence of the
proposed rule and replace it with, “For intrastate natural gas pipelines
and all hazardous liquid pipeline projects, land restoration plans shall be
prepared and filed with the appropriate petition pursuant to Iowa Code section
479.29(9) or 479.20(9) and this chapter for pipeline construction projects that
require a pipeline permit from the Iowa Utilities Board, or for amendments to a
permit that propose construction or relocation.”
Northern suggested the rule reference
“case–specific” FERC certificates and cite the federal law
regarding when a FERC certificate is required. The rule allows pipelines to
reference case–specific FERC certificates and federal statutes to support
their compliance with these rules. The Board does not believe specific
reference to either FERC certificates or federal statutes is appropriate in
these rules.
Northern also recommended adding a sentence specifying that
for all other interstate natural gas pipeline projects, these rules will be
deemed to constitute the land restoration plan unless a specific plan is filed.
This concept is consistent with the Board’s explanation in the Notice of
Intended Action, although it applies to all pipeline projects for which a
project–specific plan is not required, not just interstate natural gas
pipelines. The Board agrees that this concept is not, but should be, explicitly
stated in these rules. However, the Board believes a more appropriate place for
such a statement is in subrule 9.1(2). The Board has made the clarification in
that subrule.
Farm Bureau made comments that supported subrule 9.2(1). No
other comments were made concerning the subrule.
No comments were received concerning subrule 9.2(2).
Comments were received concerning subrule 9.2(3). Property
Rights Association II and Senator Rehberg opposed allowing waiver of the
separate land restoration plan requirement when an environmental impact
statement (EIS) is prepared. Property Rights Association II, Senator Rehberg,
and Farm Bureau similarly opposed allowing waivers where an environmental
assessment (EA) is prepared. Consumer Advocate supported the proposed subrule.
Property Rights Association II argued that the FERC certificate, not the EIS or
EA, is the controlling authority on federally mandated land restoration
requirements. Senator Rehberg contended that the legislature did not intend for
an EIS or EA to be filed in lieu of a land restoration plan. Farm Bureau
asserted EAs are not as comprehensive as the requirements for a land restoration
plan and have less opportunity for public input than an EIS.
Iowa Code section 479A.14(9) provides that the requirements
for filing a plan may be waived by the Board to the extent an environmental
impact statement addressing the land restoration requirements in the statute was
prepared by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. The Board finds that Iowa
Code section 479A.14(9) gives the Board the authority to consider whether the
content of an EIS satisfies the statutory land restoration standards in lieu of
requiring preparation of a separate land restoration plan. The Board thinks
this is a reasonable alternative and also finds that it may consider EAs for the
same purpose. The statute does not require the Board to accept such a filing in
lieu of a plan, but the Board is obligated to review the content of an EIS or EA
to ensure that it complies with the statute and these rules. The procedure for
review of plans in paragraph 9.3(2)“b” recognizes that the FERC
certificate may accept, reject or modify land restoration criteria from the EIS
or EA and these changes would require Board approval. Nothing in the
Board’s proposed rules relies on any authority inherent in the EIS or EA.
The rules as proposed require the Board to find that the statutory requirements
are “substantively satisfied,” and the Board believes that this
creates a suitable standard.
The Board notes that its consideration is not limited to
comments filed with FERC on either an EIS or EA. Adopted paragraph
9.3(2)“b” allows the same opportunity for input to the Board
regardless of whether an EIS, an EA, or a stand–alone plan is involved.
The Board does not have to accept an EA that does not contain the necessary
level of detail, nor is the Board under any obligation to accept the terms of
the EA as filed with no allowance for further comment. Farm Bureau’s
comments repeat an argument addressed by the Board in the Notice of Intended
Action in this docket. This issue has been considered and the comment does not
provide any new grounds to support a modification.
The adopted rules comply with the statutory provisions that
allow the waiver of the filing of a written land restoration plan to the extent
an environmental impact statement addressing the land restoration subjects was
prepared by FERC. The prior proposed rules did not conform with the statute and
did not include the term “waiver.” Additionally, the Board has
adopted new waiver requirements in 199 IAC 1.3(479,479A,479B), which will have
to be followed to substitute an EIS or EA for a plan. The Board believes that
companies are aware that land restoration proposals will receive the same level
of scrutiny, and have the same opportunity for input, regardless of whether the
information is submitted in the form of an EIS, an EA, or a stand–alone
document.
No comments were received concerning subrule 9.3(1). The
Board finds that the subrule should be modified based upon the comments that
reflected continuing confusion over which procedures apply to which types of
pipelines. It appears all users of the subrule would benefit from additional
clarification. The subrule will be modified to specifically state which types
of pipelines it applies to, rather than only citing to the sections of law that
apply.
The Board finds that the first sentence of the subrule be
revised to add “An intrastate natural gas pipeline, or a hazardous liquid
pipeline,” at the beginning of the sentence.
The only comments on subrule 9.3(2) were filed by Northern.
Northern proposed the first part of the subrule be revised to read, “An
interstate pipeline company required by rule 9.2(479,479A,479B) to file a
specific proposed land restoration plan shall file a plan with the Board and the
Office of Consumer Advocate no later than 120 days prior to the date
construction is scheduled to commence. Any petition for waiver of this plan
filing requirement may be made at any time prior to the date construction is
scheduled to commence.”
Northern’s suggestion to add the word
“interstate” and a reference to rule 9.2(479,479A,479B) has merit,
but needs to further specify “interstate natural gas.” This
clarification is consistent with the language proposed in subrule 9.1(2).
Citing to the rule that specifies when a plan or some variant thereof is
required is superior, in this context, to a general reference to the statute.
Northern, however, offered no explanation for its remaining revisions. The
Board finds that to allow the filing of a petition for waiver just prior to the
commencement of construction would not allow for a thorough Board review and is
inconsistent with the intent of these rules.
The Board finds that the first sentence of the subrule should
be revised to read, “An interstate natural gas pipeline company required
by rule 9.2(479,479A,479B) to file a land restoration plan shall file a proposed
plan, or a petition requesting waiver of the plan filing requirement, with the
Board and the Office of Consumer Advocate no later than 120 days prior to the
date construction is scheduled to commence.”
No comment was specifically directed at paragraph
9.3(2)“a.”
Comments were received concerning paragraph
9.3(2)“b.” Northern recommended changing the 45–day deadline
for Board decision to 30 days “to avoid introducing further delay into the
FERC approval process.” Northern also requested clarification of the last
sentence of paragraph “b,” which Northern interprets to be a
“savings” clause designed in part to ensure that the Board does not
exceed its jurisdiction.
The Board established the 45–day period to strike a
balance between the Board’s need to review and obtain comments and the
desire to avoid conflict with FERC actions. A 30–day period would allow
only 10 days between receipt of comments and the date of an order.
The Board interprets Northern’s request for
clarification of the last sentence of the paragraph to be a continuation of the
preemption arguments previously raised by Northern in this docket. The
interstate pipelines argued in the prior rule making that pipeline construction
may commence as soon as the FERC certificate is issued and that state
proceedings that would delay this construction are preempted. To avoid this
possible conflict, the Board established the process set forth in the rules to
complete Board action on the land restoration plan in advance of construction.
This may require the Board to base its decision on an EIS or EA that is not in
final form and before issuance of the FERC certificate. The FERC certificate
could rule on land restoration issues in a way not anticipated when the Board
reached its decision. The rule reserves the Board’s right to reexamine
its decision if circumstances change. This review would not be for the sole
purpose of acquiescing to whatever FERC decided. It is anticipated the above
situation would be rare and that by participating in the comment process in the
FERC proceeding the risk of conflict can be minimized. To satisfy
Northern’s request might be interpreted as evidence of intent by the Board
to avoid any action that might possibly conflict with a FERC decision. This is
not the Board’s intent, but rather the Board is attempting to establish a
procedure that avoids conflict where possible.
Comments were received concerning paragraph
9.3(2)“c.” Northern suggested the copy of the FERC–required
notice to landowners provided to the Board in subparagraph (1) should be
“served” rather than “filed.” The Board finds that the
filing of the notice is preferable.
No comments were filed pertaining to subparagraph (2)
requiring the Board to be informed of any open public meetings on the
project.
Northern proposed deletion of the requirement to provide
copies of Iowa landowner letters to the Board as proposed in subparagraph (3).
The Board finds that this requirement should not be eliminated. A presumption
exists that Northern monitors all of its filings before FERC and would have
knowledge of landowner letters whether Northern receives separate legal service
or not. Northern does not argue that it would not have knowledge or that there
are alternate means by which the Board could readily obtain copies of such
letters.
The Board finds that Northern’s recommendation to
elim–inate the requirement concerning other mitigation agreements in
subparagraph (4) also should not be adopted. The information in the mitigation
agreements is relevant to Iowa projects. The Northern Border Pipeline Company
extension project of 1998 is one example of a project where FERC applied to Iowa
construction the terms and conditions of an agreement with the state of
Illinois. The Iowa/Minnesota Agricultural Impact Mitigation Agreement with
Alliance was modeled after the Illinois agreement for that project.
Comments were received concerning subrule 9.3(3). The subrule
requires the pipeline company provide copies of the land restoration plan to
landowners and others. The subrule further provides that the companies do not
need to provide copies of any associated EIS or EA “if copies are provided
to landowners by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.” Consumer
Advocate suggested amending the subrule to “have already been
provided.”
The Board will not adopt Consumer Advocate’s proposed
modification. If the modification were to be adopted, the Board anticipates
that the effect would be that pipeline companies would simply delay providing
copies of the plan until after FERC did its mailings. No advantage is seen to
this scenario. Plus an EIS can be inches thick and weigh several pounds, and
requiring the mailing of large numbers of what will be duplicate copies appears
an undue burden.
Comments were received concerning subrule 9.4(1). Numerous
landowner comments allege the Alliance project did not properly remove or
replace topsoil. To prevent the problem from occurring in future projects,
Consumer Advocate, Farm Bureau, Senator Rehberg, and several landowners strongly
urged the Board to adopt “staking” requirements for topsoil removal.
According to Consumer Advocate, this would involve taking soil core samples at
intervals along the pipeline route (Consumer Advocate suggested every 200 feet
along the route centerline; Mau, 100 feet), measuring the depth of topsoil, from
that measurement determining the amount of topsoil to be removed, and writing
the information on wooden stakes to be placed along the edge of the
right–of–way. The proponents contended that only in this way can
the pipeline company, the inspector, and the landowner know how much topsoil is
supposed to be removed and whether it was properly replaced. These commenters
did not feel the operators of earth–moving equipment could be relied upon
to judge how much topsoil should be removed. Consumer Advocate further proposed
rules that would require extensive postconstruction coring, at pipeline company
expense, if a complaint was made to the Board from a landowner, county inspector
or by Consumer Advocate.
Alliance opposed the staking proposal. Northern stated that
it saw no benefit to staking, and MidAmerican expressed reservations over its
value. All three companies maintained that topsoil depth can vary erratically
and any depth on a stake is not necessarily representative of an adjacent area.
Strict reliance on a particular depth could increase the amount of subsoil
scraped up with the topsoil if shallower topsoil is encountered. MidAmerican
used staking on a project, but apparently was not impressed with the results.
The three companies contended that equipment operators, using the difference in
soil color as a guide, obtain the most reliable results.
A number of commenters proposed that more than 12 inches of
topsoil be removed from the subsoil storage area, up to and including all
topsoil regardless of depth. Farm Bureau suggested up to 36 inches, which would
be the same depth as the trench.
Some commenters suggested that the rules require removal of
the topsoil of the working side of the right–of–way also, again up
to and including all topsoil regardless of depth. Many of these commenters
allege that the heavy construction equipment used on the Alliance project
commingled subsoil and topsoil, especially in wet soil conditions.
Consumer Advocate stated it supported the subrule as proposed.
Consumer Advocate noted that in many parts of the state removal and replacement
of more than 12 inches of topsoil in the storage area can result in undesirable
mixing of topsoil and subsoil, and can also adversely affect soil drainage.
Consumer Advocate proposed that if a landowner can secure the opinion of a
qualified soil scientist that a greater depth of topsoil removal, up to 36
inches, is required to preserve the productive capacity of the land, the
pipeline company should be required to remove the topsoil to that depth.
Consumer Advocate also argued the pipeline company should not be given carte
blanche to decide to alter the slope or contour of the land, and that if the
landowner objects the alteration should not be allowed unless expressly
authorized by FERC. Consumer Advocate also recommended the phrase “to
facilitate construction” should be deleted, arguing that otherwise the
subrule would not apply to changes to land slope or contour made for other
reasons.
The issue of staking raises concerns as to whether staking
could eliminate the difficulties of topsoil separation as anticipated by its
proponents. The Board understands that several methods if done properly will
achieve the purpose of protecting the topsoil. Staking works best where the
depth of soil to be removed is precisely known, as is the case with many types
of earth–moving projects. Where the depth of topsoil is not necessarily
constant or consistent, staking may not be accurate. Based upon landowner
comments and the comments of Farm Bureau and Consumer Advocate, the Board is
concerned that the current methods of measuring the depth of topsoil to strip
are not adequate. The Board though is also aware that the pipeline companies
have successfully used the judgment of the equipment operators and the color of
the soil as a guide in many instances. Balancing these two positions the Board
finds that, rather than a mandatory requirement for all projects, the landowner
should be given the option to require measurement of the topsoil before and
after construction. The Board will therefore modify subrule 9.4(1) to state,
“A pipeline company shall, upon a landowner’s request, measure
topsoil depth at selected locations before and after
construction.”
Concerning Consumer Advocate’s postconstruction
complaint process, rule 9.7(479,479A,479B) provides, consistent with the
statute, that requests for compliance action by the Board must originate with
the county board of supervisors. Additionally, the Board does not believe that
postconstruction coring at locations other than at exact preconstruction
locations would necessarily establish that topsoil replacement was
inadequate.
The Board also has serious doubts about the wisdom of
stripping topsoil from the working side of the right–of–way in the
majority of instances. Commenters have alleged that topsoil stripping
irrevocably damages soil structure and mixes sublayers. The Board stated, in
the Notice of Intended Action (ARC 9878A), “removing topsoil from
the working right–of–way (excepting wet conditions) would risk more
damage to the topsoil and place underlying tile lines at greater risk than
leaving it in place.”
The problems associated with precise removal of topsoil,
without introducing subsoil, are well documented. The removal of topsoil
reduces the soil cushion over tile lines, increasing the risk of damage from
construction equipment. It does not reduce compaction, only results in deeper
compaction. The primary benefit appears to be prevention of soil mixing in
ground disturbed by construction equipment. Subrule 9.4(10) provides for
topsoil stripping of the working side of the right–of–way as a
possible alternative to stopping construction in soft soils, but in considering
this benefit it must be remembered that the Alliance project constructed an
unusually large pipeline and installed pipe unusually heavy even for its size.
These rules must apply to all pipeline construction, most of which will not
involve pipe or equipment, or have the potential for damage, of this degree.
These rules will also apply to maintenance, operation and repair activities
which may require an excavation but which need not involve a lot of heavy
equipment. The very large construction projects are the ones most likely to
require that a project–specific land restoration plan be prepared, at
which time the justification for topsoil stripping on the working side of the
right–of–way can be considered.
In those cases where the topsoil in the subsoil storage area
is deeper than 12 inches, the adopted rule will provide for a clean layer of
replaced topsoil. This side will not experience the construction traffic of the
working side, so is less subject to other damage. The Board’s adopted
rule is also consistent with FERC guidelines. The Illinois Department of
Agriculture negotiated an Agricultural Impact Mitigation Agreement for the 1998
Northern Border Pipeline that did require up to 36 inches of topsoil removal
from the subsoil storage area, but required only up to 12 inches for the
subsequent Alliance project. The two pipelines go through generally the same
part of the state. Illinois does not appear to have pursued the 36–inch
standard on other subsequent projects. There is no record to show why Illinois
acted as it did, but it supports a conclusion that the Board should not adopt a
requirement for all projects that another jurisdiction with experience in such
matters applied once but did not repeat.
Addressing Consumer Advocate’s comments, the Board finds
that where a landowner has evidence that topsoil should be stripped to a greater
depth to maintain the productive capacity of the land, the landowner could
negotiate an agreement with the pipeline company, or the information would be
useful to the Board when a case–specific land restoration plan is being
considered.
With regard to the contour of the land, while pipeline routes
prefer to follow the lay of the land as much as possible, in rough terrain or on
steep sideslopes, it may be necessary to do some grading for construction to be
possible. The Board does not believe that recognizing in these rules that this
occasional, but sometimes necessary, work occurs, and providing protections for
the landowner, constitutes “carte blanche.” It would not be
appropriate to provide in these rules a method for a landowner to block a
pipeline project by objecting to a necessary element of pipeline construction on
a route approved by the Board or FERC. It is also unclear why a pipeline
company would do such work other than to facilitate construction, and since the
law and the rules only apply to pipeline construction, construction done for
some other purpose would not be covered by these rules.
Comments were received concerning paragraph
9.4(1)“b.” Landowners stressed the need for separation, but did not
comment on the language of the paragraph. Farm Bureau supported the paragraph
as proposed. Northern suggested the second sentence of the paragraph be amended
to state the spoil piles must have sufficient separation from the topsoil piles.
Northern would further allow use of stored topsoil for construction roads if
necessary to comply with FERC limitations on the width of construction
right–of–way. Northern argues a state is preempted from requiring
an action that would conflict with FERC right–of–way
restrictions.
Northern would alter the paragraph to allow use of topsoil to
construct field entrances, contending it may be the only soil available.
Landowner commenters were adamantly opposed to removal of topsoil from the
property for this (or any other) purpose, fearing it will not be returned or if
returned will be contaminated with rocks or gravel. At oral presentation it was
suggested gravel, which could be later reused for other purposes, or ag lime,
which farmers would accept on their fields, were alternatives. Another
alternative would be to remove the topsoil and use subsoil to build
entrances.
Property Rights Association II strongly supported prohibitions
against removing topsoil from a property for field drives or any other purpose.
It proposed paragraphs 9.4(1)“a,” “b,” “c,”
and “d” should be consistently written to require return of
essentially the original soil material to the original location and parcel. The
Association made this same comment with reference to subrule 9.4(8). The
Association equated topsoil removal from a property to theft and was concerned
that any soil brought in to make up a shortage would be of inferior
quality.
The Board finds that the term “spoil pile” is a
generic term that could refer to either stored topsoil or subsoil. To prevent
misunderstanding, the rule will be revised to read, “The stored topsoil
and subsoil shall have sufficient separation to prevent mixing during the
storage period.”
The Board understands that removal of topsoil from the
property is an important issue with landowners. It is proper that the rule not
allow it without landowner consent. Pipeline companies have alternatives if
landowner consent is not obtained.
The Board finds also that it is the obligation of the company
to request from FERC a right–of–way width sufficient for
construction in compliance with all applicable rules and Northern’s
proposed change should not be adopted. The rule as proposed would adequately
address the majority of the concerns expressed by Property Rights Association
II.
No comments were received concerning
9.4(1)“c.”
There were numerous landowner comments concerning paragraph
9.4(1)“d.” These complaints were that the replaced topsoil
contained subsoil and that the depth replaced was inadequate. The landowner
complaints were primarily about performance or enforcement. There were no
suggested changes to the language of paragraph “b.” The Board would
note that when topsoil is stripped to the subsoil, it is virtually inevitable
that some subsoil will be taken with it. Regardless of precautions taken,
earth–moving equipment is not that precise. The presence of some evidence
of subsoil in the topsoil may not be entirely preventable, but should be
minimized by these rules.
Comments were received concerning 9.4(2)“a.”
Northern would add language to specify that paragraph “a” applies
only to new construction and would not apply to preexisting conditions. The
Board finds that Northern’s concern is adequately addressed by use of the
word “installed” in the paragraph and Northern’s language is
not necessary. The Board will adopt the paragraph as proposed.
No comments were received concerning 9.4(2)“b,”
introductory paragraph or subparagraphs (1) and (3). Several comments were in
agreement with the protections proposed in subparagraph (4). Property Rights
Association II suggested the protections provided in subparagraph (4) be
installed immediately.
Comments were received concerning subparagraph (2). This
subparagraph proposes a time frame for temporary repairs. Northern proposed
deletion of this subparagraph, contending it is superfluous in light of
subparagraph (1), which requires temporary repair of any tile that is flowing
water. This is consistent with comments by pipeline companies in the prior
phase of this docket, which argued that temporary repair of dry lines is not
necessary. Numerous other commenters contended the proposed subparagraph is too
lenient and that ten days is too long. Alternatives suggested by the commenters
include immediate repair, repair within 24 or 48 hours, and repair within three
days. The three days was based on the opinion that the tile should be
temporarily repaired before the next heavy rain and that weather forecasts are
not accurate beyond three days. The recommendations for more rapid action were
generally accompanied by contentions that the right–of–way and
adjacent lands would not drain properly if the tile were not repaired, and many
included examples of drainage problems occurring during and after the Alliance
project.
While many commenters charged that drainage problems occurred
during and after the Alliance project, none specifically blamed lack of
temporary repair across the trench for causing or exacerbating the problem, nor
was there criticism of the temporary repair methodologies proposed in these
rules.
The Board in drafting this subparagraph considered the terms
“immediate” as well as “prompt” before deciding on the
phrase “as soon as practicable” to establish when the protective
measure installation should be made. The Board finds that the comments raise no
issues not considered in the prior rule making.
The proposed subparagraph only addresses repairs where the
tile line crosses the trench. The language in the subparagraph addresses a
temporary pipe bridging the gap to carry drainage water. In comments filed in
the prior rule making, pipeline companies saw little benefit to themselves from
temporary repairs of dry lines. If heavy rains occurred and the tile began to
flow, the companies expected the trench to become wet from surface and
groundwater flow regardless. The companies consider installing pipe in trenches
containing water to be a common construction condition and of no great import.
However, the cost and burden of unnecessary tile repairs are of great concern to
them. Pipeline companies consider this cost and burden to outweigh the benefit
from less water entry if the tile begins to flow.
The Board stated in the Notice of Intended Action (ARC
9878A), “The comments from farm and landowner interests indicate that
the fundamental concerns to be addressed are maintaining drainage from adjacent
lands during and after construction and preventing entry of mud and debris into
the open ends of the tile. It appears these concerns can be protected without
requiring temporary repair in all instances.”
For the above reasons, the Board sought a balance between
landowner concerns and pipeline company interests by providing a window during
which dry tile need not be temporarily repaired. If the tile began to flow,
temporary repair would be required, and until it was installed, landowners would
be protected by allowing the tile to drain into the trench and by protecting the
open tile ends. The pipeline company would bear the inconvenience of any extra
water in the trench. The Board believes that the subparagraphs also have the
added benefit of encouraging pipeline companies to complete installation as soon
as possible, after which permanent repairs could begin.
Many of the comments related to the Alliance project that had
particular problems. The project installed an unusually large, heavy pipe which
in turn required large, heavy equipment. This equipment damaged or crushed tile
and interfered with tile drainage. Such damage cannot be temporarily repaired
within a specified time period. Its existence is unlikely to be known in
advance of development of drainage problems, and if known, it is unclear how
repairs could be made or preserved while pipeline construction remains in
progress. Repairs to damage of this nature must rely on paragraph
9.4(2)“g.” Problems of the magnitude caused by the Alliance project
are not anticipated on more typically sized pipeline projects.
The Board finds that the evidence does not support a finding
that more rapid temporary repair would resolve the types of problems raised by
commenters, and finds that the balancing of interests in the proposed
subparagraphs should be retained.
Comments were received concerning 9.4(2)“c.”
After the phrase stating the repairs must be inspected by the county inspector,
Northern suggested the addition of the phrase, “provided, however, that if
proper notice is given, construction will not be delayed due to a county
inspector’s failure to be present on the site.” Northern suggested
the exception provided by statute to the requirement that a county inspector be
present be included in the paragraph. The Board finds that Northern’s
proposed modification is reasonable.
Comments were received concerning 9.4(2)“d.”
Northern proposed limiting application of the repair requirements of
subparagraph (6) to damage “within the work area.” Property Rights
Association II alleged that on the Alliance project a tile repair was made using
solid wall PVC pipe, which did not drain groundwater and caused a wet spot.
They contend this pipe would have satisfied the requirements of the proposed
rule.
The Board finds that Northern’s proposed change could be
construed to exempt repair of damage that could occur outside the work area,
such as that caused by entry of mud or debris, and should not be adopted. The
Board does not believe that solid wall PVC pipe could be construed to be drain
tile under the language of the proposed subparagraph. The Board will not make
either of the changes.
Comments were received concerning 9.4(2)“e.”
After the phrase stating the repairs must be inspected by the county inspector,
Northern recommended the addition of the following phrase: “provided,
however, that if proper notice is given, construction will not be delayed due to
a county inspector’s failure to be present on the site.” Northern
suggested that the exception provided by the statute concerning the requirement
that a county inspector be present be included in paragraph “e.”
The Board will adopt Nothern’s proposed modification.
Consistent with its comments regarding paragraph
“e,” Northern proposed the addition of the same phrase regarding the
county inspector’s failure to be present after notice be made to paragraph
“f.” The Board will make the modification as proposed.
Comments were received concerning paragraph
9.4(2)“g.” Numerous landowners reported damage to drain tile as a
result of construction. No commenters proposed changes to proposed paragraph
“g.” Paragraph “g” is intended to require
long–term remediation of drainage problems caused by pipeline
construction, which would include tile crushed or damaged under traveled
portions of the right–of–way. Regrettably, it may take some time
before the location and extent of all such damage becomes apparent and can be
repaired. The paragraph will be adopted as proposed.
Comments were received concerning paragraph
9.4(3)“a.” In the first sentence of the paragraph, Northern
suggested the 3–inch rock size be changed to 4–inch to be consistent
with FERC requirements. In the second sentence, Northern would change from 24
inches to 12 inches the depth to which trench backfill cannot contain excessive
rock, again to be consistent with FERC standards.
Gene and Wanda Hertz argue all rocks should be removed because
even small ones can get into combines. They urged the Board not to let FERC set
this standard. LandownerDavid Whitman contended his farm has consolidated rock
and is concerned that if broken rock is used as trench backfill above the frost
line, frost heave will bring that rock to the surface.
The Board selected the 3–inch standard because of a
landowner statement made to FERC at a public meeting on the Alliance project.
The statement contended that a 3–inch rock was large enough to cause
significant damage to harvesting equipment. No comments have disputed the
accuracy of that statement. The Board recognizes that trenching may bring up
large rocks from deep in the ground. The proposed 24–inch rule would
ensure that when the trench is backfilled those rocks are not at a depth where
they could be struck by even deep–tillage equipment. The Board finds that
the rule as proposed sets a reasonable standard to minimize the risk of
equipment damage and is more conservative than the FERC guidelines. It also
appears appropriate to amend the paragraph to not allow broken rock backfill
above the frost line.
It has also been suggested that the phrase “unless
provided otherwise in a written agreement” be deleted from the first
sentence of the paragraph. The Board finds that the inclusion of this statement
is not necessary as a reminder to landowners that they can reach separate
written agreements with the pipeline companies to address their individual
concerns. The separate agreements are addressed in rule 9.6(479, 479A,479B).
The Board will remove the reference to separate agreements in this
paragraph.
Comments were received concerning paragraph
9.4(3)“b.” Farm Bureau opposed allowing in situ remediation of
spills. Farm Bureau alleged pipeline companies have been careless and
inconsiderate in matters such as changing oil in construction equipment and
believed this rule would allow the company to shirk its
responsibility.
The Board finds that in situ remediation is a not uncommon
method of treating chemical and petroleum spills, and has the advantage of not
requiring removal of soil from the property. The Board does not believe that
the availability of this alternate remedial method will encourage irresponsible
behavior.
Comments were received concerning subrule 9.4(4). A number of
landowner commenters alleged the Alliance project had caused soil compaction on
their property.
On the deep tillage requirements, Northern suggested the
addition of language allowing exceptions when “otherwise agreed by the
pipeline company and the landowner.” Northern believes there may be
instances, such as shallow tile, where tilling to the specified depth may be
undesirable. Mau also recognized that deep tillage could affect tile lines. He
recommended that it was preferable to till deep and fix the tiles
later.
When the topsoil was not removed from the area to be tilled,
Northern would prohibit tillage deeper than the topsoil depth. Northern argues
that deep tillage could cause soil commingling. Property Rights Association II
wants the replaced layer of topsoil tilled as well.
Farm Bureau supported the provision that deep tilling be done
when soil conditions are appropriate. Mau contended at oral presentation that
if the topsoil is not removed during construction, it should be stripped for
deep tilling. By removing the topsoil layer, the depth of tillage into the
subsoil would be increased.
Although a number of landowner commenters alleged compaction
damage, they did not offer suggestions on how the subrule could be improved.
Exceptions under agreements with landowners are addressed in rule 9.6(479,479A,
479B) and no need is seen to refer to this possibility in individual rules. The
compaction that tillage is intended to relieve is not necessarily limited to the
depth of the topsoil. Deep tillage is routinely used in agriculture to relieve
soil compaction caused by agricultural equipment, and it is not clear why
tillage to relieve compaction caused by pipeline equipment would have
consequences greater than that of a common agricultural practice.
Based upon the comments, the Board finds that the merits of
requiring tilling of the replaced topsoil seem questionable. The replaced
topsoil was not subjected to the equipment and vehicle travel to the same extent
as soils in place during the installation of the pipeline. Subsequent
preparation of a seedbed for planting a farm or cover crop will till the soil.
If the soil will remain exposed for a long period, the potential for wind
erosion is increased if the soil is freshly tilled.
The Board finds that considering all the comments, including
Mau’s, alleging damage to the topsoil and soil mixing that can accompany
stripping, it does not appear topsoil stripping for the sole purpose of subsoil
tillage is desirable. Not every individual situation can be addressed in the
rules. It seems unlikely there will be underground facilities within the depth
of deep tilling (tile lines are normally buried 4 feet deep). If the pipeline
company or landowner is aware of special circumstances, this may be a subject
for discussion and, if necessary, a special agreement.
A limitation of deep tillage is that it may not go as deep as
the compaction. A recommended practice for relieving deep compaction is two
years of a cover crop of perennial vegetation with deep taproots. Legumes
familiar in Iowa, such as alfalfa, are examples of such vegetation. The deep
roots can often penetrate further than mechanical means. The “green
manure” value of such crops can also restore surface soil quality. In
addition, such temporary land use may also eliminate weeds and plant diseases
that may be introduced by construction equipment. These rules could not mandate
such practice, as land use decisions are up to the landowner. The Board though
believes this is an action that landowners may take to relieve the effects of
pipeline construction, but is not one that can be mandated or addressed by these
rules.
Proposed subrule 9.4(4) was published with a typographical
error in the heading, and the Board believes that the heading should be
modified. The Board will correct the typographical error and modify the heading
to read “Restoration after soil compaction and rutting.”
Comments were received concerning subrule 9.4(5). After the
phrase stating the remedial action must be inspected by the county inspector,
Northern proposed the addition of language indicating that the county
inspector’s failure to be present would not delay construction if proper
notice had been given. Northern also recommended that the first sentence
require structures be restored to the condition existing “prior to”
rather than “at the time of” construction.
The Board finds that the language concerning county inspectors
should be added to this subrule and that Northern’s suggested phrasing of
the first sentence is preferable and will be adopted.
No comments were received concerning paragraph
9.4(6)“a,” but comments were received concerning paragraph
“b.” The paragraph would not require a cover crop if construction
was completed too late in the year for a cover crop to become established and if
the land is to be tilled the following year. Jack and Deb Hartman, landowners,
stated that their land met these conditions and topsoil was lost to wind
erosion. They propose that the landowner be allowed to require that the
right–of–way be mulched, preferably with corn or bean stubble, and
that the organic mulch originate from the same farm to prevent transfer of weed
seeds from another area.
The Board is not convinced of the merits of the
Hartmans’ proposal and believes that its terms could be difficult to meet.
Under the Hartmans’ proposal, the preferred corn or bean stubble mulch
would have to originate from the same farm. This might not be realistic because
the farm may not have enough mulch available to cover a large area associated
with pipeline construction. Finding material for mulch may be impossible if the
crop is in the field. The proposal raises issues that could be significant to
the landowners and the companies without further discussion or input and which
are not adequately addressed in this rule making. The Board though does agree
that the topsoil should be protected even if the completion of construction
occurs too late in the year to require a cover crop. The Board encourages the
companies to negotiate separate agreements with the landowners for ground cover
in these circumstances.
Comments were received concerning subrule 9.4(7). Northern
suggested that the subrule as proposed apply only to pipelines other than
interstate natural gas pipelines and that a separate subrule be added to apply
only to interstate pipelines. Northern contends its suggestion would prevent
conflicts between state and FERC requirements on future drain tile
installation.
Under Northern’s proposal, interstate pipelines would
contact the landowner and local soil conservation authorities to determine the
location of drain tile likely to be installed within three years of
construction, and would place the pipeline at a depth sufficient to avoid
interference with future drain tile systems. For “adjacent pipeline
loops,” the depth of the new pipeline need not exceed the depth of the
existing pipeline to be paralleled. No landowners or other commenter proposed
changes to this subrule.
The Board finds that there are three clear objections to
Northern’s proposal. First, separate standards for different types of
pipelines are considered undesirable. Second, three years seems arbitrary.
Third, a specific exception for a new pipeline paralleling an existing line
would not be appropriate in these rules. It is understood that FERC accepts
Northern’s recommended practice for parallel pipelines, but whether it
would be appropriate to install a new pipeline at the same depth as an existing
pipeline is a case–specific determination. It may be reasonable in some
situations but not others. As occurred with the Alliance project, the new
pipeline may be significantly larger than the one it would parallel, and the
greater depth to the bottom of the new pipe could create a barrier to tiles that
could pass under the existing line. The shallower depth could also
unnecessarily disrupt adjacent existing drain tile systems. The proposed term
“adjacent pipeline loops” would apparently limit application of such
a rule to a pipeline company that also owns the existing pipeline to be
paralleled, but the principle remains. The 1998 expansion of the Northern
Border pipeline, which included 147 miles of new 36–inch pipeline
paralleling an existing 30–inch pipeline, would apparently have fit under
this exclusion.
The Board finds that other aspects of Northern’s
proposal require additional consideration. Under the proposed paragraphs,
landowners would have to approach the pipeline company with their plans while
Northern has proposed that the company approach the landowner. The proposed
rules require a well–defined plan prepared by a qualified technician,
while Northern’s proposal would not.
The Board finds that the comments on this subrule from the
first stage of this rule making are particularly relevant. In the prior rule
making, Alliance alleged that the subrule could be abused to impose unreasonable
requirements on pipeline depth and called for third–party review of
disputes. The Board responded that the “defined by a qualified
technician” provision provided protection from unreasonable
representations of future plans. Therefore, it would not be appropriate to now
eliminate this provision. The Board finds though that the concept of a
requirement that the pipeline company inquire about the landowner’s future
plans has merit. The value of a requirement to contact soil conservation
agencies is uncertain, as they seldom do tile work and the landowner would be
the most definitive source on future plans.
These rules would not preclude a pipeline company, under FERC
guidelines or its own initiative, from using a lesser standard of evidence for
landowner representations of future plans than that contained in these
rules.
The Board will add a new last sentence to each paragraph in
9.4(7). The sentence should state that the pipeline shall consult with the
landowner concerning the landowner’s plans for future drain–tile
installation and the pipeline company shall consult with the landowner
concerning the landowner’s plans for future installation of soil
conservation practices and structures.
No comments proposed changes to 9.4(8). Some commenters
alleged that Alliance pipeline construction had adversely impacted the slope and
contour of their land. Compliance with this subrule would address the concerns
raised in comments.
Comments were received concerning 9.4(9). Northern would add
language stating that leaving a road or field entrance may be contingent upon
the approval of state or county road or highway authorities. Farm Bureau
recognizes this may be a factor but does not suggest the subrule be
modified.
It does not appear necessary in these subrules to specifically
address every situation where another authority may have jurisdiction. In this
case, however, future misunderstandings may be prevented if the possible need
for approval by public road authorities is mentioned. “Highway
authorities” might be a more proper legal term, but laymen may interpret
it to mean only paved roads, so “public road authorities” is
recommended.
The Board will modify the final sentence of the subrule to
indicate that, subject to any necessary approval by public road authorities, if
a field entrance or road is to be left in place, it shall be left in a graded
and serviceable condition.
Comments were received concerning subrule 9.4(10). A number
of commenters made strong statements about the damage caused by heavy
construction equipment in wet soils. Soil mixing, damaged tile, and severe
rutting were the prime concerns. The commenters though did not provide
additional language to improve the proposed subrule.
Farm Bureau generally supported the proposed rule, but
recommended “undue compaction” should be added to the list of
stop–work items. Property Rights Association II would prohibit
construction in wet conditions and give the county inspector authority to stop
construction. Consumer Advocate would give the county inspector authority to
stop construction if continued construction would “adversely affect the
productive capacity of the land.”
The Board finds that the additional terms proposed by
Farm Bureau and Consumer Advocate appear too vague and subjective to include
in the subrule and their proposals would be very difficult criteria to apply in
the field. The statute provides for construction to stop where soil mixing and
damage to tiles may occur because of wet conditions. Soil mixing can be
observed and the risk to tile lines can be a subjective conclusion. Both can be
anticipated from the depth of rutting or extent of soil movement. The Board
does not believe that a county inspector could apply phrases such as
“undue compaction” or “adversely affect the productive
capacity of the land,” with any consistency. The Board finds that the
statute provides sufficient authority with regard to cessation of construction
during wet conditions.
Comments were received concerning rule 9.5(479,479A, 479B).
Farm Bureau supported the proposed rule. Northern would add that the telephone
number could be either toll free or collect. The Board finds that because a
collect call is toll free to the caller, which is the intent of the rule, the
suggestion by Northern is not necessary.
Comments were received concerning rule 9.6(479,479A, 479B).
The Administrative Rules Review Committee and Property Rights Association
II expressed concern that a pipeline company could use this provision to
persuade or intimidate a landowner into signing an agreement that would not
provide adequate land restoration. The Administrative Rules Review Committee
was also concerned that there is no oversight over the terms of such
agreements.
Northern would add that the county’s copy of the
agreement could be provided to the county inspector or to the county board of
supervisors or other person or group responsible for the inspection.
The Board proposed the rule to reflect the provisionsof Iowa
Code sections 479.29(10), 479A.14(14), and 479B.20(10). The sections provide
that separate agreements may be entered into between the landowner and the
pipeline company. The sections then provide that the separate agreements must
be consistent with the statute and rules. The separate agreements are reviewed
and retained by the county inspector. The Board finds that a duplication of the
review and retention of the separate agreements by the Board would not provide
additional safeguards to warrant the time and expense involved. Another issue
with oversight would be timing. While some agreements are reached well in
advance of construction and may be filed with the easement, others may be
implemented the same day; for example, an agreement on where the pipeline
company could dispose of excess rock. Oversight could delay implementation of
accommodations mutually agreed to in the field.
The Board has no separate authority to take any action
concerning the agreements. The county board of supervisors is given the
authority to file a complaint if the agreements do not comply with these rules
or the statute. Not even the landowner has been given the authority to file a
complaint.
The statutes and rules are for the benefit of landowners. As
part of easement or other negotiations landowners can seek special terms they
feel are appropriate for their property, and cannot be told by the pipeline
company that such separate agreements are prohibited. The Board is aware of no
instance where a landowner was persuaded to sign an agreement that the landowner
later claimed was insufficient or signed under duress. The Board believes that
the statute would make an agreement that was not consistent with the law or
these rules invalid and unenforceable.
The Board finds that Northern’s proposal that copies of
the agreement could be provided to the county via any number of persons is not
acceptable. To the extent it could be difficult to determine who should receive
the information, the same remedy could be provided as was proposed under the
definition of “proper notice.” The Board will add a sentence to the
rule that authorizes the pipeline company to request that the county designate a
specific person to receive the agreements.
Comments were received concerning rule 9.7(479,479A, 479B).
There were numerous criticisms pertaining to enforcement on the Alliance
project. There were no negative comments on the language of the rule as
drafted, but there were calls for expanded enforcement options and authority.
Farm Bureau requested a rule requiring the pipeline company pay the
county’s attorney fees and costs in enforcing the rules. Farm Bureau
would also have the Board allow landowners to file petitions seeking compliance
directly with the Board.
Consumer Advocate would require the following: (1) a
county–by–county report by the pipeline company to the Board on
compliance with these rules for each individual landowner; (2) that the Board
annually collect, compile, and make available for public inspection a report for
each affected county on the relative productivity of land affected by pipeline
construction; and (3) that affected land be restored to its original production
capacity within seven years.
Northern would add after both citations to the statutes the
following statement: “to the extent such statutes are applicable.”
Northern asserted that the phrase would clarify that different laws apply to
different companies.
The Board finds that the statute clearly sets out the method
of enforcement for violations of the statute, these rules, or the separate
agreements. The Board does not believe that it can create additional methods of
enforcement, beyond those specifically mentioned in the statute. The Board
finds that Farm Bureau’s proposal is not consistent with the statutory
scheme that authorizes complaints be brought by the county board of supervisors.
The Board finds that Consumer Advocate’s suggestions go beyond the statute
and would create additional workload. Consumer Advocate’s second item in
particular would be better proposed to a soil conservation or agriculture
agency.
The Board finds that the additional language proposed by
Northern is not necessary. It is clear that the rules apply only to the extent
that they conform to the applicable statutes.
No comments were filed regarding the drawings PL–1 and
PL–2. These drawings provide instruction on proper methods for permanent
tile and terrace repair and no change is proposed.
There were additional comments filed in this rule making that
did not specifically address the proposed rules and which addressed problems
that occurred during construction of the Alliance project. These comments have
provided valuable context for consideration of these rules and hopefully have
helped the Board promulgate rules that will minimize many of the problems
encountered on the past projects. Comments were also provided by MidAmerican
urging the Board to recognize that these rules will also apply to pipelines
installed by Iowa gas companies, not only to large interstate pipeline
companies. MidAmerican stated its belief that the proposed rules successfully
strike an appropriate balance, but expressed concerns that the rules may be
modified in reaction to a major interstate pipeline project and thus place
unnecessary restrictions on smaller projects.
The Board has attempted to balance the interests of the
landowners and the pipeline companies and to adopt rules that would eliminate
many of the landowners’ concerns, while at the same time adopting rules
that apply to large proj– ects and minor excavations for repairs or
maintenance. The Board recognizes that larger projects will require that
aproject–specific land restoration plan be approved by the Board and
during that review project–specific conditions may be adopted.
The primary intent of the statute and therefore of these rules
is the preservation of the topsoil that is found on agricultural land. This
primary intent is to be balanced with the necessity of building natural gas
pipelines through agricultural land to meet the current and future energy needs
of the state of Iowa. The legislature has struck a balance between these two
competing interests, and the Board has attempted to keep this balance in
promulgating rules to implement the statutory scheme.
The Board believes that it has maintained the proper balance.
It has taken additional time to consider the many issues raised by terminating
the original rule making and allowing for additional comments and consideration
in this rule making. Many comments received were similar to those received in
the prior rule making, but many provided additional insight into the issues
being addressed. As with all rule makings, which involve a balancing of
competing interests, there may have to be modifications of these rules as they
are applied. The Board believes that the adopted rules set out below will
enable landowners to protect the value of their land, without placing
prohibitive restrictions on companies proposing to build pipelines in this
state.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 479,
479A, and 479B.
These rules will become effective on March 14, 2001.
The following rules are adopted.
Rescind 199—Chapter 9 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 9
RESTORATION OF AGRICULTURAL LANDS DURING AND
AFTER PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
199—9.1(479,479A,479B) General
information.
9.1(1) Authority. The standards contained
herein are prescribed by the Iowa utilities board pursuant to the authority
granted to the board in Iowa Code sections 479.29, 479A.14, and 479B.20,
relating to land restoration standards for pipelines. The requirements of this
chapter do not apply to interstate natural gas pipeline projects that were both
constructed between June 1, 1999, and July 1, 2000, and that also received a
certificate from the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission prior to June 1, 1999.
In addition, the requirements of this chapter do not apply to land located
within city boundaries, unless the land is used for agricultural
purposes.
9.1(2) Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is
to establish standards for the restoration of agricultural lands during and
after pipeline construction. Agricultural lands disturbed by pipeline
construction shall be restored in compliance with these rules. The rules in
this chapter shall constitute the minimum land restoration standards for any
pipeline construction for which a project–specific plan is not required.
When a project–specific land restoration plan is required, following
notice and comment, the Board may impose additional or more stringent standards
as necessary to address issues specific to the nature and location of the
particular pipeline project.
9.1(3) Definitions. The following words and
terms, when used in these rules, shall have the meanings indicated
below:
a. “Agricultural land” shall mean:
(1) Land which is presently under cultivation, or
(2) Land which has previously been cultivated and not
subsequently developed for nonagricultural purposes, or
(3) Cleared land capable of being cultivated.
b. “Drainage structures” or
“underground improvements” means any permanent structure used
for draining agricultural lands, including tile systems and buried terrace
outlets.
c. “Landowner” means a person listed
on the tax assessment rolls as responsible for the payment of real estate taxes
imposed on the property.
d. “Pipeline” means any pipe, pipes, or
pipelines used for the transportation or transmission of any solid, liquid, or
gaseous substance, except water, in intrastate or interstate commerce.
e. “Pipeline company” means any person,
firm, copart– nership, association, corporation, or syndicate engaged in
or organized for the purpose of owning, operating, or controlling
pipelines.
f. “Pipeline construction” means
installation, replacement, removal, operation or maintenance of a pipeline, but
shall not include work performed during an emergency. Emergency means a
condition where there is clear and immediate danger to life or health, or
essential services, or a potentially significant loss of property. When the
emergency condition ends, pipeline construction will be in accordance with these
rules.
g. “Proper notice” to the county inspector
means that the pipeline company or its contractor shall keep the person
responsible for the inspection continually informed of the work schedule and any
schedule changes, and shall provide at least 24 hours’ written notice
before trenching, permanent tile repair, or backfilling is undertaken at any
specific location. The pipeline company may request that the county inspector
designate a person to receive such notices.
h. “Soil conservation practices” means any land
conservation practice recognized by federal or state soil conservation agencies
including, but not limited to, grasslands and grassed waterways, hay land
planting, pasture, and tree plantings.
i. “Soil conservation structures” means any
permanent structure recognized by federal or state soil conservation agencies
including but not limited to toe walls, drop inlets, grade control works,
terraces, levees, and farm ponds.
j. “Till” means to loosen the soil in preparation
for planting or seeding by plowing, chiseling, discing, or similar means. For
the purposes of this chapter, agricultural land planted using no–till
planting practices is also considered tilled.
k. “Topsoil” means the upper part of the soil
which is the most favorable material for plant growth and which can ordinarily
be distinguished from subsoil by its higher organic content and darker
color.
199—9.2(479,479A,479B) Filing of land restoration
plans. For intrastate natural gas and all hazardous liquid pipeline
projects, land restoration plans shall be prepared and filed with the
appropriate petition pursuant to Iowa Code section 479.29(9) or 479B.20(9) and
this chapter for pipeline construction projects which require a pipeline permit
from the Iowa utilities board, or for amendments to permits that propose
pipeline construction or relocation. Plans for interstate natural gas pipeline
construction projects requiring a certificate from the Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission shall be prepared pursuant to Iowa Code section 479A.14(9) and this
chapter.
9.2(1) Content of plan. A land restoration
plan shall include but not be limited to the following:
a. A brief description of the purpose and nature of the
pipeline construction project.
b. A description of the sequence of events that will occur
during pipeline construction.
c. A description of how compliance with subrules 9.4(1) to
9.4(10) will be accomplished.
d. The plan should include the point of contact for landowner
inquiries or claims as provided for in rule 9.5(479,479A,479B).
9.2(2) Plan variations. The board may by waiver
accept variations from this chapter in such plans if the pipeline company is
able to satisfy the standards set forth in 199 IAC 1.3(17A,474) and if the
alternative methods would restore the land to a condition as good as or better
than provided for in this chapter.
9.2(3) Environmental impact statement, environmental
assessments, and agreements. Preparation of a separate land restoration
plan for an interstate natural gas company project subject to Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission authority may be waived by the board if the requirements
of Iowa Code section 479A.14 are substantively satisfied in an environmental
impact statement or environmental assessment, as defined in 18 CFR Section
380.2, and as accepted and modified by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
certificate issued for the project. Preparation of a separate land
res–toration plan may be waived by the board if an agricultural impact
mitigation or similar agreement is reached by the pipeline company and the
appropriate agencies of the state of Iowa and the requirements of this chapter
are substantively satisfied therein. If an environmental impact statement,
environmental assessment or agreement is used to fully or partially meet the
requirements of a land restoration plan, the statement or agreement shall be
filed with the board and shall be considered to be, or to be part of, the land
restoration plan for purposes of this chapter.
199—9.3(479,479A,479B) Procedure for review of
plan.
9.3(1) An interstate natural gas pipeline or hazardous
liquid pipeline that is subject to Iowa Code section 479.5 or 479B.4 shall file
its proposed plan with the board at the time it files its petition for permit
pursuant to 199 IAC 10.2(479) or 13.2(479B), or a petition for amendment to
permit which proposes pipeline construction or relocation pursuant to 199 IAC
10.9(2) or 13.9(479B). Review of the land restoration plan will be coincident
with the board’s review of the application for permit, and objections to
the proposed plan may be filed as part of the permit proceeding.
9.3(2) An interstate natural gas pipeline company that
is required by rule 9.2(479,479A,479B) to file a land restoration plan shall
file a proposed land restoration plan, or a petition requesting waiver of the
plan filing requirement, with the board and the office of consumer advocate no
later than 120 days prior to the date construction is scheduled to commence. If
the pipeline company seeks waiver of the requirement that a plan be filed, and
instead proposes board acceptance of a Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
environmental impact statement or environmental assessment, or of an
agricultural impact mitigation or similar agreement, the filing shall include a
copy of that document. If the document is not final at the time filing is
required, the most recent draft or a statement of the anticipated relevant
contents shall be filed. If a Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
environmental impact statement or environmental assessment information, final or
draft, is filed, the filing shall identify the specific provisions which contain
the subject matter required by Iowa Code section 479A.14(1).
a. Any interested person may file an objection on or before
the twentieth day after the date the plan is filed.
b. Within 45 days of the filing of the plan or waiver request,
the board will issue a decision on whether the filing demonstrates that the land
restoration requirements of Iowa Code section 479A.14 and of these rules will be
met. The board may impose terms and conditions if the filing is found to be
incomplete or unsatisfactory. The board’s action may also be conditional
pending confirmation that the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission will not
impose terms and conditions that are not consistent with the action taken by the
board.
c. Interstate natural gas pipeline companies proposing
pipeline construction requiring a Federal Energy Regula–tory Commission
certificate shall include a copy of 199— Chapter 9 in the notice mailed to
affected landowners required by Federal Energy Regulatory Commission rule 18 CFR
Part 157.6(d). Interstate natural gas pipeline companies proposing pipeline
construction requiring a Federal Energy Regulatory Commission certificate shall
also file the following with the board:
(1) A copy of the landowner notification required by Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission rule 18 CFR Part 157.6(d), filed coincident with
the mailing to landowners.
(2) Notice of any open public meeting with Iowa landowners
scheduled by the company or by the Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission.
(3) Copies of letters from Iowa landowners concerning the
project filed with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, within 20 days of
such filing.
(4) A copy of any agricultural impact mitigation or similar
agreement reached with another state.
9.3(3) After the board has accepted the plan, but
prior to construction, the pipeline company shall provide copies of the plan to
all landowners of property that will be disturbed by the construction, and to
the county board of supervisors and the county engineer of each affected county.
However, if a waiver is granted pursuant to subrule 9.3(2), an interstate
natural gas pipeline company need not provide landowners with second copies of
environmental impact statements or environmental assessments if copies are
provided to landowners by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
199—9.4(479,479A,479B) Restoration of agricultural
lands.
9.4(1) Topsoil separation and
replacement.
a. Removal. Topsoil removal and replacement in accordance
with this rule is required for any open excavation associated with the
construction of a pipeline unless otherwise provided in these rules. The actual
depth of the topsoil, not to exceed 36 inches, will first be stripped from the
area to be excavated above the pipeline and, to a maximum of 12 inches, from the
adjacent subsoil storage area. Topsoil shall also be removed and replaced in
accordance with these rules at any location where land slope or contour is
significantly altered to facilitate construction. A pipeline company shall,
upon a landowner’s request, measure topsoil depth at selected locations
before and after construction.
b. Soil storage. The topsoil and subsoil shall be
segregated, stockpiled, and preserved separately during subsequent construction
operations. The stored topsoil and subsoil shall have sufficient separation to
prevent mixing during the storage period. Topsoil shall not be used to
construct field entrances or drives, or be otherwise removed from the property,
without the written consent of the landowner. Topsoil shall not be stored or
stockpiled at locations that will be used as a traveled way by construction
equipment without the written consent of the landowner.
c. Topsoil removal not required. Topsoil removal is
not required where the pipeline is installed by plowing, jacking, boring, or
other methods which do not require the opening of a trench. If provided for in
a written agreement with the landowner, topsoil removal is not required if the
pipeline can be installed in a trench with a top width of 18 inches or
less.
d. Backfill. The topsoil shall be replaced so the upper
portion of the pipeline excavation and the crowned surface, and the cover layer
of the area used for subsoil storage, contain only the topsoil originally
removed. The depth of the replaced topsoil shall conform as nearly as possible
to the depth removed. Where excavations are made for road, stream, drainage
ditch, or other crossings, the original depth of topsoil shall be replaced as
nearly as possible.
9.4(2) Temporary and permanent repair of drain
tile.
a. Pipeline clearance from drain tile. Where underground
drain tile is encountered, the pipeline shall be installed in such a manner that
the permanent tile repair can be installed with at least 12 inches of clearance
from the pipeline.
b. Temporary repair. The following standards shall be used to
determine if temporary repair of agricultural drainage tile lines encountered
during pipeline construction is required.
(1) Any underground drain tile damaged, cut, or removed and
found to be flowing or which subsequently begins to flow shall be temporarily
repaired as soon as practicable, and the repair shall be maintained as necessary
to allow for its proper function during construction of the pipeline. The
temporary repairs shall be maintained in good condition until permanent repairs
are made.
(2) If tile lines are dry and water is not flowing, temporary
repairs are not required if the permanent repair is made within ten days of the
time the damage occurred.
(3) Temporary repair is not required if the angle between the
trench and the tile lines places the tile end points too far apart for temporary
repair to be practical.
(4) If temporary repair of the line is not made, the upstream
exposed tile line shall not be obstructed but shall nonetheless be screened or
otherwise protected to prevent the entry of foreign materials and small animals
into the tile line system, and the downstream tile line entrance shall be capped
or filtered to prevent entry of mud or foreign material into the line if the
water level rises in the trench.
c. Marking. Any underground drain tile damaged, cut, or
removed shall be marked by placing a highly visible flag in the trench spoil
bank directly over or opposite such tile. This marker shall not be removed
until the tile has been permanently repaired and the repairs have been approved
and accepted by the county inspector. If proper notice is given, construction
shall not be delayed due to an inspector’s failure to be present on the
site.
d. Permanent repairs. Tile disturbed or damaged by pipeline
construction shall be repaired to its original or better condition. Permanent
repairs shall be completed as soon as is practical after the pipeline is
installed in the trench and prior to backfilling of the trench over the tile
line. Permanent repair and replacement of damaged drain tile shall be performed
in accordance with the following requirements:
(1) All damaged, broken, or cracked tile shall be
removed.
(2) Only unobstructed tile shall be used for
replacement.
(3) The tile furnished for replacement purposes shall be of a
quality, size and flow capacity at least equal to that of the tile being
replaced.
(4) Tile shall be replaced so that its original gradient and
alignment are restored, except where relocation or rerouting is required for
angled crossings. Tile lines at a sharp angle to the trench shall be repaired
in the manner shown on Drawing No. IUB PL–1 at the end of this
chapter.
(5) The replaced tile shall be firmly supported to prevent
loss of gradient or alignment due to soil settlement. The method used shall be
comparable to that shown on Drawing No. IUB PL–1 at the end of this
chapter.
(6) Before completing permanent tile repairs, all tile lines
shall be examined visually, by probing, or by other appropriate means on both
sides of the trench within any work area to check for tile that might have been
damaged by construction equipment. If tile lines are found to be damaged, they
must be repaired to operate as well after construction as before construction
began.
e. Inspection. Prior to backfilling of the applicable trench
area, each permanent tile repair shall be inspected for compliance by the county
inspector. If proper notice is given, construction shall not be delayed due to
an inspector’s failure to be present on the site.
f. Backfilling. The backfill surrounding the permanently
repaired drain tile shall be completed at the time of the repair and in a manner
that ensures that any further backfilling will not damage or misalign the
repaired section of the tile line. The backfill shall be inspected for
compliance by the county inspector. If proper notice is given, construction
shall not be delayed due to an inspector’s failure to be present on the
site.
g. Subsurface drainage. Subsequent to pipeline construction
and permanent repair, if it becomes apparent the tile line in the area disturbed
by construction is not functioning correctly or that the land adjacent to the
pipeline is not draining properly, which can reasonably be attributed to the
pipeline construction, the pipeline company shall make further repairs or
install additional tile as necessary to restore subsurface drainage.
9.4(3) Removal of rocks and debris from the
right–of–way.
a. Removal. The topsoil, when backfilled, and the easement
area shall be free of all rock larger than three inches in average diameter not
native to the topsoil prior to excavation. Where rocks over three inches in
size are present, their size and frequency shall be similar to adjacent soil not
disturbed by construction. The top 24 inches of the trench backfill shall not
contain rocks in any greater concentration or size than exist in the adjacent
natural soils. Consolidated rock removed by blasting or mechanical means shall
not be placed in the backfill above the natural bedrock profile or above the
frost line. In addition, the pipeline company shall examine areas adjacent to
the easement and along access roads and shall remove any large rocks or debris
which may have rolled or blown from the right–of–way or fallen from
vehicles.
b. Disposal. Rock which cannot remain in or be used as
backfill shall be disposed of at locations and in a manner mutually satisfactory
to the company and the landowner. Soil from which excess rock has been removed
may be used for backfill. All debris attributable to the pipeline construction
and related activities shall be removed and disposed of properly. For the
purposes of this rule, debris shall include spilled oil, grease, fuel, or other
petroleum or chemical products. Such products and any contaminated soil shall
be removed for proper disposal or treated by appropriate in situ
remediation.
9.4(4) Restoration after soil compaction and
rutting.
a. Agricultural restoration. Agricultural land, including off
right–of–way access roads traversed by heavy construction equipment
that will be removed, shall be deep tilled to alleviate soil compaction upon
completion of construction on the property. If the topsoil was removed from the
area to be tilled, the tillage shall precede replacement of the topsoil. At
least three passes with the deep tillage equipment shall be made. Tillage shall
be at least 18 inches deep in land used for crop production and 12 inches deep
on other lands and shall be performed under soil moisture conditions which
permit effective working of the soil. Upon agreement, this tillage may be
performed by the landowners or tenants using their own equipment.
b. Rutted land restoration. Rutted land shall be graded and
tilled until restored as near as practical to its preconstruction condition. On
land from which topsoil was removed, the rutting shall be remedied before the
topsoil is replaced.
9.4(5) Restoration of terraces, waterways, and other
erosion control structures. Existing soil conservation practices and structures
damaged by the construction of a pipeline shall be restored to the elevation and
grade existing prior to the time of pipeline construction. Any drain lines or
flow diversion devices impacted by pipeline construction shall be repaired or
modified as needed. Soil used to repair embankments intended to retain water
shall be well compacted. Disturbed vegetation shall be reestablished, including
a cover crop when appropriate. Restoration of terraces shall be in accordance
with Drawing No. IUB PL–2 at the end of this chapter. Such restoration
shall be inspected for compliance by the county inspector. If proper notice is
given, construction shall not be delayed due to an inspector’s failure to
be present on the site.
9.4(6) Revegetation of untilled land.
a. Crop production. Agricultural land not in row crop or
small grain production at the time of construction, including hay ground and
land in conservation or set–aside programs, shall be reseeded, including
use of a cover crop when appropriate, following completion of deep tillage and
replacement of the topsoil. The seed mix used shall restore the original or a
comparable ground cover unless otherwise requested by the landowner. If the
land is to be placed in crop production the following year, paragraph
“b” below shall apply.
b. Delayed crop production. Agricultural land used for row
crop or small grain production which will not be planted in that calendar year
due to the pipeline construction shall be seeded with an appropriate cover crop
following replacement of the topsoil and completion of deep tillage. However,
cover crop seeding may be delayed if construction is completed too late in the
year for a cover crop to become established and in such instances is not
required if the landowner or tenant proposes to till the land the following
year. The landowner may request ground cover where the construction is
completed too late in the year for a cover crop to become established to prevent
soil erosion.
9.4(7) Future installation of drain tile or soil
conservation structures.
a. Future drain tile. At locations where the proposed
installation of underground drain tile is made known in writing to the company
prior to the securing of an easement on the property and has been defined by a
qualified technician, the pipeline shall be installed at a depth which will
permit proper clearance between the pipeline and the proposed tile installation.
The pipeline company shall consult with the landowner concerning the
landowner’s plans for future drain tile installation.
b. Future practices and structures. At locations where
the proposed installation of soil conservation practices and structures is made
known in writing to the company prior to the securing of an easement on the
property and has been defined by a qualified technician, the pipeline shall be
installed at a depth which will allow for future installation of such soil
conservation practices and structures and retain the integrity of the pipeline.
The pipeline company shall consult with the landowner concerning the
landowner’s plans for future installation of soil conservation practices
and structures.
9.4(8) Restoration of land slope and contour. Upon
completion of construction, the slope, contour, grade, and drainage pattern of
the disturbed area shall be restored as nearly as possible to its
preconstruction condition. However, the trench may be crowned to allow for
anticipated settlement of the backfill. Excessive or insufficient settlement of
the trench area, which visibly affects land contour or undesirably alters
surface drainage, shall be remediated by means such as regrading and, if
necessary, import of appropriate fill material. Disturbed areas in which
erosion causes formation of rills or channels, or areas of heavy sediment
deposition, shall be regraded as needed. On steep slopes, methods such as
sediment barriers, slope breakers, or mulching shall be used as necessary to
control erosion until vegetation can be reestablished.
9.4(9) Restoration of areas used for field entrances
and temporary roads. Upon completion of construction and land
restoration, field entrances or temporary roads built as part of the
construction project shall be removed and the land made suitable for return to
its previous use. Areas affected shall be regraded as required by subrule
9.4(8) and deep tilled as required by subrule 9.4(4). If by agreement or at
landowner request, and subject to any necessary approval by local public road
authorities, a field entrance or road is to be left in place, it shall be left
in a graded and serviceable condition.
9.4(10) Construction in wet conditions.
Construction in wet soil conditions shall not commence or continue at times
when or locations where the passage of heavy construction equipment may cause
rutting to the extent that the topsoil and subsoil are mixed, or underground
drainage structures may be damaged. To facilitate construction in soft soils,
the pipeline company may elect to remove and stockpile the topsoil from the
traveled way, install mats or padding, or use other methods acceptable to the
county inspector. Topsoil removal, storage, and replacement shall comply with
subrule 9.4(1).
199—9.5(479,479A,479B) Designation of a pipeline
company point of contact for landowner inquiries or claims. For each
pipeline construction project subject to this chapter, the pipeline company
shall designate a point of contact for landowner inquiries or claims. The
designation shall include the name of an individual to contact and a
toll–free telephone number and address through which that person can be
reached. This information shall be provided to all landowners of property that
will be disturbed by the pipeline project prior to commencement of construction.
Any change in the point of contact shall be promptly communicated in writing to
landowners. A designated point of contact shall remain available for all
landowners for at least one year following completion of construction and for
landowners with unresolved damage claims until such time as those claims are
settled.
199—9.6(479,479A,479B) Separate agreements.
This chapter does not preclude the application of provisions for protecting or
restoring property that are different from those contained in this chapter, or
in a land restoration plan, which are contained in easements or other agreements
independently executed by the pipeline company and the landowner. The
alternative provision shall not be inconsistent with state law or these rules.
The agreement shall be in writing and a copy provided to the county inspector.
The pipeline company may request that the county designate a specific person to
receive the agreements.
199—9.7(479,479A,479B) Enforcement. A pipeline
company shall fully cooperate with county inspectors in the performance of their
duties under Iowa Code sections 479.29, 479A.14, and 479B.20, including giving
proper notice of trenching, permanent tile repair, or backfilling. If the
pipeline company or its contractor does not comply with the requirements of Iowa
Code section 479.29, 479A.14, or 479B.20, with the land restoration plan, or
with an independent agreement on land restoration or line location, the county
board of supervisors may petition the utilities board for an order requiring
corrective action to be taken or seeking imposition of civil penalties, or both.
Upon receipt of a petition from the county board of supervisors, the board will
schedule a hearing and such other procedures as appropriate. The county will be
responsible for investigation and for pros–ecution of the case before the
board.
Drawing No. IUB PL–1
PL–2
ended to implement Iowa Code sections 479.29, 479A.14, and
479B.20.
[Filed 1/18/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
ARC 0435B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 476.76, and 476.77, the
Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on January 11, 2001, the Board issued
an order in Docket No. RMU–00–10, In re: Foreign
Acquisitions, “Order Adopting Rules.” The amendments to 199 IAC
32.2(4), which deals with public utility acquisitions outside the United States,
change the test for determining whether a foreign acquisition qualifies for an
exemption from the reorganization statutes and rules, Iowa Code sections 476.76
and 476.77.
On November 8, 2000, the Board issued an order to consider
adopting amendments to 199 IAC 32.2(4). The proposed rule making was published
in IAB Vol. XXIII, No. 11 (11/29/00) p. 883, as ARC 0302B. Alliant
Energy, MidAmerican Energy Company, UtiliCorp United Inc. (UtiliCorp), and the
Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of Justice filed written comments
supporting the rules as noticed. Qwest Corporation (Qwest) filed comments
generally supporting the rules but suggesting two minor changes. No oral
presentation was scheduled or requested.
Currently, 199 IAC 32.2(4) provides that Board review of
acquisitions outside the United States is not necessary in the public interest
if certain conditions are met. First, the public utility does not receive more
than 10 percent of its gross utility revenues from Iowa operations. Second, the
public utility has not expended more than $500 million in the current calendar
year on foreign acquisitions. Third, the aggregate value of foreign
acquisitions does not exceed 30 percent of the net book value of the public
utility’s assets.
The adopted amendments eliminate the second and third tests
and replace them with two new tests. First, the exemption will not apply if the
public utility does not hold an investment grade credit rating from two major
credit rating services. Second, the exemption will not apply if the acquisition
exceeds 15 percent of the net book value of the public utility’s
assets.
The Board noticed the proposed rules in response to a petition
for rule making filed by UtiliCorp. UtiliCorp noted in its petition for rule
making that the rule changes would expedite its bidding process and provide the
Board with information that will better allow it to judge the risks associated
with a public utility’s foreign investment strategy. The amendments
require the public utility to have an investment grade rating from two major
credit rating agencies before the exemption applies. Today, there are three
major rating agencies. The amendments also require credit reports from all
three agencies to be filed on an annual basis.
Qwest, in its comments, asked that the noticed rule be revised
to explicitly require that the filing of credit reports only apply to public
utilities operating pursuant to an exemption. The Board believes this proposed
change would add unnecessary verbiage to the adopted rule. The rule is already
clear that the filing requirement only applies to those public utilities
operating pursuant to an exemption. Qwest also asked that the rule be revised
to state that credit rating reports only have to be filed from major rating
agencies “that have published such a rating.” This proposed change
also will not be adopted. The Board believes it is self–evident that, if
a rating does not exist, it cannot be filed. A statement that the public
utility has not been rated by a particular rating agency will be sufficient. If
a public utility has not been rated by one of the three major credit rating
agencies, the utility would have to have investment grade ratings from the other
two rating agencies or the exemption would not apply. If two of the three major
rating agencies had not rated the utility, the utility could not qualify for the
exemption.
The Board does not find it necessary to propose a separate
waiver provision in this rule making. The Board’s general waiver
provision in 199 IAC 1.3(17A,474,476) is applicable to these rules.
The adopted amendments are identical to those published under
Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
476.76 and 476.77.
The amendments will become effective on March 14,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend subrule 32.2(4) as follows:
32.2(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of subrules
32.2(1) and 32.2(2), board review of acquisitions outside the United States by a
public utility is not necessary in the public interest as long as the public
utility does not receive more than 10 percent of its gross utility
revenues from Iowa operations. The public utility is to notify the board and
consumer advocate of any acquisitions which take place pursuant to the exemption
within 30 days of the closing of the transaction. The notification shall include
the dollar amount of theacquisition, and a
description of the acquisition, and a description of the financing.
The public utility shall file on or before March 1 of each year an
annual summary of its foreign acquisitions and recent credit rating reports from
all major credit rating services.
However, this exemption does not apply once the public
utility expends more than $500 million per calendar year on such acquisitions or
if the aggregate value of foreign acquisitions which take place after January 1,
1996, exceeds 30 percent of the net book value of the public utility’s
assets. If one of these thresholds is met, future acquisitions
However, this exemption does not apply if the public utility does not hold an
investment grade credit rating from two major credit rating services or if its
proposed direct expenditure on the acquisition, including guarantees and
financing with recourse to the public utility, exceeds 15 percent of the net
book value of the public utility’s assets. If the exemption does
not apply, the acquisition may not take place without the filing of a
proposal for reorganization or request for waiver. In a rate case proceeding,
the board may, upon proper showing, adjust the return on equity to reflect any
risk associated with the foreign acquisitions.
[Filed 1/18/01, effective 3/14/01]
[Published 2/7/01]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 2/7/01.
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2001 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Wed Feb 7 0:05:01 2001
URL: /Rules/2001/Bulletin/acb010207.html
sam